IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) k A // ^ ,^ A^ K! HKSI-Kl TINC, TIIK HISTORY CONDITION AND PROSPECTS D '^' 'J.' II "i: I >' i) I A >v ^r iM h ii 'o (^r iii(> I' A' rr m d .^n'Ai' ii I V ) /> /ArAv/ >'///// /'/r/'t//;// ////,///■ ///, •111"' lion -.1 ihr BUREAU or INDIAN AFFAIRS ii y iJ £ j^-j ;i y ii . c i; u d d i c ii >\ / t |tci' acl nl' Cuinilc i.U. Illiisliiih'd liv S KASTM AN , ( APT. IS, AUMV. I'lll'lisln'll liv .Mlllinlily III (' I'.Ml II. nl|i>i(>ss. I'Mii.Aiii: i.imiia: II I'i'iN'" rr.i.iiAMiic) ,\ to. le s i^ ' INFOKMATION BESPEOTINO THE HISTORY, CONDITION AND PROSPECTS n F T II r. INDIAN TKIBES OF THE UNITED STATES: COLLECTED AND PREPARED UNDER TUB DIRECTION or TnE BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS, PER ACT OP CONGRESS OF MARCH 3d, 184 7, BY HENRY R. SCHOOLCRAFT, LL. D. ILLDSTRATED By 8. EASTMAN, CAPT. U. 8. A. I^uhlisfieb bij liit[ioritij of Congress. PART II. PHILADELPHIA: LIPPINCOTT, GRAM BO & COMPANY, (SUCCESSORS TO GRiaO, ELLIOT & CO.) 1852. ruQtod \y T. Ji. t 1'. U. CoUmi. TO MILLARD FFLLMORK, PKKSIDKNT OI-'TIIK ITNITKI) .STATKS, Tin: (iUKAT FATiiKR OF Till] im:i) max. Tins VOLCMK IS UKSl'KCTFl'LLY INS(JKI|{KIJ liY THE COMMISSIOXEIl OK INDIAN AFFAIRS. NOVEMHKU 12, 1851, M^. INTRODUCTORY DOCUMENT. Washington, Augnst 14///, 1851. Hon. Luke Lea, Comminsloner of Indian Affairs. Di'iKvtment of the Interior. Siu : I linvo the honor to submit for your consideration, tlio (Second Part of my investigations respecting the statistics and condition of the Indian tribes of the United States, made in conformity with the provisions of an Act of Congivss of the 3d of March, 1847. The statistical tables, to which I invite your attention, taken in connexion with those heretofore published, indicate some facts of leading imiiortance to tlie welfare of the Indian tribes. The principles of the census, wherever thej- liave been a|)i)liod, denote, that a huntor-population does not reproduce itself at a ratio, which can be, even in the most favorable circumstances, accurately appreciated and relied on ; wliile it is subject to sudden fluctuations, such as do not pertain to a fixed conuinniity. The rate of reproduction is so small, and the causes of depopulation so great, that, initil the period of their colonization, neither to increase, nor decrease, but barely to keep up their numlwrs, is the most favorable view that can be presented. In a survey of two hundred years, so far as facts can be gleaned, many of the bauds and siib- tribes have most rapidly declined, and yet a greater number of them have become entirely extinct. The policy of pursuing the chose is so destructive to human life — so subversive of every principle of increase and prosiwrity, that it is amazing that the Indians themselves have not peroeived it. But when this fatal delusion is coupled with the policy of petty, predatory, tribal warfare, as it has been for all ( vll ) viii INTRODUCTORY DOCUMENT. the period that wi> have been in proximity to them, it is only wonJorfnl, that of the trilx'H who were in North America in IGOO, theiv i.s a descendant left to recoJUit their history. The republic of the United States has had charjio of these people three (piarters of a century, (dating from 177G.) During this jx'riod, it is demonstrated, that the estimates of numbers for the old area of the Confederation have Ix-en either greatly exaggerated, or the decline of the tribes in immediate contact with civilization, has been extraordinary. In most cases which have been examined, both causes have manifestly o|ierated. But as these seventy-five years constitute the era of their greatest disturbance from frontier wars, and as the details from wliieh we nuist judge, are still very imperfect, the statistical facts cannot 1x5 thrown into ivgular periods with tlie exactitude of inference which is demanded. In 17G4, when the efficient Cohmel Bouquet crossed the Alleghanies with an army, which brought the hostile tribes of the Ohio Valley to tenns, he estimated the strength of the Indian triljcs of tlie British Colonies of North America at fifty-six thousand five hundred fighting men. Estimating five souls to each warrior, which is found to be a reliable ratio, tlie entire Indian population within British jurisdiction, at that day, was two hundred and eighty-three thousand souls. No fiart of the tribes of Texas, New Mexico, California, Oregon, or Utah, was included in his estimates; but it embraced Hither Louisiana and the remote tribes north and west of the Mississipjii, known to the French and English tradcr.s, as is perceived by the details of the schedule. The preliminary estimates, including partial returns of the aboriginal census, begun in 1847, submitted in my first re[)ort, (Part I., p. 528,) denote the entire population of the trilx's, at this day, in the present enlarged area of the Union, to be about four hundred thousand. From this aggregate, it is essential, for the puriHise of comparison, to deduct twenty-four thousand one hundred for the accpiisitioii of Texas — ninety-two thousand one hundred and thirty for New Mexico — thirty- two thousand one hundred IVir California — twenty-two thousand seven hundred and thirty-three for Oregon, and eleven thousand five hundred for Utah ; making an oggregate, for the newly acquired territories, of one hundred and eighty-two thousand fi\e hundred and ninety-four. These numlx>rs deducted fiiim the gross estimates of 1850, before referred to, give a population of two hundred and five thousand six hundred and thirty-five, for the same area embraced by Bouquet, — denoting the number of deaths in the trilx's to exceed the births by seventy-seven thousand three hundre'd and sixty-five, in a period of eighty-seven years : — a ratio of decline, which, if it could Ix* taken as absolutely reliable, and continued to be equally depopulating, would extinguish the entire Indian population of the United States in about two hundred years. These figures are but approximations to the actual state of decline in the hunter-life, and may be adduced to show the importance of statistical data. The permanent causes of Indian decline cannot, however, lie mistaken. Their I I; I INTRODUCTORY DOC UM E N T. IX ' progiTss of detorioration ih (soimi to have liceii linked, sis by an indissoliildi- iliaiii. willi tlieir scanty means of subsistence and non-industrial habits and character, whtivver they have been h)cated, and however they have wandered. Tiie cultivated field, the jdough, and the bow, lire not more luunistakeably ninrkid, iis tyjies of habit and condition, in the Indian than the Euroi)ean races. And these causes are .seen to be fundamental. They exist so stroiifrly in the minds of the Indian triJK^s generally, as to have led them to llee lx>fore tiie ai)[)roaches of civili/ation, as if it were a pestilence. On the contrary, the influences of agriculture and fixity have Ik'cu, in a marked manner, suited to promote the growth of those bands wiiich have iK'taken themselves to tliem — to foster the Ix'st capacities of the man, and to protect him against the arts of cupidity and the allurements of indulgence. Aljove all, it has been a ixjlicy from the foundation of the government, tiiroiigii the eras of thirteen Presidents, beginning witli Washington, to demonstrate to the tril)es the folly of their internal and external wars, as well as the waste of their energies in the chase; and to preserve jieace on the frontiers. The first twelve sections of "the Intercourse Act," may lie singled o>it, in an esi)ecial manner, as designed to protect their rights and interests again.st the whites on the frontier; and the colonial history of the most humane nations does not furnish a body of treaties, laws, and public acts. to protect an aboriginal people, which have been pursued, through every adverse mutation, .so perseveringly and successfully. Fixity of haltits and industry have at length crowned the.se efforts with the elements of success, so far as i-espects the mon; immediate tribes operated on, who have been removed to positions favoring the practice of agriculture, letters, and morals. This is, it may Ije afllrmed, the position of the colonized tril)es, the first steps to the policy of which were taken in 1S*J4. It was a result not to be compas.sed in a short period, and it is a iH)int deserving the attention of the nation; and he must shut his eyes to the evidences of the benign eflects of civilization upon aboriginal barbarism, who does not see in this policy, that it has been, to the e.xtent stated, successful. The Cherokees, the Chootaws, the Chickasaws, and the Mu.scogees or Creeks, are the living monuments of rescued nations, who are destined to take their places in the family of man. The statistics which belong to this subject, have been sought with diligence, and notwithstanding obstacles yet existing, ai"e in the process of successful collection, and will be in due time laid before you. Thus far of the colonized tribes. With res]iect to the wild hunter-trilK's of the forests and prairies, additional inform- ation is presented in section V. B. The first part of this relates to the predatory and mounted trilx; of the Co.manciikes or Niiiine — a tribe which, by the vocaladary printed in section IX. A., is perceived to belong to the wide-spi-eading Shoshonee stock — a group of tril)es whose home appears, at least from the sources of the Mi.s8ouri,' to have licw'iB and CInrkc, Pr. II. — I tf u \f X INTRODUCTORY DOCUMENT. been, from an early tiino, the Rocky Mountains. It is perceived, that it embraces the tk'gradod Bonacks or Root-diggers of Utah and the Snakes and Shoshonces of Oregon, s[)reading also through parts of Texas, New Mexico, and California. It is probable tliat the cognate dialects of this language cover a larger area, though much of it is barren and mountainous, than any other stock of tribes in the United States. The second part of the information now submitted relates to the large and widely- spread tribe of the Ojibwas or Chipjxjwas, of the Algonquin group of our history, and secondly, to the great Prairie group of the Dacotas west of the Mississippi. These two important groups of tribes have, from an early epoch, occupied much of the central and up[)er parts of the Mississippi Valley ; and the former have furnished, by cession, a large part of the territorial area of the Western States, as will fully appear from statement A. in part III. of section XII. of Statistics and Population, B., herewith submitted. The Sioux, or Dacotas proper, have but just (1851) entered into general treaties with the United States, ceding an imjxjrtant area in Minnesota, which must become the theatre of several new States. That the hunter and non-industrial tribes still cling with great tenacity to their native forests and native habits — that they view with distrust, and even contempt, the promises of labor and letters — that they glory in a wild independence and i'reedom from restraint, and are fascinated with all the i'allacious allurements of the chase, your recent journey to Minnesota must have given 30U abundant means to observe ; and the fact of their attachment to forest-lifo is not surprising to the mind that contemplates human history with enlarged views, nor does it ofl'er ground for discouragement. We are but required to persevere in our eflbrta, and to make them broader and fuller. Years will be demanded to reach, with practical inlluenccs, the roving bands, who arc still strongly fascinated with the wilderness, and who now hover fitfully around the broad bases of both sides of the Rocky Mountains, the high table- lands of New Mexico, and the Sierra Nevada. Many of these tribes will probably perish ; but the question of time, which must develop results, cannot alter our duties as a nation entrusted with the highest tjpe of civilization, to collect the data of their vital statistics and condition, and to spread them before the people of the country and the world. The subject is one that requires to be viewed from exalted points, and with expansive feelings. Facts before us denote that the Indian ran be reclaimed. No new principles arc necessary to be eliminated — no old ones to be obliterated. lie is alike amenable to that law, which governs the races of white and of red men, and of whoni we have the divine sanction for saying, " In the sweat of thy face, thou shalt eat bread." The sound and practical experiment of one noble man, in 1740, were there no other on record, would demonstrate this.' Fiscal and vital statistics denote that it is not the curtailment of their territory that ' Hraiiionl. Works of .Toiintlian EJwnrds, Vol. X. II INTRODUCTORY DOCUMENT. xi has led to Indian depopulation. It is the ruinous policy of the trilx\s of keepin mentioned, that tiie exi)edition of De Soto, whitih was, by its striking incidents, .'io well suited to impress the Indian mind, has wholly perished from the traditions of tiie large Appalachian group of tribes — a stock of people, who are shown to have ever possessed a<'tive, energetic minds, and determined courage. Their cranial develo|)- nients, as denoted by a memoir on the physical type of the Indians, herewith i)ublished, (vide section VIII. A.,) ai'e demonstrated, by the most careful admeasurements made by the late Dr. Sanuiel George Morton, to l>e suiMjrior to those of the Toltecs, Aztecs, or Peruvians. The same conclusion of intellectual vigor is sustained by their powers of numeration, which are introduced in the section on Intellectual Capacity, (vide section VI. IJ.) In order to construct the ancient history of our triljes, and thereby to arrive at some determinate tiiecjry of their origin, it is deemed essential to arrange them into generic groups of iamili((s, between whom analogies of words and syntax nuiy be pointed out. !HIP INTRODUCTORY DOCUMENT. nil Tliis six?cics of research lias coinniantled my deoiicst attention for a loiiji periiKl, anil a coinnicncenicnt of the publication of the materials collected on the sulyect is made in section IX. A. In submitting the tables of Statistics and Population (vide section XII. B.) one remark on the expanding iniluence and fi.scal imiwrtance of our Indian system may Iw oflercd. It is, the striking progress of it, shown by the number of tribes with whom the intercourse is held; the (juantity of lands which have Ix't'ii acquired by treaties; the amounts paid to them, and the gross amount of departmental expenditures. For the purpose of comparing the expenditures of the oflice, the year liSlid has been selected. In this year, the amount of annuities paid to the tribes, according to a statement of the Secretar}' of the Treasury, (Period II., Statistics IJ., p. 54-"».) was one hundred and fifty-two thousand five hundred and seventy-five dollars per annum ; and the whole sum i)aid for pulilie lands, from the Declaratitm of Iiidi'peiidence, is shown to have 1x;en twenty-four millions two hundred and twenty-seven thousand dollars. Taking a period of thirty years, sul)se(iueiit to this time, as tiie era of compari.sou, which brings us to 18-j(), it is shown, that the natural growth of tiie country and its demand for new cessions from tiie tribes, had so increased, (vide Period I., Statistics, p. 503) that the regular Indian annuities for the fiscal year ending 30th June, 1851, reached tiie large amount of eight hundred and sixty-nine thousand four hundred and forty-five dollars, besides special estimates, asked of Congress to comiilete the payment of treaty obligations of prior periods, amounting to two millions four hundred and twenty thousand seven hundred and twenty-two dollars and sixty-six cents. The sum vested for Indian account is shown to be two milliims two hundred fifty-one thousand one hundred and fifty-nine dollars and eighty-eight cents. In the tables of Period III. (Statistics, p. GOl) attention is called to the quantity of land which has been purchased from the aborigines since the establishment of the government; the several tribes from whom purchases have l)een made, and tiie compensation awarded. It is shown, that from 1780, when the present ccmstitution was formed, and when, indeed, the demand for Indian lands, other than such as had been po.sscssed by the British colonies, commenced, there has been purchased, up to the year 1840, where the tables stop, four hundred and f /). Self-sacrifice of ISiunswah 41* t>. Transitive Character of Names .OO C. FoREfT Teachings .10 7. ChiKlrcn Early Instructed in the Arts of Hunting anil Fishing .lO 8. Instance of the Early Use of the Snare oD 0. Hunting at large .W 10. Spearing the Muskrat (Plate) .11 11. Fishing through the lee (Plate) .11 12. Setting Nets through the Ice al 1;?. Fish-ilams of Poles .'>-2 14. Niimi-kow-a-guns, or Stone Dams .12 l'». Fishing with Scoop-nets ,12 10. Shooting of Fish (Plate). Ilook-fishing .12 D. Art of Huxtino ,1.S 17. Knowledge of the Habits of Quadrupeds .LS 18. Doer-hunting ,1.3 10. Fur-hunting ,V\ 20. Ingenuity of Tracking .14 21. Success of Noka in One Day ,14 22. Fight with a Moose ,14 23. Strength of lawba in the Chase 54 24. Encounter with a Grizzly Bear 5.1 E. Sioar-Makixo fi,1 25. Sugar-making a Carniv.il 5,1 26. Average Product of each Wigwam 55 27. A Time of Hilarity and Enjoyment 50 F. War and its Incidents 50 28. Its Fundamental Importance to the Barbaric State 50 20. Popular Opinion directed to this End ,17 30. Scalping (Plate) .17 31. Preparation and Dancing of the Scalp (Plate) 57 32. Feather of Honor (Plate) 57 3,3. Scale of Merit in its awards 57 84. Trait of Wisdom in Excusing Acts of Want of Courage 58 35. Bands on the Frontiers brought to a High State of Courage by Appeals and Ad- dresses 58 ,30. War Parties are Volunteers 50 37. How Enlisted. Strong Appeals to Military Glory 50 38. Character of the Addresses ,10 •!0. War-Sungs actually employed 60 CONTENTS. G. The Wigwam and its Mates 03 40. How Order is Preserved in its Circle <'>;$ 41. The Bride and her Husband l>3 42. Division of Labor *>;$ 43. Domestic Character of the Man 04 II. Birth and its Incidents 65 44. Lightness of Parturition 0.5 45. The Bestowal of Names 05 46. Infancy in the Wigwam (Plate) 00 I. Death and its Incidents 67 47. Pictographic Memorials of Adults 67 48. Eulogy of the Dead 67 4S>. Dressing the Corpse 08 .50. Belief in Immortality 08 51. Address to the Dead 68 .52. Indian Burial-places 68 .53. Barrows and Heaps of Stones 09 54. Former Custom of Burial among the Mississippi Valley Tribes 69 55. Burial among the Prairie Tribes 70 50. Veneration for the Dead 70 57. Forests and Valleys favorable to Civilization 70 58. Horrid Instance of Sepulture among the Chinooks 71 K. Games of Chance 71 59. Kun-ta-soo, or the Game of Plumb-stones 71 60. Pugasaing, or the Game of the Bowl 72 L. The Indian on his Huntino-qround 74 61. The Social State of the Hunter 74 62. Potriarchal State of the Chiefs and Heads of Families 74 63. Feasting 75 64. Topics of Kemark at Meals 75 65. Modest and Moral Conduct of Females 76 66. Feasts for the Young 7(3 67. Severity and Suffering in Winter in High Northern Latitudes, and Hard Condition of Women 70 68. Mother's Care for her Children 77 69. E.\trerae Wretchedness produced by Hunger 77 70. Attachment to the Habit of Smoking 77 71. Trust in Providence 77 Pt. TI— 2 xviii CONTKNTS. M. MiscELLASEoi s Traits "S 72. Ball-playing T*^ 73. Moving Camp 7!> 74. Dog-dance 7!) III. ANTIQUITIES. 1. Floridian Tcocalli, or Elevated Platform Rcsidcncca of the Native Rulers and PrieAts. . . . 83 2. Antiquities of Lake Eric Rr> A. Ancient Eriea 85 B. Antiquities of Cunningham's Island 8() C. Sculptured Rock or Eric Inscription 87 3. Archivological Articles from South Carolina (Plate) 88 4. Archneological Relics from Western New York (Plate) 00 5. Antique Aboriginal Embankments and Excavations at Lake Vicux Desert, on tho Boundary of Wisconsin and Northern Michigan (Plate) 91 IV. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 1. Notices of the Natural Caves in the Sioux Country, on the Left Bank of tho Upper Mississippi River. By N.J.Nicollet 95 2. Physical Data respecting tho Southern Part of California incluiled in tho Lino of Boundary between San Diego and the Mouth of the River Gila; with Incidental Notices of the Diegunos and Yuma Indian Tribes. By Lieutenant Whipple, U. S. A 99 V. TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. 1. The Naiini or Comanches of Texas. (One Plate) 125 2. Oral Traditions respecting the History of the Ojibwa Nation. (Two Plates) 135 3. Contributions to the History, Customs, and Opinions, of the Dacota Tribes. (Six Plates) 108 VI. INTELLECTUAL CAPACITY AND CHARACTER. A. Numeration 204 1. Choctow 204 2. Dacota 206 3. Cherokee 209 4. Ojibwa of Chegoimegon 211 5. Winnebago 214 6. Chippewa 21(1 7. Wyandot 218 8. Hitchittee 220 9. Cumanche 221 10. Cuchan or Yuma 221 CONTENTS. xiz B. Art of Recordino Ideas 222 1. Pi(i..i;raphy 222 a. ludian Census Roll 222 h. Magic Song 223 c. Mrilii'ine Animal of tho Winnebagoes 223 d. Ilaokah — a Pacota God 224 e. Indian Signatures 22G /. Mnemonic Symbols for Music 226 2. Alphabetical Notation 22« a. Cherokee Syllabical Alphabet 228 C. Oral Imaginative legends 221> 1. Transformation of a Hunter Lad 220 2. Origin of the Zea Maize 2:50 3. The Wolf Brother 232 4. Sayadio 235 VII. TOPICAL HISTORY. 1. Mandans 239 2. Pontiac Manuscript : Journal of the Events of the Siege of Detroit by the confi'doratoJ Indians, in 17G3 240 3. Anacoana, Queen of the Caribs 309 VIII. PHYSICAL TYPE OF THE AMERICAN INDIANS. I. Physical Characteristics 31C a. Osteological Character 316 h. Facial Angle 317 c. Stature 317 d. Fossil Remains cf the American Race 319 e. Complexion 320 /. Hair .321 g. Eyes .. 323 A. Artificial Modifications of the Skull 323 1. Tho Natchez 324 2. The Choctaws 324 3. The Waxsaws 324 4. The Muscogecs, or Creeks 325 5. The Catawbas 325 6. Attacapas 325 7. Nootka- Columbians ,325 8. Peruvians 326 1 I I < i\ ^ zx CONTENTS. I. Volume of the Brain 828 1. Mexicans 329 2. 'ihe Barbarous Tribes 830 II. Admeasurements of the Crania op thb Principal Groups of Indians of the United States. By Mr. J. S. Phillips 331 Iroquois 335 Algonquin 335 Appalachian 335 Dacota 335 Shoshonee 335 Oregonian 335 IX. LANGUAGE. I. Indian Languages op the United States. By H. R. Schoolcraft 840 II. Plan of Thought of the American Languages. ByDr.FRANCis Lieber 346 III. Essay on the Grammatical Structure op the Algonquin Language. By II. R. Schoolcraft 351 IV. Remarks on the Principles of the Cherokee Language. By Rev. S. N. Worcester 443 VI. Vocabularies 457 I. Algonquin Group 458 Ojibwa of Sault Ste Marie 458 Ojibwa of Grand Traverse Bay 458 Ojibwa of Saginaw 458 Ojibwa of Michilimackinac 458 Miami 470 Menomonee 470 Shawnee 470 Delaware 470 II. Iroquois Group 482 Mohawk 482 Oneida 482 Onondaga 482 Cayuga 482 Miscellaneous Vocabularies 404 Comanchce 494 Satsika or Blackfeet 494 Cushna (California) 494 Costanos (California)... 494 CONTENTS. XXI X. STATE OF INDIAN ART. II. Modern Art 511 a. Existing Handicraft Skill 511 1. Pipe Sculpture 511 2. Ornamented Pipe-stems 512 8. Canoes of Bark 512 4. War-clubs and Hatchets 513 5. Cradle 513 6. Musical Instruments 514 7. Various Domestic Arts 514 8. Apccun 515 9. Muskrat Spear 515 10. Dressing Skins 515 11. Forest Embroidered Sheaths and Cases 515 12. Wooden Implements: Ball Sticks 516 XI. FUTURE PROSPECTS. I. Importance of the Pastoral State on Races of Men. By II. R. Schoolcraft 519 II. Means of Melioration. By John Johnston, Esq 522 III. Moral Questions relative to Practical Plans for Educating and Civilizing the Abori- gines. By Rev. D. Lowry 52G IV. Present Geographical Position, Number, and Means, of the Iroquois. By W. P. Angel, Esq 538 XII. STATISTICS AND POPULATION. I. Period of 1850. Official Report of the Commissioner of Indian Affairs for 1850 547 A. Statement of the Amount of Investments for the Indian Tribes in Stocks drawing Interest 501 B. Statement of Interest appropriated by Congress for the several Tribes, of which the Government is trustee, in lieu of Investments 504 C. Estimate of the Current Expenses of the Indian Bureau at the Seat of Govern- ment 504 D. Estimate of the Funds required during the Fiscal Year (1st July, 1851, to 30th June, 1852) for the Payment of Annuities and Fulfilling Treaty Stiiulations with the Indian Tribes 5G5 E. Estimate for Sums required during the present Year (to Juno 30th, 1851) for the Service of tho Department 570 II. Period of 1820. Letter op Hon. W. II. Crawford, Secretary op the Treasury, 1820 581 A. Annuities due to Indian Tribes in 1820 584 i rl 1 I", xxii CONTENTS. B. Appropriations and Expenditures for the Survey and Sale of Public Lands 590 0. Schedule of Sales before the Organization of Public Land OflSces 590 D. Statement of the Amount of Sales iVom the Opening of the Land Offices to the 30th September, 1819 591 E. Estimate of the Number of Acres of Public Lands which have been Surveyed and Sold, and the Number which remained Unsold 30th September, 1819 592 F. Estimate of the Quantity of Land purchased from the Indians, to 15th October, 1820 593 in. Topic of Lands Purchased from the Indians 596 A. Statement of Purchases of Land made from each Tribe since the Establishment of the present Federal Government, chronologically arranged 598 B. List of Tribes, alphabetically arranged, who have ceded Territory since the Estab- lishment of the present Government 602 C. Aggregates of Lands, Compensations, Exchanges, and Names of Tribes, from the Origin of the Government to 1840 605 Appendix to Statistics. — Population of the United States, — Tenth Census 607 M) ,1 i LIST OF PLATES. 88. Antiquities from Cunningham's Island 86 30. Antiquities from Cunningham's Island 86 40. Inscription on Rock north side of Cunningham's Island 88 41. Inscription on Rock south side of Cunningham's Island 88 42. View of Inscription Rock south side of Cunningham's Island 88 43. Antique Clay Pipes 90 44. Antiquities from South Carolina 90 4o. Antiquities from New York and South Carolina 90 46. Antiquities from South Carolina 90 47. Antiquities from New York 90 48. Antiquities from New York 91 40. Antiquities from New York 91 50. Antiquities from New York 91 51. French Antiquities from Western New York 91 .52. Earth Works on Vieux Desert Island 91 .'■)3. Ruins of Old Fort Mackinac of 1763 242 54. Census of a Mille-Lac Band of Ojibwas 222 55. Magic Music, Medicine Animal of the Winncbagoes, and Ilaokah 224 50. Indian Signatures 226 57. Dacota Written Music 228 58. Indian Burial-ground 97 50. Skull of a Chinook (side view) 318 60. Skull of a Chinook (front view) 320 61. Skull of a Chinook 322 62. Skull of a Winnebago 324 63. Skull from Columbia River 326 64. Skull from Columbia River 328 65. Skull from Columbia River 330 GH. Skull of a Flathead (side view) 332 67, Skull of a Flathead (back view) 334 68. Skull of a Californian 335 60. Dacota Pipes 512 70. Pipes 512 71. Pipo-stcms 512 72. Canoes 512 73. War-clubs 514 74. War-clubs 514 75. Musical Instruments 514 76. Fish Spears, Hair Adze, Skin Dressers, Ice Cutter, and Burden Strap ; 616 77. Implements 616 78. Implements 510 A. Cherokee Alphabet 228 B. Specimen of its Application 228 n I' I. GENERAL HISTORY. B. Pt. II. — 3 (17) I 'hi s 'H) Ij Hi i;'t I l! GENERAL HISTORY. B. A. TRACK OP MIGRATION. 1. WiiKN St'bastian Calwt rcachod the North American coasts in 1497, the Indian Race was spread through the present area of the United States whercver he touclied. That intrepid navigator made the land in hititude 5G°, and ran down the coast to about the latitude of Albemarle sound, 3G°, where the crew mutinied.' lie thus con- nected the field of oceanic discovery, generally, with the primary track of Columbus five yeai"s earlier. Cabot did not land frequently, but his discoveries had the eflect to make known to Europe the development of the continent in the North Atlantic, as that of his contemjwrary, Americus, did in the south.* Those who followed him, in the career of discovery, found the race of Red men to l)o divided into an infinity of tribes ; living in disunion, speaking ostensibly difl'crent languages and dialects, and, so far as there was anything like government, acting on the maxim, " Let him take who has the power, and him keep who can." 2. The sctircaptains of a bold maritime age, finding that the newly-discovered race seated along the North Atlantic were wild men, without laws, l>olity, or arts, and degraded to the level of the lowest hunter state, treated them as mere animals on two legs, and irritated them exceedingly, and oflended their native sense of justice at almost every point of their first landing, by capturing and carrying off persons. A flagrant instance of this kind hajjpened on the New England coasts six years before their settle- ment. John Smith (of Virginia notoriety) had been sent out in 1014 to those coasts ' Memoir of Richard Biddlo, p. 80-80. " Americus Vcspucius discovered the coast of Paria the same year. Ten years afterwards, namely, in IflOT, tliis skilful navigator first publisbed at Vieenza, in Italy, his collected voyages, under tho title of " The Now World, and Countries newly Discovered." It was never disputed that he had made the voyages and discoveries recorded by him, and his name was applied by readers as a generic to tho now continent to which, generally, he thus called public attention. (19) fr ii ii (* a lit . I', ' If. ' h 1 f h h u •20 GENERAL HISTOIIY. by tlie English comi»;uiy fur establiMliiii};; a settleiiu'iit iiiinl, till they reached the (Jiilfof Californiii. furnishes one of the most adventurous of inrratives.' His account denotes a reniarkahle ajrree- ment in the character and customs of the North American Indians, till he came anionji the trihes of the present area of New Mexico, to whom he applies the nanu' of "Jumanos." Among these he observed the "cotton blanket," and found "houses."' In luo'J, De Soto reixnited the attempt to exploiv Florida, with more ample means. His exploring army had not only every ap^Hjintment to ensui-e success, but was animated by the highest spirit of chivalry, heightened by the thirst of conrpiest, Avealth, and glory, which had made Cortez and Pizarro the prominent heroes of Mexico and Peru. He had, himself, been one of the most celebrated captains of the latter. But the ex- pedition melted away, month after month, amidst the dense and tangled forests of Florida, and along the magniliceut rivers and mountain peaks of Georgia, Alabama, South Carolina, Mississippi, and Tennessee. It wended its way, with giant strides, irom river to river, leaving relics which are symbolized by vague tradition. The Indians did not rally in bodies to oppose De Soto by pitched battles, but glided aside with iwlicy, to let the "monster jxiwer" ])ass. It weakened itself, as there is sufficient evidence to show, by detaching sub-exploring parties, who penetrated to surprising lengths, and i)erformed herculean laljors; and this vaunted expedition, which struck the tribes with fear and amazement, after suflering all the evils of a defeat at Mauvila, finally reached the Mississippi river, alwut the present site of the town of Memphis. Such an expedition, in its amount of sntVerings, feats of daring, and wan- derings, America, and perhaps the world, had never seen, and it has prol)al)ly furnished food for some of the most striking imaginative tales of our tribes, who have veiled the appearance of mail-clad men under the name of the " Stone Giants "' 4. There are archaeological evidences that the death of De Soto did not cpiench the daring spirit of discovery which had animated his extraonlinary descent into Florida, under its ancient limits ; and that the country northwardly was extensively ransacked, at subsequent dates, in the delusive hope of finding gold and silver mines, both by the channels of the Mississippi and its tributaries, and along the open Atlantic coasts, as far, at least, as north latitude 42°. It is these archaeological evidences, mingled in some antiquarian fields of the true aboriginal antique, and, in a few instances, with an apparently chler epoch of it, that have served to puzzle antiquarians, and to generate theories of civilization hi these latitudes, which there are no sound reaMins for supposing to have existed. They are, if attentively scrutinized, found to be the vestiges of an ' The "Narrative of Abar Nunez Cabaca do Vnca" hjis just (1851) been given to the public, in a translation by Mr. Buckingbam Smith, through the enlightened liberality of Geo. W. Kiggs, Jun., of Washington, D. C, iu a handsome quarto volume, with plates. • Notes on the Iroquois. ^1 22 tJENEKAL HISTORY. I'xtraiiCDUrt era of arts, not hoinogcnwms or tstures conform to present ui^'^ge, wliile the articles of dress, arts, and employments, leave no reastni to suppose that they are not entirely faithfid transcripts frem scenes pre\sentcd on the first interview with the Virginia Indians. In the latitude of Roanolce Island, and during the month of July, the Indians were nearly nude. The men of most note wore moccasins and leggins, the azean, shell neck- laces, copper ear-rings, and a head-arts of the river, particularly the Manhattanese, who killeat mortality among the natives, soy the Unjiga nnd other passe.**, reaching quite to the terniination of this chain in tlie Arctic Ocean, in hititudo 70°, to whom tlie generic apiK'lhition of Atiiapa.xcas has In-en applied by Mr. Gallatin,' migrated continually from their starting i)oints on the Pacilic towai-ds the east and south-east (Plate 4.) On the settlement of New France, and particularly on the new vigor which geographical discovery assumed after the lull of Queljec, when the fur trade began to be pushed north, they had reached the jlividing grounds or water-shed (Wiuiser-c/iieil) separating the rcmotest tributaries of the Arctic Sea from those of Hudson's Bay. The Missinipi, Great-water, or Churchill river, (not to be confounded with the Mississippi,) is stated, by Sir Alexander Mackenzie,' to bo their ultimate eastern limit, where they were met by an opposing wave of migration, namely, the Crees or Kenistcnos, the van of the Algonquins, who had a widely different starting point. 14. The different tribes who compose this northern genus or family of triljes (Atlia- pascas), speak cognate dialects (all except the band of Loo-choos, or Quarrelers). The most nviraerous trilxj occupying the denuded and sterile plains luitween lat. G0° to G5° and loug. 100° to 110°, are known by the Algonquin name of Chepix'wyans (not to be mistaken for the radically different trilx; of Chippewas), but who call themselves, with a more correct allusion to their geography, Sii-cKf«ii(-i}i)iHch, or Ea-stmeii. Next in numerical importance rank the Dogribs, the Coppermine Indians, the Beaver and Roi'ky Mountain Indians, of Peace River, and the Tacullies and their congeners, of New Cale- donia. Numbers of the minor tribes are very small, not exceeding forty or fifty men, or about 200 to 250 souls. They raise nothing, and depend solely for subsistence and protection on the bow and arrow, the snare and net, the gun and trap. They are stimulated to glean these vast solitudes for the small fur-bearing animals, which are exchanged for European fiibrics by the tradera. They do not, from the best data we have, number, north of the Churchill River, more than 2500 huntci-s, or about 13,000 souls, exclusive of the Esquimaux, and cannot be said to average, probably, one soul to fifty square miles. ESTIMATES, DKAWN CHIEFLY FROM MACKENZIE. Men. Chcppcwyans 800 Coppermine Indians 139 Dogribs 200 Edchautawoot, Strong-bows 70 Mountain Indians 40 , Souls. 4,000 695 1,000 350 200 ' American Ethnological Transactions, Vol. I. ' Voyages from Montreal, through the Continent of North America. 28 GENERAL HISTORY. n Blen. Ambatawwoot 40 Kancbo, or Hare 50 Deagothcc Loochoo, or Quarrelers 70 Nobaunics 40 Tsillawadoot, or Bnisbwood 60 Beaver and Kocky Mountain Indians 150 TacuUics Sieaunies Nateotctains, and all the tribes of New Caledonia west of tbc Roeky Mountains ■ 1,000 8ou]<. 1,300 750 5,000 2,659 13,295 15. The Esquimaux, who constitute the extreme northeastern and northwestern group of British America, ofler the singuhir problem of the migration across the arctic fringe of the continent from east to west. They are traced from Baffin's Bay, Labrador, and even Greenhmd, to Behring's Straits and the continent of Asia, where the sedentary Tchuktchi are found to s^x'ak a dialect of their language. But this language is not traced farther among the Asiatic tribes of that coast. This group, whose motle of sul)sistcnce, stature, and customs, constitute the minimum point of depression of the Indian race, and who offer the most extreme example of the effects of latitude and longitude on manners and the physical type, is confined to a Ijelt of Home hundred miles wide, on the arctic coasts ; and they have their extreme southern point of location within the Straits of Belle Isle, on tb.o Gulf of St. Lawrence, lat. about 50°. Tiiey are doubtless the Skra'Uings, or dwarfs, observed on the contiguous Island of New- foundland, the ancient Ilellueland, by the Scandinavians. 16. A very different starting-jwint must be assigned to the migrations of the multi- tude of comparatively populous tribes to whom we have applied the generic terra of Vesperic or United States Indians. This large genus of the race who exist in sepa- rate groups of languages, but who are assimilated liy a peculiar syntax and a coinci- dence of mental and physical t^i)e which very unequivocally marks them as a homo- geneous race, occupy the entire area of the United States east of the Rocky Mountains, and east of the tribes of New Mexico, to whom De Vaca applies the term " Jumanos." (Ilumanos.) These latter inhabit the outer northern edge of the circle of the semi- civilized tribes of New Mexico. They retained at that era, (about 1530,) and continue to retain at the present day, the two striking elements of that tyjw (the Toltec type) of civilization : namely, the zea maize and the cottf)n plant. We have no knowledge how the latter was fabricated. There was no indication then, nor is there now, that the distaff" (one of the most ancient implements of mankind) was employed to form the thread. It is only said that they possessed blankets of cotton, and that they cultivated fields ilti- ji'in 'po- Inci- nio- ins, lOH. >mi- IllllO |l)0) I the ?ad. I'. I o (B 4 ■g s t< t Cl i a o ,1 1 ' -1 J, q 1 <; s ■: in K- (I i I i I GENERAL HISTORY. 29 of "corn." Some amelioration of manners and customs was the consequence of this fixity of pursuits ; and we find that De Vaca was escorted on his way to the Pacific without the rude, savage manners that he had encountered in Florida and Arkansas, and was uniformly attended by a retinue. Both the condition and position of the modern Navahoes and Moquies concur in favoring the sujiposition that they ai-e descended from the ancient Jumanoos. 17. A limit, rather than a startlng-iK)int, is thus furnished for the wild hunter tribes whom both De Vaca and De Soto found in the Mississippi Valley, and in the present area of Florida, Alabama, Louisiana, Mississippi, and Arkansas. The evidence of these tribes coming from the southwest is found in their ^wssessing the zea maize, which they carried with them, and cultivated to some extent wherever they went ; and it con- stitutes one of the best evidences of the track of migration. Like confluent rivers pouring from the west, the stream of migration which passed into and across the Mis- sissippi may have rcceived, at successive eras, new and fresh accessions by way of the several passes of the Rocky Mountainr. south of latituue 42°, and extending to 30°, or even 25° ; but it is by no means probable that in any such migrations the zea maize was brought over the bleak pass of 42°, where the plant was not raised ; nor from the banks of the Columbia, where neither Capt. Grey, Lewis and Clarke, Ross Coxe, or the agents of John Jacob Astor, found a kernel of it as the product of aboriginal industry. Li 1527, De Vaca found the zea maize in very limited quantities in Florida, after he had got away from the mere Gulf bands, who lived mainly on fish, moUusca, wild fruits, and nuts. De Soto, who struck deeper into the country in his march twelve yeai-s later, found it abundantly among the ancestors of the present Muscogees, Cliactaws, Chickasaws, and Cherokces. In 1702, Avhen Bienville was put to straits in sustaining the infant colony of Louisiana, this grain was so abundant among the Chactaws, who were the original occupants of the country, that the governor quartered the soldiers for months on that tribe.' 18. The Virginia tribes literally sustained the colony planted at Jamestown with supplies of Indian-corn from their own fields, and one of the prominent services which Capt. John Smith mentioned in his letter to Queen Anne, in recounting the friendliness of Pocahontas, was her leading these "conductas" of grain herself to the suflbring colonists, without which they nuist have perished. Tiie track of its spreading among the tribes along the Atlantic coast is clearly traced along the shores of the Atlantic into Massachusetts and all New England, where they raised the small and nutritious variety of white and yellow flint corn, and where their no-kio-ldk constituted the sustaining food of their v, arriora. ' Oiiyurrc's Louisiana. Wc quote this bonk for nn isolutcd fiict. 80 GENERAL HISTORY. I 1; > t ; ! ^ I 19. The Gulf of the St. Lawrence may be named as the most northerly latitude to which the Indians had carried this plant ; but there is no evidence, that I have seen, of its having been cultivated, at an early date, on or near its shores. Cartier, in his voyages in 1534 and 1535, found none. 20. On ascending the St. Lawrence, by its rapids, into Lake Ontario, and penetrating into the country of the Iroquois, about IGIO, the cultivation of the zea maize wa« found, by the French, to be practised in all the cantons ; and the reliance placed on it is one of the unniistakeable causes of the progress to political power, made by this celebrated group of tribes. By means of it, they could sustain a more heavy popu- lation, and live in larger villages. 21. On proceeding to the ultra-montane regions west of the Alleghanies, this native cereal was found, by the earliest French and English explorers, in possession of all the tribes. It was cultivated, in small quantities, by the hunter communities of the Ohio, the Wabash, the Miami, and the Illinois ; and by the nations along both banks of the Mississippi ; for this river, in its descent from the Wisconsin and Illinois, where Mar- gucttc had reached it, was the reflex course of discovery to the respective points Avherc De Vaca and De Soto had first found it. La Salle and Tonti followed it quite to the point in its delta where the level of the arable alluvial land sinks beneath the dominion of the waters on the Gulf of Mexico. 22. It is quite evident that the cultivation of the zea maize gave the ancient mound- builders the capacity of concentrating their numbers, and living tt)gether in large towns, which at once created a necessity for, and enabled them to construct and defend those antique works, the remains of which are still found in many places in the West. Nothing is clearer (if we admit some intrusive antiquities due to civilized sources before the fifteenth century) than that this ancient development of increased numbers and power had produced no very fixed general confederacies, or led to consolidated dynasties, like those of the Olmecs, the Toltecs, the Aztecs, and the Auricanians ; that the tribes lived in continual political discord ; that no high advanced state of civilization, mannera, and iiolicy had been reached ; and that the failure of their partial and verbal compacts threw them back into the type of barbarism, leaving the remains spoken of, not only as monuments of the conflicts of opposing tribes, but of the state of mid discord that prevailed among them. If European or Asiatic science and art had furnished elements in this, they gave way to barbaric power. He must, we think, be an observer of a very imaginative temperament who perceives in these archax)logical remains a more exalted origin than has been denoted. We cannot say that the Syrian, the Carthaginian, the Scandinavian, or even the Cimbrian or Jew, were not here. Tliere arc rather vestiges than proofs of such a population ; but it appears alike to have lost its arts and GENERAL HISTORY, 31 its religion. Look where we will between the bunks of Lake Snperior and the Gulf of Mexico, there are few traces of the origin of the arts which denote a high civiliza- tion. There are no indications of the use of the iron hammer, the art of soldering, the use of the lathe, the jwtter's wheel, the art of glazing, or the distaff. The carving of pipes, from generally soft minerals and stones, was carried to considerable iK'rfection, but will not, for an instant, bear comparison with the supix)sed contemi^raneous arts of the Roman and Grecian, or even the Egyptian chisel. The greatest evidence of combined lalwr was not in the numlier of cubic feet of earth piled up in the western tumuli, and in evidences of corn-culture, but in the attempts at mining in the basin of Lake Superior, wb'ch have been developed since 1844. But even here, the hammers used were mMi> A' stone, and the power of artificial disintegration was the alternate application of nio and water to the surface of the rock. The mechanical i)owers of the wedge and the lever were, it is true, to some extent employed, and tlie operation of cutting masses of native copper was effected by means of chisels of the same material, hardened by an admixture of tin,' or in some way not exactly apparent. Pieces of native copjier, in a state of rude manufivcture, were scattered, at very early periods, in tumuli and graves, not only throughout the basins of the upper lakes and the valley of the Mississippi, from this prolific source, but over more than half of North America.* These ancient labors were manifestly due to the predecessors of the Vesperic trilies, whose vestiges are scattered in the Valley of the Mississippi. But even here, the element of the zea maize, and perhaps a sjwcies of bean,' must have lx?en relied on to a considerable extent, as an article transported from contiguous southern latitudes. It was less than an hundred and fifty geographical miles, in aline south from the Michigan antique copper-beds referred to, to the Fox river valley of Green Bay, where the zea maize is known to have been cultivated by the natives from the earliest arrival of the French. This cereal was rai.scd on the ancient Winnebago fields, on the inner shores of Green Bay, and perhaps extended to the banks of the Menomonie river. The plant was not carried in that longitude, in its northern distribution, beyond the latitude of Wakanuk- kizzie, or the point called L'arbre croche by the French, on the eastern shores of Lake Michigan. In the valley of the upper Mississippi, its geographical dissemination was higher; and in proportion as that river was ascended westward in its discovery, at considerable distances above the Falls of St. Anthony, the climate favored its growth. I found this grain at Cass Lake, on the sources of the river, in 1832, and it was the current tradition of red and white men, that it had been rai.sed, and came to perfection, so as to preserve seed, from a very early period, at Red Lake, near latitude 49°, and in ' It is confosscd, we have no locality of tin iu the United States, unless it bo in the valley of the Kansas, referred to in Part I., p. 157. * Vide Part I., p. 95, where a general view of this question is given. ' Part I., p. 54. 82 GENERAL HISTORY. II ■< I I i f B^ the valley of Reil River of the North. To these remote points it had Ix^en carried in the migrations northwestwardly of the Ojibways, the Kenistenos, and the Assinaboines ; and in these latitudes it ceases. The great Athapasca family, starting from an opposite centre of migration, did not possess it. 20. If the family of the widely diffused United States or Vesperic tribes, whose track of migration hius now been sketched by the imi^rtant element of the zea maize, be compared by general manners and customs, modes of living, and principles of syntax, there will l)e found a striking and close resemblance. Food and climate have created developments in the southern and western tribes which were rare, or comparatively unknown, in the extreme northciastem and nortliwestem stocks. The tribes who chased the buffalo, and lived almost exclusively on animal diet, were of a more vigorous physical and mental character than those bands which were confined along the northern searcoasts to fish.' Ilence it was that the interior tribes everywhere defended them- selves more valiantly than those on the coasts. Even in Florida, where the natives stood courageously by their arms, on the first invasion by the Spaniards, under De Soto, in 1539, they had not proceeded thirty leagues before they encountered expert lx)wmen, who could drive an arrow nearly to its head through the breast of a horse.' The brave inhabitants of Aidiazea and Copafi, who were clearly of the extended family of the Muscogee group of tribes,' were possessed of a muscular jjower which made them to be feared by the most brave and chivalric cavaliers. These tril)es, as the narrator observes, only killed deer enough to answer their puqioses as food ; but they, at the same time, raised the zea nuiize in such quantities, that Dc Soto's army, on one occasion, marched through fields of maize for the distance of two leagues. ' Morton's Crania Americana. • Vide De Vega, as quoted in Theodore Irving's Conquest of Florida. ' Mr. Albert James Pickett, in bis newly-publisbed (1851) History of Alabama, states, in a note (p. 22, Vol. I.) tbat the Muscogecs migrated from SIcxico into Alabama, &c., after the invasion of Do Soto; and that they conquered the Alabamas, Ockmulgees, Oconecs, and Alachces. By reference to the traditions of Se-ko-pe-chi, an aged Muscogee, now in the Creek nation, west of the Mississippi, which is recorded in "The History, Condition, and Prospects of the Indian Tribes of the United States," Vol. I. p. 266, it is perceived that the Muscogecs formerly called themselves " Alabaniians," and were called by other tribes "Okechoyatte." The Uchecs, like the Natchez, have ever been deemed as speaking a language radically distinct from the Muscogee ; and there is an admission, in a fact mentioned by Se-ko-pe-chi, tliat the Creek nationality is not very ancient. Wo have no Ockmulgce or Oconee vocabulary, and cannot, therefore, speak authoritatively; but the names thcmsehes, and certainly those of the surrounding country, bear evidence of Muscogee origin. GENERAL HISTORY. 33 B. DlSTRIBUTIOxN OF TRIBES. At the close of the fifteenth century, the Indian trilx^s of the present area of the United States were spread out, chiefly, in seven principal groups or generic families of trihes; each of which consisted of numerous sul)-tril)es, hands, or large toteniic circles. Each of these .subordinate tribes spoke a language or dialect differing, in some respects, from the others, and sometimes having a vocabulary entirely at \ ariance. Each circle had also some tribal peculiarities in customs or manners, which might be noticed by other trilje.s, or by European.s living among them, who had paid particular attention to these minutia,', but which would pass unnoticed Ijy tlic general ob.^erver. These groups, in the order of discovery, froni south to north, and from east to west, were the Appalachian, Achalaque, Chicorean, Algon:^uin, Iroquois, Dacota, and Shoshonee. There appear to have been some fragmentary tribes, as the Natchez and Uchees in the south, and the Chyennes, &c. in the west and northwest, who cannot, perhaps, be arranged under these genera; but the present state of our aboriginal researches will not permit us to include them in either of the seven groups. There is, possiblv, a Toltecan element in the Api)alachian group: nor are we entirely prepared, at the distance of nearly three centuries from the time stated, and with the imperfect information and vocabularies now possessed, to determine, at that ej)och, the exact ethnological relations and boundaries of the tribes of Texas, Oregon, New Mexico, California, and Utah — countries respecting which, it is hoped, the progress of this work wdl hereafter enable us to piosent a chart to bear the date of 1800. 1. Ai'1'Ai..vciiiANS. — The several groups are placed, on the subjoined map, in the order of their discovery. The Spanish, who discovered the peninsula of Florida, were not backward in their attempts to explore it. It would not appear that the Gulf of Florida is of a breadth and character to have prevented the natives from passing to Cuba, either by a bold traver.se in the halcyon montlis, or by the way of the Bahama Islands ; and such an origin has been conjectured, by some early voyagers,' for the Carrihean tribes, but without physiological jtroofs. On the contrary, the Spaniards of Cuba, when they landed in Florida, found their island interpreters entirely at fault : they could not understand a word of tlie language; and Pamphilio de Narvaez, who landed in 1527, old style, at what is now called Tampa Bay, was obliged to employ the vague language of signs. This want of an interpreter w ,.s, it is believed, at the bottom of all his misfortunes, lie perpetually misunderstood the Indian.s, and they him. The next error, was the then prevalent notion, that no terms were to be kept with ]'T. II. Davis. il 111 i'il I f 1 I sir 34 GENERAL HISTORY. heathens, — who worshipped the sun and moon; who wore under the guartlianship of demons ; and who recognized a Gotl in ahuost every natural phenomenon. A fit eommentary on this notion, which freed him from moral accountabiUty, and even the laws of humanity, was his tearing to pieces, l)y blood-hounds, the mother of the chief Hirriliigua, whoso implacable resentment to the whole Spanish race no future eflbrts of either this vain and vaunting cavalier, or of Do St)to, who followed his track ten or eleven years after, could ever apiK'ase. These several landings were in the wide-spreading circle of what we denominate the Appalachian group, of which the Creek or Muscogee, the Choctaw, and Chickasaw, form the tlirec leading trilxs. Tlie names of places recorded, though often imprecise, and always aft«r the old scholastic system of Spanish orthography, render them demonstral)le. There appears evidence also, wliile the main trilies were homogeneous, in the name of the friendly and placid chief " Mocoso," (Little Bear) of the existence of the Shawnee dialect of the Algonquin element of language, at this time, in the Floridian peninsula ; and tlieir present tribal name (Southerners) and recorded traditions ivceive 8upix)rt from this coincidence. De Soto was enabled, with the aid of the interpretership of Juan Ortiz, a soldier left by Narvaez who had learned the Appalache language, to carry on his communications with the several tribes until he reached and crossed the banks of the Mississippi. This appears evitlent, for it is said although the languages diftered, this difference was not radical, so that ho coidd communicate with them. The Appalaches evidently spoke the Muscogee, but it is evident that, in the wild search after gold-mines, De Soto crossed his own track. After his return from Cofatcliique, a Creek name, he crossed a part of the Cherokee country, again entered the territory of the Creeks, and after- wards of the Choct.aws, (called Mavilians, or Mobilians,) and, at his highest point on the Mississippi, the Chickasaws. The names of Alibamo, Cosa, Talise, Chicaza, and Tascaluza, are scarcely distin- guishable, in their i^pular pronunciation, from the mmlern words, Alabama, Coosa, Tallisee, Chickasaw, and Tuscaloosa; the latter of which is pure Choctaw, meaning lilack Warrior.' After crossing the Mississippi, one of the gi-oatest perplexities which De Soto felt arose fnnn the want of interpreters. lie here encountered a totally different stock of languages, of which Ortez was wholly ignorant. The words had to go through eight or ten voices after passing from them before an answer was returned, and this could not 1)0 I'elied on. Judging that the same class of tribes have continued to occupy the right bank of the Mississippi, he was now among what is denominated the Dacota, or wild prairie trilx^s. It is difficult, in this part of the narrative of Garcillisco de la Vega, U> recognize existing names, or our vocabularies of the most ancient native ' Tufca, warrior, and loosa, black. GENERAL HISTORY. 35 terms liiivt- not lieen sufficiently scrutinized. The bold adventurer Imd no idea that the Kooky Moiuitains divided him, by a breadth of at leaot 2000 miie.s, from the " South Sea" — a word continually u.sed for the Pacific. He was evidently at his most westerly point, in the range of the Quappas, the Kansas, and the Osajros, or Waslibashas. lie pursued his way westward to the hill country running north and south from the Merrimack and Giusconade to the Wa.shita, which is significantly called the Ozark Mountains. He reached the saline formations, and after his death Muscoso, his successor, in proceeding to the province of Le Vasqueros and coming in sight of the mountains, had evidently reached the buffalo plains of the far West. There is some evidence of the intrusion of the Illinois into the northern limits of De Soto's marches, and, consequently, of the Algonquin group west of the Mississippi ; between whom and neighlwring Indians a violent feud existed. 2. AriiALAQUES. — In the march of De Soto westward (1540)froinCutifachiqiii, which is thought by Mr. Pickett' to have been on the Savannah river, he passed through the southern portion of the territory of the Achalaques — the Cherokecs of our day ; a region which is branded as "barren." He was now among the foot-hills of the Appa- lachian range. The name of Achalaque represents, indeed, the sounds of the term for this group more fully than the English term of Cherokee. It is known that the sound of r is wanting in this language. David Brown, the brother of Catherine,^ a native (Jherokee, calls it " the sweet language of Tsallake." The boundary of the territory posses.sed by this tribe appeare to have been less subject to variation than that of any other tribe with whom we have been in intercourse ; not excepting the Iroc^uois, whose domains grew, however, by accessions from conquest. 3. CiiicouKAX Group. — The genera of triljos to which we apply this name claim the States of South and North Carolina as the peculiar theatre of their occupancy-, at the earliest era. We first hear of them about 1510. The credulous governor of Porto Rico, Ponce de Leon, rendered himself memorable by his early discovery of, and adventures in Florida, which he named : but he was mortally wounded in a conflict with the natives. An adventurer by the name of Diego Meruelo, being aftenvards driven on the coast, received a small quantity of the precious metals. This inllamed the golden hopes of a company engaged in mining at San Domingo, who fitted out three ships for a voyage thither. The leader was Lucas Vasques de Ayllon, whose object was kidnapping of Indians to work in the mines. In this nefarious olyect he was driven eastwardly along the coasts of what is now called South Carolina. At Combaliee river, he traded with the Indians, (Yamasees) and after completing his trailic, invited 'Hist. Alabama; Clinrlcston, 1851. "Life of Catherine Brown, by Rev. R. Anderson. It w I* 86 (J E N E 11 A L HIS T U U Y them on iMjanl of liis vi'ssols, iiiid wlioii a siilTlcii'iit iiiiiiiluT luul goiio into the liohk of his sliips, lie eloseil the liiitehes, and -sailed liaek to San Doniin}!,o. The Vamasees spiead along the sea-coasts of South Carolina. Tlic midland and interior portions were coveivd hy the Catahas and Cheraws, artful and valiant races, who extended into North Carolina, and who have signalized their liistory hy their friendslii|) for the whites. The Catahas were not an indigenous pettple in S)nth Carolina, having Ix-on driven from the north hy the Iroquois, who continued to Ix; their deadly enemies.' The mountain region and uplands were dehateahle ground, which was made notorious hy the contending Cherokecs and Inxjuois. The hitter, in the Tuscarora hranch, spread across North Caiolina, and prcsei'\ed a point of approach for their kindred in western New York, and the lakes. They maintained a war of extniordinarv violence against the Cherokce.s and Catahas, which was conducted, generally, l)v small parties. There is rea.son to sujjposo, that the Cherokees were the "Tallagewy" of the Lenapcs," who were defeated in the north, smd driven down the Ohio hy that ancient trihe in alliance w ith the Inxpiois. This group ahsorhs the small sea-coast trihes of North Carolina. It extends into southern Virginia, south of ^AllxMnarle Sound. 4. Ai.GOXQriN'^=- — We meet with scnue traces of this language in ancient Florida. It fii'st assumes importance in the sulvgenus of the Powhattanese circle in Virginia. It i,s afterwards found in the Nauticokes ; assumes a very decided type in the Iamuu Lenapces, or Delawnres; and i.-! afterwards traced, in various dialects, in the valleys of the Hudson and Cimnccticut, and throughout the whole -cngnipliical area of New England, New Brunswick, and Nova Scotia. The term apjK^ars to have heeu first employed, as a generic word, hy the French for the old Nipercinians, Attnwr.s, Montagnies, and their congeners in the Valley of the St. Lawrence. It is applied to the Salteurs of St. Mary, the ^Faskigoes of Canada, and, as shown hy a recent vocabulary, the Blackfect of the upper Missouri, the Saskatchewine, the Pillagers of the upper Mississippi, and the Crees or Kenistenoes of Hudson's Bay. Retuniing from these I'cmote ix)ints, where this hroad migratory column was met hy the Atlmpasca group, the term includes the Miamis, Weea.s, Piankashaws, the Shawnecs, Pottawatomies, Sacs and Foxes, Kickapoos, and Illinois, and their varieties, the Ka,ska.skias, &c., to the junction of the Ohio aiul Mississippi. 5. Iroqt'Ois. — Within this widely spread groii]) the Five and afterwards Six Nations (called Iroquois) planted themselves in western New York, and on the shores of lakes Ontario and Erie, at a point where they would appear to have l)een in danger of Ix'ing crushed hy the surrounding nations ; but they had the wisdom to see that the small ' MSS. from the Sec. of State's Office, S. C. ' Trans. Hist. fom. I'liil. Soc, Vol. I. GENERAL HISTORY. 37 lii.liaii tiilK\s (lestroyoil themselves by discord, and they organized tliemselve« inU) a confederacy, in which the principles of military glory and union were carried to the acme of the hunter man. They conquered, and then made allies of the Mohican and Hudson river trik's, reaching to Ijong Island. They suWued, in a similar way, the Mon.seos, and the Lenapi themselves, who had long occupied a central prominence in Pennsylvania, and also extended their conquests ea«t and west, and north and south. Thev drove away the AUegewy, in alliance with the Delawares, k-foro the end of the fifteenth century, and kept o\m\ a road of conquest, in the direction of the Alleghany, to South Carolina. The Wyandots are of tliis stock. It is clear, from Lc Jeune, that this trilx! was located on the island of Montreal when the French first settled in Canada ; but, owing to their alliance with the French and the Algoiuiuins, they were exixdled from that valley alwut the middle of the si.vteenth century. G. Dacotas. — Th' Misrissippi river .Drmed a line of demarcation, at the earliest dates, between the .'' ppalaci;ian an t the Algonquin, and the Dacota tril)e.s. De St)to, when he crossed it in l.j41,!ii latit'.ce alwut o2°, landed among a class of tribes, one of whom, namely, the Quai)pas, (GiMuana,) is clearly n.imed. De Vaca, ten years earlier, mentions the Aouas (lowas). I use the t' m Dacoia in a generic sense, for a stock of languages, and not as designating the Si' rv only, as it embraces a very large number of tril)es west of the Mississippi. Such an the Quapp \ Ka.«as, lowas, Osagcs, Pawnees, Otoes, Missourias, Omahaws, A' . n ■ ..rees, Minnitare . Mandans, Winnebagoes, and many others, who fdl the wide spa e b<;!'.veen the foot of the Eix-ky Mountains and the Mississipiii : they are lords of the prairies. It is not conteri'.' - that the.se ten trilx>s can converse understandingly together; but that they are coiniected by one ethnological chain, which i.s distinctly traced, sc far as it has been compared by vocabularies. From this large family of tribes there arc to be abstracted tiie elements of one, if not two, additional groups, which we ar^; iu hopes satisfactorily to designate in the progress of the investigations which wo are now making. The course of the tide of migration of the Dacotas appears to have been north, until the advanced tribes reached the sources of the Mississippi, and the western shores of Lake Superior. The Winnebagoes had, at the time the French first entered the country, reached Green Ba\-, and the Sioux of the Miiniesota t'M'ritory were tluu already on their >' tn .^rade nuurh back on their track. Tra<'<'^ of their ancient villages and hieroglyphics liave been noticed at Leecii Lake, at Mille Lac, and other interior positions intermediate between Lake Superior and the east bank of the Mississippi. They had b'. yun to retreat before the northwestern rush of the Algonquins, who appear, from remcie dates,' to have been most expert woodsmen. 7. SnosHOXEES. — This genus of triljcs pos.>iess the Rocky Mountajns. They appear, as far as history extends, to have held its Iieights and pas.ses from the sources ' ColJeD. 38 GENERAL HISTORY. of the Missouri, in latitude about 44°, to the southern rim of the Great Salt Basin. Their own traditions represent them to have lived in the valley of the Siustatehewine, from which they were driven by the Blackfeet. They occupy the Lewis fork of the Columbia river, as far down as latitude about 44° '60'. It is clearly appnn'ut, that they were situated on the summit of the Rocky Mountains, — in the territory of Utah, — and in the plains and hill-country of Texas ; but it can, by no means, be affirmed that these tribes had their present [wsitions at the date we assign to our chart, tla-ee centuries ago ; while the consideration of this subject is connected, and would inevitably require the classification of the newly-annexed tribes of the United States on its southern and western boundary. It appears, from vocabularies, that they are the same iwople as the Comanches of Texas. West of the Sierra Nevada, a tribe of them, called Bonacks, or Root-diggers, extends into California. Their track of migration appears to have been south, branching into California, and southeast into Texas. The geographical position of these American tribes at large, and their diifu-sion over the present area of the United States and of the British jiossessions north of it, extending to the Arctic Oceai:, as they werc found at the commencement of the sixteenth century, when North America began to Ije settled along its Atlantic borders, is denoted by the subjoined Ethnological Map. (Plate 4.) C. PHYSICAL TRAITS. The physiology of the United States Indian tribes is fully descril)cd in a subsequent paiwr, (No. VIII.,) by the late Dr. Samuel George Morton. This is the last literary labour of his pen, and presents the subject in its most profound and philosophical asjH'cts. The observatioi's which have now been ofleivd on the general history of the tribes, will prepare the way for our taking up t!ie topic, understandiiigly, in its details lesjwcting the several stocks of the race who have occupied the colonies and states from tlie. . earliest planting ; a task which will Ixj urged forward in the subsequent volumes of tliese investigations, with every [M)ssible degree of speed consistent with its pro^jcr consideration. 11. MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. A, (30) ,i II V ilff h ' H i;| ■ 1 Im 1? I' MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. A. SYNOPSIS. A. GENERIC VIEW. 1. Barbarism a lapsed state of Man. 2. Definition of the term Race. 3. Antique Ideas of the Barbaric state. 4. Hebrew Idea of it. 5. Noachian epoch. 6. Ideas of Historians and Travellers on this Subject. 7. Purport of this Review of Opinions. 8. Era of Decline. 9. Influence of the Continent on the Aborigines. 10. Unity of Manners, Customs, and Opinions. B. THE CONSTITUTION OF THE INDIAN FAMILY. 1. Marriage — the Family Group. 2. Ties of Consanguinity. 3. Totem — its Uses. 4. Genealogy — Affection for Children. 5. Self-sacrifice of Bianswah. 6. Transitive Character of Names. C. FOREST TEACHINGS. 7. Children Early Instructed in the Arts of Hunting and Fishing. 8. Instance of the Early Use of the Snare. 9. Hunting at large. Pt. II. — C («) ■1 1.1 MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 10. Spearing the Musk-rat. (Plate.) 11. Fishing through the Ice. (Plate.) 12. Setting Nets through the Ice. 13. Fish-dams of Poles. 14. l^ami-kow-a-guns, or Stone Dams. 15. Fishing with Scoop-nets. 16. Shooting of Fish. (Plate.) Hook-fishing. D. ART OF HUNTING. 17. Knowledge of the Habits of Quadrupeds. 18. Deer-hunting. 19. Fire-hunting. 20. Ingenuity of Tracking. 21. Success of Noka in One Day. 22. Fight with a Moose. 23. Strength of lawba in the Chase. 24. Encounter with a Grizzly Bear. E. SUGAR-MAKING. 25. Sugar-making a Carnival. 26. Average Product of each Wigwam. 27. A Time of Hilarity and Enjoyment. F. WAR AND ITS INCIDENTS. 28. Its Fundamental Importance to the Barbaric State. 29. Popular Opinion directed to this End. 30. Scalping. (Plate.) 31. Preparation and Dancing of the Scalp. (Plate.) 32. Feather of Honor. (Plate.) 33. Scale of Merit in its Awards. 34. Trait of Wisdom in Excusing Acts of Want of Courage. 35. Bands on the Frontiers brought to a High State of Courage by Appeals and Addresses. 36. War Parties are Volunteers. ' 87. How Enlisted. Strong Appeals to Military Glory. 88. Character of the Addresses. 39. War-songs actually Employed. 1 MANNERS AfJD CUSTOMS. 48 G.-THE WIGWAM AND ITS MATES. 40. How Order is Preserved in its Circle. 41. The Bride and her Husband. 42. Division of Labour. 43. Domestic Character of the Man. H. BIRTH AND ITS INCIDENTS. 44. Lightness of Parturition. 45. The Bestowal of Names. 46. Infancy in the Wigwam. (Plate.) I. DEATH AND ITS INCIDENTS. 47. Pictographic Memorials of Adults. 48. Eulogy of the Dead. 49. Dressing the Corpse. 50. Belief in Immortality. 51. Address to the Dead. 52. Indian Burial-places. 53. Barrows and Heaps of Stones. 54. Former Custom of Burial among the Mississippi Valley Tribes. 55. Burial among the Prairie Tribes. 66. Veneration for the Dead. 57. Forests and Valleys Favorable to Civilization. 58. Horrid Instance of Sepulture among the Chinooks. K. GAMES OF CHANCE. 59. Kun-ta-800, or the Game of Plumb-stones. GO. Pugasaing, or the Game of the Bowl. L. THE INDIAN ON HIS HUNTING-GROUND. 61, The Social State of the Hunter. 62. Patriarchal State of the Chiefs and Heads of Families. 68. Feosting. 64. Topics of Remark at Meals. i'1 Wk 'i ii H iSfll ) ■! iffiH MH 'i nira j^^BVEf iC |nA V^Htn' 1 mM 44 MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 65. Modest an- ■^*»S^4.V*'^ ■ ■^^■TSBsaEftarawiisfc-.- r m ! :1' vli* :'l- - i I, 44 St i I i 1 11 ' III MANNEKS AND CUSTOMS. 53 ciea. The white fish, so common to the Avhole line of hikes, never hitea at a hook, and is captured solely hy nets or spears. Tlie ordinary trout and cod hook has Ix-en supplied by commerce since the discovery of America ; but the ancient Indian hook of bone was shaped much like it, and its use was every way similar, as is seen by an antique bone-hook, found in the mounds on Cunningham's Island, Lake Erie. (Plate 38, Fig. 4.) Fish are also speared from a canoe, usually in the morning, when they are close in-shore, lying under the leaves and rushes that grow on the banks of streams. An Indian woman or boy paddles the canoe gently along the shore, while the man stands up in the bow or on the gunwales of the canoe, holding his spear ready to strike the fish when seen. The spear or gig is represented in Plate 7G, Figs. 3 and 4. The mode of operating is represented in Plate 8. D. ART OF HUNTING. 17. This ingenuity in the taking of fish evinces a degree of skill which challenges admiration. But it is far inferior to that art which is demanded for the hunter in his nobler pursuit of game on the land. To him are known the habits, ranges, and food of all the quadrupeds which constitute objects of the chase. Not only is it essential that he should know the species of food which each quadruped covets, but also the time most favorable to his sallying out of his coverts to obtain it, together with the various precautions necessary, in order to elude the quick ear and instincts of his victims. 18. The simplest of all species of hunting is perhaps the art of hunting the deer. This animal, it is known, is endowed with the fatal curiosity of stopping in its flight, to turn round, and look at the object that disturlsed it ; and as this is generally done within rifle-range, the habit is indulged at the cost of its life ; whereas, if it trusted unwaveringly to it.s heels, it would escape. 19. One of the most ingenious modes of hunting the deer is that oi fire-linntbig, which is doi!e by descending a stream in a canoe at night with a flambeau. The habit of this animal of resorting to streams at night has been mentioned. In the latter part of spring and summer, the Indian hunters on the small interior rivers take the bark of the elm or cedar, peeling it off" whole, for five or six feet in length, and turning it inside out, paint the outer surface black with charcoal. It is then pierced with an 'lice to fit it, on the bow of the canoe, so as to hide the sitter; then a light or torch is made by small rolls two or three feet long, of twisted birch-bark, (which is very in- flammable,) and this is placed on the extreme bow of the boat, a little in front of the bark screen, in which position it throws its rays strongly forward, leaving all behind in M MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. darkness. The deer, whose eyes are fixed on tlie light ns it floats down, is thus brought within range of the gun. Swans are hunted in the same way. 20. Tlie mazes of the forest are, however, the Indian hunter's peculiar field of action. No foot-print can be impressed there, with which he is not familiar. In his temporary journeys in the search after game, he generally ciicamps early, and sallies out at the first peep of day, on his hunting tour. If he is in a forest cou-try, he chooses his am- bush in valleys, for the plain reason that all animals, as night approaches, come into the valleys. In ascending these, he is very careful to take that side of a stream which throws the shadow from it, so that he may have a clear view of all that passes on the opposite side, while he is himself screened by the shadow. But he is particularly on the alert to take this precaution, if he is apprehensive of lurking foes. The tracks of an animal are the subject of the minutest observation ; they tell him at a glance, the species of animal that has passed ; the time that has elapsed ; and the course it has pursued. If the surface of the earth be moist, the indications are plain ; if it be hard or rocky, they are drawn from less palpable but scarcely less umnistakeable signs. 21. One of the largest and most varied day's hunt, of which we are apprised, was by a noted Chippewa hunter, named Nokay, on the upper Mississippi ; who, tradition asserts, in one day, near the mouth of the Crow-Wing river, killed sixteen elk, four bufliiloes, five deer, three bears, one lynx, and a porcupine. This feat has doubtless been exceeded in the bufliilo ranges of the south-west, where the bow and arrow is known to have been so dexterously and rapidly a})plied in respect to that animal ; but it is seldom that the chase in forest districts is as successful as in this instance. .1 <\^ll< \^ 22 On one occasion the celebrated chief Wabojeeg went out early in the morning, near the hanks of Lake Superior, to set martin traps. He hatl set about forty, and waa returning to his wigwam, armed with his hatchet and knife only, when he encountered a buck moose. He sheltered himself behind trees, retreating ; but, as the animal pursued, he picked up a pole, and, unfastening his moccasin-strings, tied the knife firmly to the jx)le. He then took a favourable position behind a tree and stabbed the animal several times in the throat and breast. At length it fell, and he cut out and carried home the tongue as a trophy of his prowess. 23. In 1808, Gitshe lawba, of Kewywenon, Lake Superior, killed a three years old moose of three hundred pounds weight. It was in the month of February, and the snow was so soft, from a partial thaw, that the agim, or snow-shoes, sank deep at every step. After cutting up the animal and drawing out the Ijlood, he wrapped the flesh in the skin, and, putting himself under it, rose up erect. Finding he could bear the weight, he then took a litter of nine pups, in a blai ket, upon his right arm, threw his ' 111^ ■■'I I\ ^ .^^s^. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 1.1 U&IM |25 ■u Itt |22 :^ ii° 12.0 u& IIIL25 |||.4 11.6 ^ 6" ► PhotDgraphic Sciences Corporation 33 WIST MAIN STRUT WHSTIR.N.Y. U5M (7l6)«7a-4S03 h^i^ .**• - 4^1^ I > « » . L .. 1 ♦r. ( %.^(^ ',. '•:>« ■ '' «'- 1. .J ■tf I'- . r-v I ; tv MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 65 wallet on the tq) of his head, and, putting his gun over his left shoulder, walked six milea to his wigwam. Thia was the atrongest man that has appeared in the Chippewa natitm in modem times. 24. In 1827, Annimikens, of Bed Biver of the North, was one day quite engrossed in looking out a path for his camp to pass, when he was startled by the sharp snorting of a grizzly bear. lie immediately presented his gun and attempted to fire ; but, the priming not igniting, he was knocked by the animal, the next instant, several steps backward, and his gun driven full fifteen feet through the air. The bear then struck him un one cheek, and tore away a part of it. The little consciousness he had left told him to be passive, and manifest no signs of life. Fortunately, the beast had satiated his appetite on the carcase of a buflalo near by. Having clawed his victim at pleasure, he then took him by the neck, dragged him into the bushes, and there left him. Yet from such a wound the Indian recovered, though a disfigured man, and lived to tell me the story with his own lips. Relations of such hunting exploits and adventures are vividly repeated in the Indian country, and constitute a species of renown which is eagerly sought by the young. I E. SUOAR-MAKINO. As the spring season approaches, and the sap begins to ascend the still leafless trunks of the acer saccharinum, or sugar maple, the Indian families, throughout all the northern and middle latitudes, repair to their sugar^amps, and engage in preparing that, to them, favorite luxury. The sap is carried in bark buckets, and boiled down in kettles of iron or tin. This labor, which devolves chiefly on the females^ is shown in the accompanying sketch. (Plate 9.) 25. It forms a sort of Indian carnival. The article is profusely eaten by all of every age, and a quantity is put up for sale in a species of boxes made from the white birch bark, which are called mococks, or mokuks. These sugar-boxes are in the shape of the lower section of a quadrangular pyramid. They are of a light brown color, or, if new, a nankeen-yellow. 26. While the oaref\il and industrious wife prepares and fills these boxes for sale, the children and youth carry sap from the trees, and have a grand fW>Iio among themselves ; boiling candy and pouring it out on the snow to cool, and gambolling about on the fVozen surface with the wildest delight. Their mothers supply them, too, with miniature mokuks, filled with sugar flnm the first runnings of the sap, which makes the choicest sugar. These little mokuks are ornamented with dyed porcupine t: 1 11 M MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. quills, BkilfuUy wrought in the shape of flowers and figures. The boxes designed for sale are of all siies; from twenty to seventy pounds weight. They are sold to the merchants at six cents per pound, payable in merchandize. The number made in a single season, by an industrious and strong-handed family, is known to be from thirty to forty, in addition to all the sugar that has been consumed. It is seldom less than a dozen or twenty boxes to the family ; and the average yield, comprising the extremes of careless and extravagant, and of the most thrifty wigwams, may be put between twenty-five and one hundred and fifty dollars in trade. 27. The heyday iscenes of the Seenatbaukwut, or sugar-making, crowns the labors of the spring. The pelt of animals is now out of season, winter has ended with all its rigors, and the introduction of warm weather prepares the Indian mind for a season of hilarity and feasting, for which the sale of his "golden mokuks" gives him some means. It is now that religious observances are in order. The Medawin, the Jesukawin, and the Wabeno societies assemble. Feasts are given as long as their means last. The drum and the rattle are heard to echo through their villages. The streams, now loosened from their icy fetters, pour a deeper murmur ; the forests are decked with their leafy clothing, which fit them for concealment, and the Indian mind prepares itself for renewing its darling schemes of war : for, whatever other cares and employ- ments may demand his attention, it is to success in the war-path that the Indian looks for his prime and crowning glories. F. WAR, AND ITS INCIDENTS. 28. Success in war is to the Indian the acm^ of glory, and to learn its arts the object of hia highest attainment. The boys and youth acquire the accomplishment at an early period of dancing the war-dance ; and although they are not permitted to join its fascinating cirole till they assume the envied rank of actual warriors, still their early sports and mimic pastimes are imitations of its various movements and postures. The envied eagle's feather is the prize. For this, the Indian's talent, subtlety, endurance, bravery, persevering fasts, and what may be called religious penances and observances, are made. . The war-path is taken by youths at an early age. That age may be stated, for general comparison, to be sixteen : but without respect to exact time, it is always after the primary fast, during which the youth chooses his personal guardian or monedo, — an age when he first assumes the duties of manhood. It is the period of the assumption of the three-pointed blanket, the true toga of the North American Indian. the at aeir lety, and for I after Iption l(s«jt-»i»i»s»mvr^ m »i ■ ; I 3 n I ■, Mi iM^^v bH 111 iBiifti iHh i ' i|H) t 4 HR| ill t ' •1 ^iPl ■■'I MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 57 29. The whole force of public opinion, in our Indian communities, in concontrntcd on this point, its early lodge teochingn, (such as the recital of adventures of brnverj',) its dances, its religious rites, the harangues of prominent actors, mode at public assemblages, (such as is called " striking the post,") all, in fact, that serves to awaken and fire ambition in the mind of the savage, is clustered about the idea of future distinction in war. 30. Civilization has many points of ambitious attainment, — the rewards of letters, triumphs in the forum and the legislative hall, the diplomatic bureau, the honors of the academician, the sculptor's chisel, the painter's brush, the architect's design. The Indian has but one prime honor to grasp ; it is triumph in the war-path ; it is rushing upon his enemy, tearing the scalp reeking from his head, and then uttering his terrific e(i-earkuon, (death-whoop). For this crowning act (Plate 10) he is permitted to mount the honored feather of the war-eagle, — the king of carnivorous birds. By this mark he is publicly known, and his honors recognized by all his tribe, and by the surrounding tribes whose customs assimilate. 31. When the scalp of an enemy has been won, very great pains are taken to exhibit it. For this purpoet;, it is stretched on a hoop and mounted on a pole. (Plate 11.) The inner part is painted red, and the hair adjusted to hang in its natural manner. If it be the scalp of a male, eagles' feathers are attached to denote that fact. If a female, a comb or scissors is hung on the frame. In this condition, it is placed in the hands of an old woman, who beors it about in the scalp dance, (Plate 12,) while opprobrious epithets are uttered against the tribe from whom it was taken. Amidst these wild rejoicings the war-cry is vociferated, and the general sentiment with old and young is, " Thus shall it be done to our enemies." 32. The feather of the eagle is the highest honor that a warrior can wear, and a very extravagant sum is sometimes given to procure one. The value of a horse has been known to be paid. The mode in which a feather is to be cut and worn ia important to be noticed. 33. The scale of honor, with the several tribes, may vary, but the essential features are the same. Among the Dacota tribes, an eagle's feather with a red spot (Plate 13, Fig. 1) denotes that the wearer has killed an enemy, a notch cut in it and edges of the feather (Fig. 2) painted red, indicates that the throat of an enemy has been cut. Small consecutive notches on the front side of the feather, (Fig. 3,) without paint, denote that the wearer is the third person that has touched the dead body. Both edges notched, (Fig. 4,) that he is the fourth person that has touched it; and the feather partly denuded, (Fig. 5,) that he is the fifth person that has touched the slain. Pt. II. — 8 I.l 11 ,'l r » 68 MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. Fi}^. G »lom)U'.s tliat tlie woaivr htiH rccoivwl Hcnrs fnnn the Iiniiil of an enomy. The foatlior cli|)|)i-il oil", ami the edj^os painted red, are alw) iiidieative of tlie cutting of an eneniVH throat. Fig. 14. On the blanket or bufl'alo nilnj worn by tlio Dacota Intlian a red or black hand is often wen painted. The red hand (Fig. 15) indicates that the wearer has k-on wounded by his eneni}-; the black hand, (Fig. 1(5,) that he has slain his enemy. Fig. 8 indicates a male prisoner, and Fig. 10 a female prisoner, both captured by Fig. 9. P'ig. 11, a female killetl. Fig. 12, a male killed. Fig. 13, a girl killed; and Fig. 14, a boy killed. Fig. 17 is a representation of the thunder-bird, and is frequently seen worked with porcupine quills, as an ornament, on piiie stems, knife sheatli!*, belts, and other articles. (Such arc the oistoms of the Dacotus who dwell on the St. Peter's, and alwut the Falls of St. Anthimy. The warlike triljc of Chipixjwas on the sources of the Mississippi, who, fmm a national act in their history, bear the distinctive name of Pillagers, award a successful warrior, who shoots lics for the purpasc of ^'striking thepoai" to allude to it. All wlio can rise in such assemblies, and declare the performance of such a deed, in the presence of the warriors, are ranked as brave men. They go one step farther in the formation of military character. Those who have been of the war-party, and merely see the fight, although they may have no blood marks of which to boast as honors, and may even have lacked promptness in following the leader closely, are yet allowed to mount oiie feather. These honors are publicly awarded ; no one dares to assume them without authority, and there are instances where the feathers falsely assumed have been pulled violently from their heads in a public assemblage of the Indians. 34. They never, however, blame each other for personal acts denoting cowardice or any species of timidity while on the war-path, hoping, by this elevated course, to encourage the young men to do better on another occasion. 35. Their war and civil chiefs use the most careful and studied expressions on the topic at all times, — the principle of warlike deeds being apix?aled to; and the tone and temper of a band on an exposed frontier i)osition, subject to l)e constantly attacked, and, in turn, to attack their enemies, is thus broiight to a high state of personal daring ^m [•my. The ttiiii' of nn cd or black er linn In'on einy. Fig. by Fig. 9. nd Fig. 14, •orkod with lier iirticloH. I alxjiit the rcca of the 'c name of noniy, three mer on the II geneniUy riiose of the rks of blood y as can to em, in their A.11 who can he presence ® sc who have ve no blood in following arc publicly re instances ■ heads in a cowardice or d course, to ssions on the md the tone itly attacked, rwjnal daring !| I ! t- Sl » I 'B ^ d"1 % ' -. i "K ■'.■*^. .f;^.*-fi- .,; f ,.1 ■ ;l. ... '-J. \ \ t?. ' }{ r N (I ■ 1 1 1 m 1 111 ill ^HfllBtt ' 1 i i n 1,* MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 69 and heroic courage. Such is the present position of the Mukundua or Pillagers just referred to, — a band who form the military advance westward of the great Algonquin family. Before their high state of warlike skill the Sioux tribes have been forced to abandon the western shores of Lake Superior and the sources of the Mississippi, and this tribe ventures with fear even twenty miles north of the Minnesota River. 36. All war-parties consist of volunteers. The leader, or war-captain, who attempts to raise one, must have some reputation to start on. His appeals, at the assemblages for dancing the preliminary war-dance, are to the principles of bravery and nationality. They are brief and to the point. He is careful to be thought to act under the guidance of the Great Spirit, of whose secret will he affects to be apprized in dreams, or by some rites. 37. The principle of enlistment is sufficiently well preserved. For this purpose, the leader who pro^wses to raise a war-party takes the war-club in his hands, smeared with vermilion, to symbolize blood, and begins his war-.song. I have witnessed several such scenes. The songs are brief, wild repetitions of sentiments of heroic deeds, or incitements to patriotic or military ardor. They are accompanied by the drum and rattle, and by the voice of one or more choristei-s. They are repeated slowly, sentcntiously, and with a measured cadence, to which the most exact time is kept. The warrior stamps the ground as if he could shake the universe. His language is often highly figurative, and he deals with the machinery of clouds, the flight of carnivorous birds, and the influence of spiritual agencies, as if the region of space were at his command. He imagines his voice to be heaiHl in the clouds ; and while he stamps the ground with well-feigned fury, he fancies himself to take hold of the "circle of the sky" with his hands. Every few moments he stops abruptly in his circular path, and utters the piercing war-cry. 38. He must be a cold listener Avho can sit unmoved by these appeals. The ideas thrown out succeed each other with the impetuosity of a torrent. They are suggestive of heroic frames of mind, of strong will, of high courage, of burning sentiment. '-♦^ Hear my voice, ye warlike biixls! , I prepare a feast for you to batten on; I see you cross the enemy's lines; Like you I shall go. I wish the swiftness of your wings ; I wish the vengeance of your claws ; I muster my friends; I follow your flight. Ho, yo young men, that are warriors, Look with wrath on the battle-field. If p. I** H Wd 'i 60 MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. Each warrior that rises and joins the war-dance, thereby becomes a volunteer for the trip. He arms and equips himself; he provides his own sustenance ; und when he steps out into the ring and dances, he chants his own song, and is greeted with redoubling yells. These ceremonies are tantamount to " enlistment," and no j'oung man who thus comes forward can honorably withdraw. 39. Whoever has heard an Indian war-song, and witnessed an Indian war-dance, must be satisfied that the occasion wakes up all the fire and energy of the Indian's soul. His flashing eye, his muscular energy, aa he begins the dance, his violent gesti- culation as he raises his war-cry ; the whole frame and expression of the man, demon- strate this. And long before it comes to his turn to utter his stave or part of the chant, his mind has been worked up to the most intense point of excitement. His imagina- tion has pictured the enemy, the ambush and the onset, the victory and the bleeding victim, writhing under his prowess. In thought, he has already stamped him under- foot, and toni off his reeking scalp. He has seen the eagles hovering in the air, ready to pounce on the dead carcass as soon as the combatants quit the field. It would require strong and graphic language to give descriptive utterance, in the shape of a song, to all he has fancied, and sees and feels on the subject. Physical excitement has absorbed his energies. He is in no mood for calm and collected descrip- tions of battle-scenes. He has no stores of measured rhymes to fall back on. All he can do is to utter brief and often highly symbolic expressions of courage, of defiance, of indomitable rage. His feet stamp the ground as if he would shake it to its centre. The inspiring drum and mystic rattle communicate now energy to every step, while they serve, by the observance of the most exact time, to concentrate his energy. His very looks depict the spirit of rage : and his yells, uttered quick, sharp, and cut off by the application of the hand to the mouth, are startling and horrific. Under such circumstances, a few short and broken sentences are enough to keep alive the theme in his mind ; and he is not, probably, conscious of the fact, that there is not enough said, in the theme of his song, to give much coherence to it. Such a song is, indeed, under the best auspices, a mere wild rhapsody of martial thought, poured out, from time to time, in detached sentences, which are, so to say, cemented into lines by a flexible chorus and known tunes. The sentiments of the following song were uttered by the celebrated Wacbojeeg, aa the leader of the Chippewas, after a victory over the combined Sioux and Sauks and Foxes, at the falls of St. Croix, during the latter part of the seventeenth century. I. Hear my voice, ye heroes! On that day when our warriors sprang With shouts on the dastardly foe, •^wMMfeirMMiafi !cr for the n he steps •edoubling who thus ivar-dance, e Indian's )lcnt gesti- m, demon- the chant, is imaginor 18 bleeding lim under- : air, ready nee, in the Physical ;ed descrip- in. All he )f defiance, > its centre, step, while lergy. His i cut off by igh to keep , that there it. Such a al thought, Y, cemented IUB0JEE6, aa i Sauks and entury. ; . ;.i. ii ■I I 'J5 t il ■ ; i MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 61 Just vengeance my lieart burned to take On the cruel and treacherous breed, The Bwoin' — the Fox — the Sauk. n. And here, on my breast, have I bled! See — see! my battle-scars! Ye mountains, tremble at my yell! I strike for life. ni. But who are my foes? They shall die, They shall fly o'er the plains like a fox; They shall shake like a leaf in the storm. Perfidious dogs! they roast our sons with fire! IV. Five winters in hunting we'll spend, While mourning our warriors slain, Till our youth grown to men For the battle-path trained, Our days like our fathers we'll end. V. Ye are dead, noble men! ye are gone, My brother — my fellow — my friend! On the death-path where brave men must go, But we live to revenge you! We haste To die 08 our forefathers died. In 1824, Bwoinais, a Chippewa warrior of lake Superior, repeated to me, with the appropriate tunes, the following war-songs, which had been uttered during the existing war between that nation and the Dacotas. I. Oshawanung undossewug Penasewug ka baimwaidungig. From the south — they come, the warlike birds — Hark! to their passing screams. ' A Sioux. MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. n. Todotobi penaise Ka (low wiawwiaun. I wish to have the body of the fiercest bird, As swift — as cruel — as strong. m. Ne wawaibena, neowai Kagait ue minwaindum Nebunaikuinig tshebaibcwishcnaun. I east away my bod}- to the chance of battle. Full happy am I, to lie on the field — On the field over the enemy's line. The following stanzas embrace detached sentiments of other chaunts from several sources. The eagles scream on high, They whet their forked beaks; Raise — raise the battle-cry, 'Tis fame our leader seeks. n. The battle-birds swoop from the sky. They thirst for the warrior's heart; They look from their circles on high, And scorn every flesh but the brave. DEATH SONG. m. I fall — but my body shall lie A name for the gallant to tell; The Gods shall repeat it on high, And young men grow brave at the sound. f.l ,» .1 I several 'i I r, A It Ha/e :.(i\J.li->^ divss.-d Foi- H u> if'VASiKlij ::-\ u i % it I MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 68 G. THE WIGWAM AND ITS MATES. 40. It has often been mode a question how order is obtained in so confii^ed a space as an Indian wig>vam, where so many persons seem +0 the looker-on to be huddled together in confusion. We have had occasion to make particular inquiries into this subject. Domestic order and domestic rights are of such a character, that they would seem, in savage as in civilized life, to demand rules that all should know and respect. The wife of the hunter has the entire control of the wigwam and all its tempo- ralities. To each person who is a member of the lodge-family is assigned a fixed seat, or habitual abiding-place, which is called Abbinos. To the master and mistress of the lodge belongs the chief location. To each of the adult and grown children is also assigned their particular abbinos. The very infant, or abbinojee, soon learns to know its place, and hastens to the mother's abbinos. Indeed, the term for a child — abbinoje — appears to be derived from this radix: the termination o/ee, which is affixed to it, is a diminutive word of endearment ; as we observe it in their terms for a fly, oj'ee; wa-wa'begunrojee, &c. 41. If the son is married and brings his bride home, (one of the commonest modes of assembling the lodge-circle,) the mother assigns the bride her abhinoa. This is prepared by spreading one of the finest skins for her seat, and no one besides her husband ever sits there, A visitor who is a neighbor is welcomed to the highest seat temporarily. Inmates of the lodge have their bed, mokuk, wallet, &c., placed behind their own abbinos, and generally war-clubs and arms, if he be a warrior, are placed within reach. In thin manner the personal rights of each individual are guarded. The female is punctilious as to her own, so that perfect order is maintained ; and it would be as much a violation of their etiquette for an inmate to take possession of another's abbinos at night, as, in civilized life, to intrude into a private bed-chamber. By these known rules of the wig\vam an Indian's notions of propriety are quite satis- fied; while, to the European stranger, who casually lifts up the lodge door (a bit of cloth or skin) and peeps in, its interior appears to be appropriated with as indiscri- minate a "communism" as if it were occupied by so many pigs, sheep, or bears. 42. The division of labour between the man and wife in Indian life is not so unequal while they live in the pure hunter state as many suppose. The large part of a hunter's time which is spent in seeking game leaves t^e wife in the wigwam, with a great deal of time on her hands. For it must be remembered that there is no spinning, weaving, or preparing children for school ; no butter or cheese making, or a thousand other cares which are inseparable from the agricultural state, to occupy her skill and industry. Even the art of the seamstivss is only practised by the Indian woman on IsUfi 64 MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. a few things. She devotes much of her time to making moccasins and quill-work. Her husband's leggins are carefully ornamented with beads. His shot-pouch and knife- sheath are worked with quills. The hunting-cap is garnished with ribbons. His garters of cloth are adorned with a profusion of small, white beads, and colored worsted toasels are prepared for his leggins. In the spring the corn-field is planted by her and the youngsters in a vein of gaiety and frolic. It is done in a few hours, and taken care of in the same spirit. It is perfectly voluntary labor, and she would not be scolded for omitting it; for all labor with Indians is voluntary. The dressing and preparation of skins for certain parts of clothing is carried on at seasons of convenience. It is done by removing the hair and fleshy integuments with implementa of stone or iron. (Plate 7G, Figs. 6, 7, and 8.) The skin is fastened for this purpose to two stakes, as shown in the drawing, (Plate 14,) where it undergoes a species of currying. The present state of the Indian trade nders it more thrifty for the hunter to purchase his coat, shirt, aziaun,' and leggins of cioth, and employ his time in hunting the small furred animals to pay for them ; making a change in the condition of the Indian female which relieves her, in a great measure, from the dressing of skins; which was formerly quite a labor. 43. The character of the man in domestic life has some redeeming traits. His experience of hardship and suffering appears to have made him forbearing. He is not easily vexed, but almost habitually passive. He does not scold old or young. The spirit of endurance, self-respect, and a species of forest stoicism, have given him a philosophy far above it. When he returns from the chase with a load of meats and throws it down at the door of the wigwam, not a word is said to the wife ; or if but a tongue of the animal killed be brought to testify to his success, he is nearly aa taciturn. She comprehends at once her part of the duty in both cases ; and whatever that duty is, he never states or alludes to it. He is not a fault-finder at his meals, but eats whatever is placed before him. Roasting and boiling are simple operations with the Indian. There is no condiment to be used; no salt, no pepper. Soups are their great resource; particularly in seasons of want, or where the food would not admit of division by any other method. A squirrel, or a small bird, will answer to season or qualify a gallon of soup. And when there are many stomachs to satisfy, there would not appear to be any other method so well suited to answer the purpose of division. In times of great straits a few old bones will serve to flavor the liquor, and the ingenuity of the wife is constantly on the stretch to provide a meal. When there is absolutely nothing, and the severities of the season have, for a time, cut off every resource, there is a dignified endurance in the Indian's mind that rises above complaint. Th': . ■■; '"\ no one to blame, in his belief, lirccch-cluth. Liill-work. ind knife- 9n8. His d worsted a vein of spirit. It it; for all rried on at mentfl with fafitened for indergoes a ; thrifty for loy his time le condition dressing of 'M *>■ ■S-' W^ :S'. :&'■■ traits. His ;. He is not young. The given him a if meats and fe ; or if hut is nearly as ,nd whatever is meals, but lo condiment irticularly in Ither method. Ip. And when Jier method so lits a few old ^tantly on the irerities of the irance in the in his belief, '-^; II W V 1!«. *' 4i m ^f ■?:■ ^-. /•J" K Jjrit nt •' I 'irf ." t-; /ft-nt* . ' .; hiity ,r\.n> '/>• «. m MANNERS AND CUSTO> 65 unless it be the Great Spirit ; and he is far from impnt blame 1» rtim. He has exerted his art, but without success. The next day in; ljrti,r him relief, and he consoles himself in this hope. The children are sometimes put to sleep by telling them tales to stop their crying for hunger. If there be but a morsel in the wigwam, it is given to them ; and the father of the lodge shows the strength of his affection and the quality of his endurance by rigid abstinence from food, and by uncomplaining silence. He indulges himself in the use of the pipe and native weed, or kinnikinic, which is attended with some sort of stimulus to the nerves that keeps them in a state of equilibrium. Such is the North American Indian, whom I have observed in the forest countries of the great lakes and great valleys of the Upper Mississippi. H. BIRTH AND ITS INCIDENTS. 44. Parturition, with the Indian female, is seldom attended with severe or long-con- tinued suffering ; it is generally very much the contrary, and leads to but a slight interruption to her ordinary pursuits. To linger back a few hours on a journey in the forest, is often the whole time required by the confinement ; and there appears in most cases to be but little, if any premonition. A wife has been known to sally into the adjoining forest in quest of dry limbs for fire-wood, and to return to the wigwam with her new-bom child, placed carefully on the back-load. (See Plate 26.) The wife of Saganosh was passing with her husband and family in a canoe, along the precipitous sand-cliffs of Lake Superior, which are called Orandea Subles. There is, in general, but a strip of beach between the precipices and the water, and the scene is nearly as denuded of trees or bushes as the deserts of Arabia. But she landed in haste, and descried a few bushes in a depressed spot, which sufficed for her accouchement cham- ber, and in a few hours was in her canoe again with the new-boni babe. Their exemption from the usual sufferings of child-birth may be said to be the general condition of the hunter state, and one of the few advantages of it which the female enjoys above her civilized sister. But it will be seen to be the simple result in obstetrics of the continued exercise in the open air of the Indian woman, and her consequent hardihood. 45. Names are generally bestowed by the mindemoia, or nocomiss, of the family ; that is, by the matron, or the aged grandmother, who generally connects the event with some dream. If the child be a male, the name is generally taken from some object or phenomenon in the visible heavens. The returning cloud, (kewanoquot,) the sun in contact with a cloud, {kortche-toah,) the bright cloud, (na-geezhig,) the little thun- derer, (an-^e^na-kem,) a bird in continued flight in the higher air, (ka-ga-osh,) are common names. If it be a female, the imagery is generally drawn from the surface Pt. II.— 9 V i !! J M MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. of the earth, the vegetable kingdom, or the waters. The woman of the passing Htream, the woman of the green valley, the woman of the rock, are not uncommon names. The tlexible character of tlie language renders these compound terms practicable. In this respect, the syntax of the language bears a strong resemblance to that of the Hebrew — that is, in making fragments of words stand for whole words in these amal- gamated derivations. But the Indian languages are without that frequent fragment in the Hebrew of el, which conveys the whole meaning of Alohim, Emanuel, or some other descriptive t«rm for the deity. The Indian deity docs not at all appear to enter into such compound names. Instead of this, the distinctive fragmentary elements are taken from the radices for sun, sky, air, wind, sound, &o. There is no rite of any kind analogous to baptism, nor a thought of it; but the name thus given is considered secret — it is indeed deemed sacred, for it is not generally revealed, and it is one of the hardest things to induce an Indian to tell his real name. Instead of this, and in order, it would seem, the better to conceal it, men are called by some common nick- name, as little fox, wolf, red-head, bail boy, bird, and such like soubriquets, which are generally given by the mothers to infants, as terms of endearment.' It is these secondary names, which continue to be borne in adult life, that we constantly hear, and the real name is studiously concealed, and frequently not even revealed by the Ajedatic, or grave-post ; for upon this, the totem of the family is deemed to be sufficient. The true cause of the concealment of names must be ascribed to their religious and superstitious dogmas, which will be hereafter described. 46. Children are, immediately after their birth, tied with feminine care on a flat piece of carved wood, or structure, called Tikkinagmi, which has a small hoop to protect the head, and a little footrpiece to rest on. ( Fig. 1, Plate 15.) Moss is placed between the heels of female infants, which makes them in-toed ; in males, the adjust- ment of the moss is designed to produce a perfectly straight position of the foot. The " one-point" blanket of trade wraps it, and a bandage of cloth, if the mother be able to get it, is bound around the whole person, giving it some resemblance to a small mummy. It is the pride of the mother to garnish this cradle band with ribbons and beads. From the hoop some little jingling ornament is generally suspended to attract the child's notice. (Fig. 2, Plate 15.) An apekun or carrying-strap is securely fastened near the head of the infant, by which the mother can swing it to her back and carry it without injury throughout the forest (Plate 15.) Indeed, she can hang it up by the ■The perfect identity of opinion entertained on this sabject by the Indians of the present day (1851) with those held by the Virginia Indians in 1584, is shown in the double name of Pocahontas. " Her true name," says Furcbas, " was Matokes, which they concealed from the English, in a superstitious fear of hurt by the English, if her name was known." — Pilorimb, Part V., Book 8, Chap. 5. 11 •i,'« • . 'p if ■*" »' iili VV.!'i'fii*f^:-i ititir'*-vrv!ii!i!M' :>-i .tiii -4\'tui t:> TiiMihi it ft 41 MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 67 strap on the limb of a tree, or in the lodge, and the fixtures are so ingeniously contrived that, even if it falls down, the child cannot be hurt. Meantime, the little abinojee itself seems perfectly contented, and rarely if ever cries ; and in this confine- ment it learns its first lesson in endurance. I. DEATH AND ITS INCIDENTS. 47. The character of the devices which are placed on the grave-post of the Indian has been described under the head of Pictography, Part I., p. .354. Such devices are appropriate for adults who have trod the war-path, and made themselves conspicuous for bravery or heroism. Children and youth generally pass away from the scenes of Indian life without any such memorials ; but their loss is often bewailed by mothers with inconsolable grief and bitterness. It is the intensity of this grief which lies at the foundation of the practice of adopting white children stolen from the settlements on the frontiers. Such cases are generally, if not in every instance, traceable to a request of the Indian mother to replace the child of Avhich she has been bereaved by death. A grief that is indulged under the hopeless darkness of the aboriginal mind may be supposed to have no more natural or reasonable mode of assuagement. But v is grief, when the object is a son, is often deeply partaken of by the father, especially if the lad be grown, and lias develojied forensic talents to succeed him in the chieftainship of the band. We have mentioned the noble sacrifice of Bianswah under these circumstances. (, : 48. The son of Gel Plat, a noted chief of the Pillagers at Leech Lake, on the sources of the Mississippi, was killed on the enemy's border, west of that point, while lie was bathing in a lake with a companion. The father, who was about sixty, and contemplated leaving this son as his successor in that large and warlike band, laid the Ions deeply to heart, and dwelt ujwn the hardness of his fate many years. He then turned his hojies on a younger son whom he desired to instal in his place with this band ; and in order to let them know his wishes on the subject, he sent out formally an invitation to all the band to attend a feast. He prepared for this, by employing hunters who brought him the carcasses of many animals ; and he staked his utmost means with the traders to purchase such articles of food as the forests in that quarter did not fumisli. There were eigliteen kettles of eatables prepared. He then brought out his young son, dressed in the best manner, with fine clothes, and bearing five silver medals hung with ribbons around his neck, being all his regalia. He then arose and uttered his lost son's eulogy, speaking, in glowing terms, of his capacities for the hunter life and the war-path, and ended by presenting to their notice the tiny candidate for their future chief. fl ■ ■ i Ml ^i f w li i- ' 68 MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 49. Black is the universal sign for mourning ; it is the symbol for death, and is taken from night. In their pictography, the image of the sun is represented to stand for, or symbolize night, for Avhich purpose it is crossed and blackened. The face of the mourner is smeared with some simple black mixture that will not readily rub off. On occasions of deep affliction, the arms and legs are cut or scarified, an oriental custom with many nations. The corpse is dressed in its best clothes. It is wrapped in a new blanket, and new moccasins and leggins put on. The crown- band, head-dress or frontlet, and feathers, are also put on. His war-club, gun, and pipe, are placed beside him, together with a small quantity of vermilion. The corpse is laid in public, where all can gather around it, when an address is made, partly to the spectators, describing the character of the deceased, and partly to the deceased himself, speaking to him as if the Ocliicliag or soul was still present, and giving directions as to the path he is supposed to be about to tread in a future state. If it is a female that is about to be interred, she is provided with a paddle, a kettle, an apekun or carrying strap for the head, and other feminine implements. The Pawnees, and other prairie tribes, kill the warrior's horse upon his grave, that he may be ready to mount in a future state, and proceed to the appointed scene of rest. Th^ mode of burial is represented in Plate 16. 50. The idea of immortality is strongly dwelt uix)n. It is not spoken of as a supposition or a mere belief, not fi.\ed. It is regarded as an actuality, — as something known and approved by the judgmtnit of the nation. During the whole period of my residence and travels in the Indian country, I never knew and never heard of an Indian who did not believe in it, and in the reappearance of the body in a future state. However mistaken they are on the subject of accountabilities for acts done in the present life, no small part of their entire mythology, and the belief that sustains the man in his vicissitudes and wanderings here, arises from the anticipation of ease and enjoyment in a future condition, after tlic soul has left the body. The resignation, nay, the alacrity, with which an Indian frequently lies down and surrenders life, is to be ascribed to this prevalent belief He does not fear to go to a land which, all his life long, he has heard abounds in rewards without punishments. 51. I was present with an interpreter in upper Michigan in 1822, when the inter- ment of a warrior and hunter took place, at which the corpse was carefully dressed, as above described, and after it was brought to the grave, and before the lid was nailed to the coffin, an address was made by an Indian to the corpse. The substance of it relating to this belief waa this : — " You are about to go to that land where our forefar thers have gone — you have finished your journey here, before us. We shall follow you, and rejoin the happy groups which you will meet." 52. When the speaking and ceremonies were concluded, the coffm was lowered into the trench prepared to receive it, and thus " buried out of sight." This mode of inter- "^lHM«iMMMM«ianMMH*MMM»N }f ^mP^* -fttt >.; /' • Ir'M, MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 69 ment is common to the forest tribes of the north, and appears to have been practised by them from the earliest periods. They choose dry and elevated places for burial, which are completely out of the reach of floods or standing water. Often these spots selected for the burial of the dead are sightly and picturesque points, which command extensive views. They bury east and west. They are without proper tools, and do not dig deep, but generally make the place of interment secure from the depredations of wild beasts, by arranging the trunks of small trees in the form of a parallelogram notched at the angles, around it, or by stakes driven in the ground. In other instances a bark roof is constructed, which will shed the rains. Such is the mode of the various Algonquin and Appalachian tribes. 53. The raising of " heaps" of earth over the grave, in the form of small mounds or barrows, appears to have been a practice in ancient periods as a mark of distinction for eminent persons. But whatever was its prevalence at other epochs, while they were in the west and south-west, and before they crossed the Alleghanies, it fell into almost entire disuse in the Atlantic and Lake tribes. There are some traces of it in Virginia, Pennsylvania, and Western New York. Rarely the resting-places of Indian heroes were marked by heaps of stones. In Georgia, Alabama, and Mississippi, this species of tumuli, fonned of earth, is found to be common ; and the tradition of the Mnscogees respecting the custom is well preserved.' But by far the most striking theatre of this rude mode of .sepulture is the Mississippi Valley, whose plains and alluvions have been literally sown with the dead. Vide tumuli proper, or sepulchral mounds. Part I., p. 49. 54. The tribes of the Mississippi Valley, where the population was more dense, and the means of subsistence more abundant, were not satisfied that their great warriors and orators should be so quickly " buried out of sight." And the small sepulchral mound, as well as the more lofty village or public tumulus, were, at the epoch of the maximum of their power, frequently erected. They also, by dwelling in large commu- nities, had occasion for the altar mound, and the redoubt mound, the latter of which was used exclusively to defend the entrance or gates, through walls and picketings, which enclosed an entire village. We have called attention to this point in Part I., p. 49, and endeavored to show that there is no mystery in the origin and present appear- ance of these ruins or remains ; that the various species of mounds and defences were perfectly adapted to the former condition and populousness of the tribes ; that their pipe sculpture, and other evidences of art, are not typical of a higher degree of civili- zation, or social condition, and that their manifestations of incipient skill, power, and civilization, resulted from the flush of barbaric success and ample compensative means, which marked the ancient Indian confederacies of this valley, before later and fiercer hunter hordes drove them from their seats, and scattered them. We have also ' History of Aliibama, Georgia, and Mississippi, by Albert James Pickett, 1851. Vol. I., p. 164. m if i ■ 70 MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. withdrawn from this consideration those apparently intrusive evidences of " old world art," which are anomalous, and can by no means be deemed as elements of ancient Indian civilization. We should not consider it extraordinary that the ancient trilx's who dwelt on the fertile bottom-lands of the Mississippi and the Ohio, should have erected the rude defences, mounds and tumuli, which are now found to be overgrown by the forest in various places. Tliousands of persons of these tribes, who raised the zea maize, and hunted the deer, elk, and buffalo, to fill the wig^vams with signs of gladness, could live and flourish at a single village or location ; and when their chief died, two or three hundred hands could Ix; employed to carry sacks of earth for a sepulchral " heap" or mound. It was not so among the northern bands, who shivered in cold and storms half the year, and could raix>ly sustain themselves if numbering more than twenty heads of families at a place. 55. Burial among the wild hordes of the prairies assumes a feature that marks it as a peculiar habit of the tribes. They scaffold their dead on eminences where they may be descried afar of!'. The corpse, after it has received its wrappings, is placed in a rude cofhn, which is generally garnished with red pigments, and rendered picturesque to the eye by offerings to the dead, hung on poles; and, if it can be got, a flag. (Plate 59.) Burials, or deposits of the body in caves, were often resorted to. 56. No trait has commended the forest tribes of the old area of the United States more to the respt t and adminition of beholders than the scrupulous regard with which they are found to remonilx?r the burial-grounds of their ancestors ; the veneration and piety they exhibit in visiting, at all jwriods, these sjwts; and the anguish of their minds at any marks of disrespect and disturbance of the bones of their ancestors. Gifts are made at graves so long as it is supposed there is any part of the perishable matter remaining; aiid oblations are poured out to the spirits of the departed after other rites are discontinued 57. These sepulchral and the defensive ruins of more populous and advanced tribes are found alone in the forest country. The prairie tribes, west of the Mississippi river, erected no tun uli or works of defence. They never remained in one location long enough to surround themselves with the feelings and cireumstances of a home ; and when the Spaniards introduced the horse, an element was prepared which operated as fuel to their erratic habits, and confinned tliem in their Indo-Arabic traits of roving. The forays by which this animal was first obtained of the Mexican Indians by the prairie tribes, constitute a new feature in their history. A coterminous country extends from the plains of Texas and New Mexico, east of the foot of the Rocky mountains, till the prairie country embraces both banks of the Missouri, and reaches to the plains of Red river, and the Saskatchawine, west of the sources of the Mississippi river. No tumuli occur in this region ; no remains of ancient ditches, or attempts at rude casira- metation. The latter are, in all the region of North America, north of the Gulf of . \ h' -i!. ..'.■' t" .--.^ \ IS'l- M.'IIK. ''\1f^ m •■;| i- ' MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 71 Mexico, the disclosures of forests and valleys ; and it is hence that it becomes manifest that forests and valleys are most conducive to arts, agriculture, and civilization. 58. The prairie, by its extent and desolateness, appears to exert a deleterious influ- ence on the savage mind. Some of the grosser and more revolting customs of the prairie Indians respecting interments, are no doubt traceable to their wild and lawless habits. Nothing that I have observed respecting burials among them reaches so abso- lutely a revolting point, as a custom which has been noticed among certain of the Oregon tribes, and Avhich is perhaps not general. An eye-witness, writing from the mouth of the Columbia, describes it as follows : — " I have just returned from a visit to the Chinook Indian countiy, where I witnessed a most revolting ceremony, that of burying the living with the dead. One of the chiefs lost a daughter, a fine-looking woman, about twenty years of age. She was wrapped up in a rush mat, together with all her trinkets, and placed in a canoe. The father had an Indian slave bound hand and foot, and fastened to the body of the deceased, and enclosed the two in another mat, leaving out the head of the living one. The Indians then took the canoe, (which was employed in lieu of a coffin,) and carried it to a high rock and left it there. Their custom is to let the slave live for three days; then another slave is compelled to strangle the victim by a cord drawn around the neck. They also kill the horse that may have been a favorite of the deceased, and bury it at the head of the canoe. I was desirous of interfering and saving the life of the poor victim ; but Mr. Hirris, the gentleman Avith me, and the two Indians, our companions, assured me that I should only get myself into serious trouble ; and as we were at a great distance from the settlements, and our party so small, self-preservation dictated a different course from the inclinations of our hearts." K. GAMES OF CHANCE. 59. One of the principal amusements of a sedentary character, which our tribes practise, is that of various games, success in which depends on the luck of numbers. Those games, to which both the prairie and forest tribes are addicted, assume the fascination and intensity of interest of gambling ; and the most valued articles are often staked on tha luck of a throw. For this purpose, the prairie tribes commonly use the stone of the wild plum, or some analogous fruit, upon which various devices indicating their arithmetical value, are burned in, or engraved and colored, so as at a glance to reveal the character of the pieces. Among the Dacota tribes, this is known by a term which is translated " the game of the plum-stones." [KuN-TAit-soo.] In order to show the scope of this game, five sets of stones are represented, in Plate 17, luider the letters A, B, C, D, E, F. Each set consists exactly of eight pieces. \ 'l Ella 72 MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. In set A, numbers 1 and 2 represent sparrow-hawks with forked tails, or the forked- tail eagle — falco furcatus. This is the so-called war-eagle. Numbers 3 and 4 are the turtle ; which typifies, generally, the earth. If 1 and 2 fall upwards, the game is won. If but one of these figures falls upwards, and, at the same time, 3 and 4 are up, the game is also won. The other numbers, 5, 6, 7, and 8, are all blanks. B denotes the reversed sides of A, which are all blanks. Set C shows different characters with a single chief figure, (5,) which represents the falco furcatus. This throw indicates half a game, and entitles the thrower to repeat it. If the same figure (5) turns up, the game is won. If no success attends it by turning up the chief figure, the throw passes to other hands. D is the reverse of set C, and is a blank throw. In set E, No. 5 represents a muskrat. The three dots (7) indicate two-thirds of a throw, and the thrower can throw again ; but if he gets blanks the second time, the dish passes on to the next thrower. Set F is invested with different powers. No. 1 represents a buffalo, and 2 and 3 denote chicken-hawks, fluttering horizontally in the air. The chief pieces (5, 6, 7) have the same powers and modifications of value as A. To play this game, a little orifice is made in the ground and a skin put in it. Often it is, also played on a robe. The women and young men play this game. The bowl is lifted with one hand abou'u three or four inches, and pushed suddenly down to its place. The plum-stones fly over several times. The stake is first put up by all who wish to play. A dozen can play at once, if it be desirable. Plate 18 exhibits a view of this fascinating game. 60. A more complicated mode of reliance on the luck of numbers is found in the Chippewa game of the Bowl, called Puggesaing. It is played with thirteen pieces ; nine of which are formed of bone, and four of brass, all of circular shape. (Plate 18, compartment G.) The right side of the eight pieces of bone arc stained red, with edges and dots burned black with a hot iron ; the reverse is left white. The brass pieces have the right side convex and the reverse concave. The convex surface is bright, the concave dark, or dull. The first piece, (fig. 1,) called inbieea, or ogima, represents a ruler. Number 2 typifies an amphibious monster, and is called gikhy kindbik, or the great serpent. Number 3 represents the war-club. Number 4 is a fish {kenozlia.) Number 5 are small discs of brass, and number 6 a duck (shceaJiecb.) The game is won by the red pieces ; the arithmetical value of each of which is fixed ; and the count, aa in all games of chance, is advanced or retarded by the luck of the throw. Any number of players may play. Nothing is required but a wooden bowl, which is curiously carved and ornamented, (the owner relying somewhat on magic influence,) and having a plain, smooth surface. he forkcd- i 4 are the lie is won. ire up, the :;-.¥ resents the r to repeat Bnds it by thirds of a d time, the id 2 and 3 es (5, 6, 7) '? 1 it. Often hand abou'„ n-stonea fly . dozen can g game. )und in the een pieces; (Plate 18, d red, with brass pieces s bright, the 'f^^ ■'%. '--i* '-% Number 2 eat serpent, mber 6 are ich is fixed ; luck of the rooden bowl, at on magic '%'^:^ |l I; i! II '' ^9m&<^ i m w ,jjP|r|P JHftllnl Iv ^HHii y ' , Hft 1 ' 1 i \ r '* mUI i.lt.' 1,^ # • ^ JO \ \^^ 11 ■■^' ,i- t — , J I'l'Wi II .4 1.- :i,iii«l' U\ '"..rt .■ 1'.., iiii.. A IVJ y yiA L -J y/ L 'tiMi.i.inr.ii !i, 1 r'l 1H.\MI1;/ S ''J ,■ 111 \i ■I 5 f { w. I '.l ill i? ,!; . ! m\ 'i !•■ MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 73 Ist lucky throw. When all the pieces turn up red, and number 1 stands upright on one of the brass disc's bright side, the count is 158. This is the highest possible throw. 2d lucky throw. When the bone pieces turn up red, and the gitchy kindbik, number 2, stands on one of the brass disc's bright side, the count is 138. 3d lucky throw. When all the bone pieces turn up red and lie smooth, the count is 58, whether the brass discs lie bright or dull side up. 4th lucky throw. When number 1, both pieces, and number 2, both pieces, and numbers 3, 4, and 5, turn up white, the count is also 58, without respect to the brass pieces. 5th lucky throw. Where all the bone pieces turn up white, it counts 38, irrespective of the position of the braas pieces. Cth lucky throw. When the ogimas (1) and Gitchy kinabik (2) turn up red, and 3, 4, and 6, white, the count is also 38, irrespective of the metallic pieces. 7th lucky throw. When one of the pieces, No. 1, stands up, the count is 50, without regard to the position of the pieces on tlie board. 8th lucky throw. When either of No. 2 stands upright, and the other pieces lay flat, no matter which side up, the count is 40. 9 th lucky throw. When all the bone pieces turn up white but a single one, and the brass discs turn up on the reverse, tlie count is 20. 10th lucky throw. When all the bone pieces come up red but one, and the brass pawns are bright side up, the count is 15. 11th lucky throw. When all the men turn up white but one, and the pieces numbered 5 are bright, the count is 10. At this stage of the game, the throws sink below the decimal point. 12th throw. If the brass pawns turn up reversed, and No. 1 and two pieces of No. 2 red, the count is 8. 13th throw. The same condition of the pieces exactly, but the brass discs bright instead of dark, the count sinks to 6. 14 th throw. When all the bone pieces turn up red but one, and the brass come up dark, the count is 5. 15th throw. When one of the pieces No. 2 and one of No. 1 are turned up red, and the Iwass discs show the convex side, the count is but 4. 16th throw. When all the pieces, Gitchy kinabiks, sheesheebs, &c., but one of the Ogimaus, turn up red, and the brass discs dark, the count sinks to 2. All throws below this are blanks. In this game, hours are passed by the players with the utmost fixity and intensity of interest. If the game be but fixed at 300, (and this is a point of mutual agree- ment,) it will be perceived that the strife to reach it may not only be verj- prolonged, but become most intense and exciting. The stakes are always put up, and the winner Pt. II.— 10 i u i i-'i If H I m T4 MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. carries away hia prizes. It is often so fascinating that a player will stake any thing of value ; and the spirit of gambling becomes as demoralizing in savage as it is in civilized life. L. THE INDIAN ON HIS HUNTING GROUNDS. 61. The social state of the Indians, when viewed by the eye of unprejudiced candor and benevolence, is far from being as revolting as it has sometimes been represented. In situations where they have good means of hunting, trapping, and fishing, and where the pressure of the expanding settlements and frontier views of antagonistical race do not strongly and immediately press on them, their simple institutions of the forests insure them means of social enjoyment on which, in their condition of hunters, they set a high value. When the season of hunting returns, and they have reached their wintering grounds and placed a wide margin between the frontier towns and themselves, the tense cautious reserve and suspicion of harm which marked the man while in the settle- ments, trafficking off his furs, and gliding with easy steps through the, to him, mazes of strange civilized society, is relaxed. He softens into something like assurance to find himself iigain surrounded exclusively by his own peojilo; and he sinks back to the natural state of the Indian sociability, and it is not often that the most prudent and reflecting elders do so without recounting the scaiths and losses that they have encountered on the frontiers. The conflicts of the savage and civilized state are, indeed, in a moral sense, terrible. He has parted with the avails of his la«t year's hunts, and received his exchanges on such terms as he had not the means of prescribing, and he generally feels under obligations to those who have transacted his commercial matters, and who are his most sympathizing white friends ; but he feels, under the best state of things, as if he had been plundered. If his family and himself have completely escaped the perils of debauchery and other frontier vices, he is happy : it is more than he can generally expect ; and his best resolve for the future seems to be, that another season he will stay a shorter time about the towns, and try to come back with less cause of reproach to himself. 62. The circle of wild foresters, to which he has again returned, look up to him with the utmost respect and trust. They hang upon his words as the maxims of wisdom. He counsels and he feasts them, and is regarded as their oracle and guide. In this periodical reunion of aboriginal society the most perfect sincerity and cheerfulness prevail, and their intercourse is marked with the broadest principles of charity and neighborly feeling. The restrained and ever-watchful suspicion which my thing ,8 it is in S. ed candor )resented. md where al race do he forests iters, they ig grounds the tense the settle- lim, mazes surance to is back to at prudent they have state are, last year's means of isacted his it he feels, iamily and !r vices, he the future ns, and try him with of wisdom. icerity and rinciples of cion which -1 1 Mi: I if,' 'M MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 75 they evince at the post on the lines, or in other situiitions exposed to the scrutiny and cupidity of white men, is thrown aside, and gives way to ease, sociability, and pleasantry. They feel a security unknown to their breast in any other situation. The strife seems to be, who shall e.\cel in offices of friendship or charity, or in spreading the festive board. G3. If one is more fortunate than the other in taking fish with the net or spear, or killing a deer, or any other animal, the spoil is set aside for a feast, to which all the adults, without distinction, are invited. When the time arrives, each one, according to ancient custom, takes his dish and spoon, and proceeds to the entertainer's lodge. The victuals are served up with scrupulous attention that each receives a portion of the best parts, according to his standing and rank in the village. While at the meal, which is prolonged by cheerful conversation, anecdotes, and little narratives of personal adventure, the females are generally among the listeners ; and no female, excej)t the aged, ever obtrudes a remark. The young women and girls show that they partake in the festivity by smiles ; and are scrupulous to evince their attention to the elder part of the company. Conversation is chiefly engrossed by the old men, chiefs, and middle-aged men. Young men who are desirous to acquire a standing seldom offer a remark ; and when they do, it is with modesty. 64. The topics discussed at these public meals relate, generally, to the chase, to the news they have hoard, to personal occurrences about the camp or village, or to deeds, real or fabulous, of " auld lang sync." But these matters are discussed in a lively, and not in grave style. Business — if we may be allowed that term for what concerns their trade and intercoui-se with white men — is never introduced, except in formal councils, specially convened and opened by smoking the pipe. It seems to be the drift and object of conversation in these sotej- festivities (for it must be recollected that we are speaking of the Indians on their wintering-grounds, and beyond the reach — certainly beyond the free or ordinary use of whiskey) to extract from their hunts and adventures whatever will admit of a pleasing turn or joke, or excite a laugh. Eidicu- lous misadventures or comical situations arc sure to be applauded in the recital. Whatever is anti-social or untoward is passed over ; or, if referred to by one of the company, is parried off by some allusion to the scenes before them. Religion, (we use the term for what concerns the Great Spirit and the medawin,) like business, is reserved for its proper occasion. It does not, as with us, form a free topic of remark, at least, among those who are connected with their medicine societies, or entertain a proper veneration for what the Indians call " the master of life." Thus they cheat away the hours in pleasantry, — in free, but not tumultuous mirth; and are as ardently bent on the enjoyment of the present moment, as if the Royal Preacher of old were present, to urge a proper use of God's gifts, and to exclaim, " Eat, drink, and )» merry." ■m 111 m i.ii lUr^MflMu iii HI W'l J\\ H II H . will I rlHBM II f; ■ I : F 76 MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 65. When the feast is over, the women retire to their lodges and leave tlie men to smoke. On reaching home, they commence a conversation on what they have heard the men advance, and thus amuse tliemselves till their husbands return. The end of all is generally some good advice to the children. In the feasts we have described, the company is as general, with regard to the rank, age, or standing of the guests, as the most unlimited equality of rights and the broadest principles of good feeling can make it. 66. There is a feast instituted at certain times during the season, to which young persons only are invited, except the entertainer's wife, and generally two other aged persons, who preside at the feast and sidminister its rites. The object of this juvenile feast seems to be instruction, to which the young and thoughtless are induced to listen for the anticipated pleasure of the feast. When the meats are ready, the entertainer, if he be fluent in speech, and if not, some person whom he has invited for that purpose, gets up and addresses the youth of both sexes on the subject of their course through life. He admonishes them to be attentive and respectful to the aged, and adhere to their counsel; to oliey their parents; never to scoff at the decrepid or deformed ; to be modest in their conduct ; to l)e charitable and hospitable ; and to fear and love the Great Spirit, Avho is the giver of life and of every good gift. The precepts are dwelt upon at great length, and generally enforced by exanplos of a good man and woman and a bad man and woman, and after depicting the latter, it is customary, by way of admonition, to say, " You will be like one of these." At the end of every sentence, the listeners make a general response of Itaa. When the advice is finished, an address to the Great Spirit is made, in which lie is thanked for the food before them, and for the continuance of life. The siwakcr then says, turning to the guests, " Thus the Great Spirit supplies us with food ; let your course through life be always right, and you Avill ever be thus bountifully supplied." The feast then commences, and the elders relax their manners a little and mix with the rest; but are still careful to preserve order and a decent respectful behiuiox". 67. Let it not be supposed, however, that the Indian's life, while on his wintering ground, is a round of feasting ; quite the contrary. Their feasts are often followed by long and painful fasts ; and the severity of the season^, and scarcity of game and fish, often reduce the Indian and his family to starvation and even death. When the failure of game, or any causes, induce the hunter to remove to a new circle of country, the labor of the removal falls upon the female part of the family. The lodge utensils and fixtures of every kind are borne upon the women's backs, sustained by a leather strap, called A-pe-kun, around the forehead. On reaching the intended place of encampment, the snoAV is cleared away, the lodge set up, cedar boughs brought and spread for a floor, the moveables stowed away, wood collected, and •Svi-: 'i^ MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 77 a fire built ; and then, and not until then, can the females sit down and warm their teet and dry their moccasins. If there be any provisions, a supper is cooi. -mmsR^ss: r m mm tU '^ ii^ii£X£Si;^j^^:' . -^wJM«BWKV.'ii'i*.'W - ^ltiGL\21Lr.^;StlJ£^?''«E9R'-'.- HDH-- lt«.'T,€wi^<.-...v:i I ■A ; il I'- '^.l^ ?-^lf f ! * M i i j. i i ii . in mn." III. ANTIQUITIES. B. Pt. II. — 11 (81) IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) ^ J,\ Y Kf // vV 1.0 1.1 m I2ii g2.2 m 12.0 L2I II u 116 I Sciences Corporalion &^ \ ;\ 23 WBT MAIN STRHT WeUTn,N.Y. MSM (7U)l7a-4S01 ;\ \ «^ % pic RS ANTIQUITIES. SYNOPSIS. 1. Floridian Tcocalli, or Elevated Platform-residences of the Native Rulers and Priests. 2. Antiquities of Lake Erie. A. Ancient Erics. B. Antiquities of Cunningham's Island. C. Sculptured Rock, or Erie Inscription. 3. Archajological Articles from South Carolina. (Plate.) 4. Archaeological Relics from Western New York. (Plate.) 6. Anti(iue Aboriginal Embankments and Excavations at Lake Vieux Desert, on the Boundary of AVisconsin and Northern Michigan. (Plate.) t'l 1. FLORIDIAN TEOCALLI, OR PLATFORM-RESIDENCES OF THE NATIVE RULERS AND PRIESTS. The record from which American archaeology is to lie judged, is continually being enlarged, and it would be premature to indulge in generalization, while the field of observation is so rapidly expanding, and the facts so steadily accumulating. Garcillttsso de la Vega informs us, that the dwelling-houses of the caciques or chiefs of Florida, in 1540, during De Soto's march through the pa>sent area of Florida, Georgia, Alabama and Mississippi, were generally erected on large artificial mounds, or a 8i)ecie8 of teocalli. These artificial platforms were sometimes eighteen hundred feet in circumference at the base, and from twenty to fifty feet high. They were capable of furnishing space for the houses of the chief and his family and their attendants. The sides were steep, and ascended by steps cut in the earth, and cosed with wood. This structure for the micco or chief is stated to have constituted the centre of every newly laid out village or town. Around it was drawn a large square, where the prin- (8») M ANTIQUITIES. cipal and subordinate persons and commonality hod their residences. It was the first object erected on the selection of a town-site — the earth was brought to the spot. The chief and his priest, who were often one in their functions, were thus not only placed in a position of greater security, but one from which they could overlook the whole town.' It is perceived from Mr. Pickett's History of Alabama,' that remains of such struc- tures are found in many places in the extensive area of the United States denoted by de la Vega. They are clearly distinguished from the mass of remains called, indis- criminately, tumuli and mounds, by being flat at top, sometimes square, and assuming the character of precipitous raised plains or platforms, while the tumuli proper are conical, often acutely so, and carried up sometimes to the height of ninety feet.' When they are not terminated in a cone, the horizontal area is small, and appears by its reduced size to have been rather suited to the temple-wigwam than the micco's residence. These remarks appear to be dcser\'ing of attention. At an age of our Indian popu- lation, when every few hundred men constituted a separate nation, who lived in con- stant hostility, such platforms of elevated earth afforded vantage ground, not only for residence, but for a battle; and it wa-i quite natural that afterwards, when they com- bined into confederacies, as the large Muscogee stock is known to have done, the use of these select places for the rulers should have been forgotten in the lapse of centuries, or concealed from the curiosity of inquirers. The observation of these ancient plateaux throws light on this class of our antiqui- ties. It is not only the earliest light we have on the subject north of the Gulf of Mexico, but it reveals one of the purposes of these antique tumuli which are scattered so profusely over portions of tlie ancient area of the western and southern parts of the United States. The Muscogees, under several cognate names, trace their origin to the Mexican empire ; * and these plateaux appear to have had their prototype in the more imposing Mexican teocalli ; and thus we may perceive that the United States, and indeed all North America, was overspread in its native population by religious rites and notions, which became, indeed, fainter and fainter, as they spread northward, and escaped from a species of sacerdotal tyranny, but were yet of the same general character. It is something in all archaeological investigation, to reach a period where wonder and speculation end, and reality begins. It is perceived that in the extension of these artificial heaps of honored earth, from the Gulf northward, they became teocalli or platform pyramids of less area and greater acuteness ; but they were in all instances of this kind, truncated, or had a level area at their tops. We allude here exclusively to the " tumuli proper," and not to the " redoubt mounds" or " the barrows," or to small ■ De Ii Vega. • P. 104, Vol. I. ' Ibid. « Pickett's Ala., Vol. I., p. 78. H ~ t«^ ! p. ^r a: ;-. w ■\, H ^ — ^ .s .• _T 3r* - ^ i f:i i •- =5 • -> Ji^ -s > g ■ ■ i' ^-^^ ,^ r ^ , -^ vn to have exercised a controlling influence on the contiguous waters of Sandusky Bay and the Straits of Detroit, had not yet been disturbed from their ancient seats in the Valley of the St. Lawrence. Le Jeune, who published the first account of the Iroquois, in Paris, in 1G58, mentions the angry negotiations carried on at Hochelago, the site of Montreal, by which the Iroquois attempted to control that tribe ; and during which they commanded them, on pain of their highest vengeance, to break their league with the French : and when this threat was put into execution in a few years, and the Wyandots were defeated in the St. Lawrence Valley, they fled west through the country of the friendly Algonquins, into the basin of Lake Huron, where they first located and lived ; and not till a later period to the basin of Lake Erie, where the canoes of the vengeful Iroquois were already prowling in their adventurous thirst for military renown. The Eries present one claim to remembrance which cannot be urged by any other American tribe, namely, as the ancient kindlera of the council-fire of peace for all the tribes prior to the rise and destruction of this institution, and before the origin of the Iroquois confederacy. There can be no question, from the early accounts of the French missionaries, that they were at the head of that singular confederation of tribes called the Neutral 86 ANTIQUITIES. I Niitiun, which cxtt'iidt'tl from the extreme went to the extreme eoxtem »hore8 of this hike, including the Niagara V^iUey, and of whom the Kaiikwnx, of Seneca tnidition, were manifeutly only one of the i)owen<. We muHt modify Indian tradition by Indian tradition. The Jiistory of this people, — their rine, their spread, and final foil, is involved in a degree of obscurity which is the more stimulating to curiosity fnmi the few gleams of light which tradition gives. There is no doubt that an instituti(m which must always have been subject to a very delicate exercise of, and often a fluctuating jiower, woa fiiudly overthrown for some indiscreet act. The power to light this pacific fire is represented as having been held by female hands, before its final extinction in the area of western New York.' It is equally clear that, after it began to flicker, it was finally put out in blood by the increasing Iroquois, who appear to have conquered some of the bands in battle, and driven others, or the remnants of others, away. The present state of our traditions on this sultject is interesting, and adds new motives to research. It is afTirmed by traditions recently received from the Catawbas, that this trilx; originated in the extreme north, in the an>a of the lakes, whence they wci-e violently expelled. This supplies a hint for research, which, it must be confessed, is thus far without fruits. The Catawba language has no resemldances to the vocabulary of either dialect of the Iro«|uois, or to the Algonquin ; while it differs tut much from those of all the Appalachian tribes, and it must lx> reganled in the present state of our knowledge, as being jK'culiar. While, therefoiv, the search for the history of this triln? in the lake basins api)ears to be blocked up, the fact of the expulsion or extirpation of the Eries, by the Innpiois, reninins well attested ; and the prolonged war kept up against the Catawbas and their confederates the Chcrokecs, by that confederacy, favors the iJAjVJ" j \;.LA'Ai. £/lJ£. I \ ill .1..^ ti liv I ,'ci ' 1 (.i;\yi;i' h i n I'liii Aii' ANTIQUITIES. 87 to that lake, rising about fifteen feet above the water-level. The surface where it is exposed discloses the polish created by former diluvial or glacial action — a trait which is so remarkable on the rocks of the adjoining shores at Sandusky. This is covered with a fertile limestone soil, and at the earliest periods all except the old fields bore a heavy growth of hard wood timber. Much of it is still covered by this ancient forest, in which it is probable future discoveries of an archaeological character will continue to be made. The inland is now readily, accessible by a steamboat wharf, which has been erected on its southern shore by Mr. Kelly, the present proprietor. Plate 35, denotes a crescentrshaped and irregular earth-work, on the south side of the island, which has the general appearance of an embankment, or circumvallation intended to enclose and defend a village. The gates, or sally-ix>rts, which were probably constructed of wood, occupy the east side and the extreme north-western angle. The embankment is twelve hundred and forty-six feet around the crescent- shaped part, and about four hundred feet on the rock-brink of the island. Plate 36, represents a second enclosure, marked by a circumvallation, situated at a short distance west of the former, fronting like it, on the rocky and precipitous margin of the lake. This front line is G14 feet. The embankment, which is wholly without gate or sally-port, is 1243 feet around. Within these enclosures have been found stone axes, Figs. 1, 2, and 3, Plate 37, and Figs. 2 and .S, Plate 38 ; pipes. Figs. 5 and 6, Plate 38 ; perforators, Fig. 1, Plate 38 ; bone fish-hooks. Fig. 4, Plate 38 ; fragments of iwttery, Figs. 7 and 8, Plate 38 ; arrow- heads, vide group. Fig. 1, Plate 39 ; netrsinkers. Fig. 2, Plate 39 ; and fragments of human bones. The arrow-heads were found in a fissure of the rock in large quantity, and were apparently new, and had been concealed in this kind of rude armory. With them was found the largest species of axe, figured, which has also apparently been unused. These vestiges of art correspond entirely with the general state of knowledge and wants of the surrounding aborigines. Five small mounds on the southern and western part of the island, (Plate 34,) are of the kind denominated barrows, (vide definition. Part I., p. 49.) On a bay on the north shore of the island there is a brief pictographic inscription, on a limestone boulder, which has been reversed by the action of tempests on that shore. This is depicted in Plate 40. C. Sculptured Rock — Erie Inscription. The interest arising from these evidences of former occupancy in tne aboriginal period, is inferior however to that excited by a sculptured rock lying on the south shore of the island, about two hundred feet from the west angle of the enclosure. (Plate 35.) This rock is thirty-two feet in its greatest length, by twenty-one feet in i 88 ANTIQUITIES. its greatest breadth. It is a part of the same stratification as the island from which it has been separated by lake action. The top presents a smooth and polished surface, like all the limestone of this quarter when the soil is removed, suggesting the idea that this polish is due to glazial attrition. Upon this the inscription (Plate 41) is cut. This cutting is peculiar. The figures and devices are deeply sunk in the rock, and yet present all its smoothness of surface, as if they had been exposed to the polishing or wearing influence of water. Yet this influence, if from water, could not have been rapid, as the surface of the rock is elevated eleven feet above the water-level. Its base has but a few inches of water around it. Plate 42, exhibits a perspective view of the relative position of this natural monu- ment; also of the lake itself, and of the quiet picturesque beauty of the adjacent shores ; and the entire scene is characteristic of Lake Erie in its summer phase. The sculpture itself has been referred, for interpretation, to the same aboriginal pictographist who interpreted the inscription of the Dighton Bock, Part I., page 112. It would be premature, therefore, to attempt its reading in the present state of the question. Of one thing, however, a definite opinion may be expressed. It is by far the most exten- sive and well sculptured and well preserved inscription of the antiquarian period ever found in America. Being on an islet separated from the shore, with precipitous sides, it has remained undiscovered till within late years. It is in the pictographic character of the natives. Its leading symbols are readily interpreted. The human figures — the pipes; smoking groups; the presents; and other figures, denote tribes, negotiations, crimes, turmoils, which tell a story of thrilling interest, in which the white man or European, plays a part. There are many subordinate figures which require study. There are some in which the effects of atmospheric and lake action have destroyed the connexion, and others of an anomalous character. The whole inscription is manifestly one connected with the occupation of the basin of this lake by the Eries — of the coming of the Wyandots — of the final triumph of the Iroquois, and the flight of the people who have left their name on the lake. ? 3. ARCH^OLOGICAL INDIAN REMAINS IN SOUTH CAROLINA. V ! The vestiges of aboriginal occupancy in South Carolina have not been examined in the field — or, but cursorily and incidentally. If the investigations of a recent observer in Alabama ' be correct in the opinions he expresses of the eccentric line of march of the expedition of De Soto, the site of the ancient " Cofitchiqui " was on the South Carolina banks of the Savannah River. It ■ Mr. Pickett. Hiit. Al*., lit vol. •> \ il ^ y .ij nr; 1 i i : 1 i '\ ■i 1 ! 1 1 '^ li I ■•-I a a- *-, f 11 If l! if •■(i'v I'n ""m .^iiilf ■.: ?2 feet to i met Siiill'l iiri'il uiMiTi|il inn nn a rmk- . Sniilli niilr nf ('iniiiiiK^liaiii'.-; Is.l,.iki' {•',vu-. I.ippiucou, Granilio & C'? Fhila. -^ i^4 V> 1 1 -: r 1 ki. 1i ^ ? ) n ■ 4 ,'( "» ■ 1 - j .i 1 i ! ■■■ - 1 i% .1 ■ J 1 J i ^^1 '.V y i ■BfiM ANTIQUITIES. 89 was here that a dagger and several coats of mail were found, in 1540, by that adventu- rous discoverer, which were believed to have been brought from the sea-coasts of Carolina, where the Signor Ayllon had lost his life in a prior period of Spanish adventure. Nor is it unworthy of our archaeological records in this state, to notice, in connexion with its aboriginal remains, the ruins which we apprehend exist of the fort first erected by France, in her attempts to found a Protestant colony in Carolina, near the ancient town of Beaufort. The head-waters of the Broad river and its tributaries appear to have been the residence of a heavy Indian population, who found a reliable means of subsistence at all seasons in its fish and Crustacea. The antique mounds of oyster- shells, which line the banks of the principal streams, tell this story in a manner not to be mistaken. The raising of cotton on these rich alluvial lands for so many years has not been sufficient to obliterate this species of aboriginal monument of occupation. Upon the waters of the Pocotaligo there are known to be seated a number of mounds of earth of a form and dimensions which appear to commend them to a minute archaeological survey. Indeed, the entire seaboard of the State, with the valleys of its principal rivers, demand examination, and appear to promise the development of facts important to a correct understanding of its Indian history. This it is intended to make in season to have the results incorporated in a subsequent part of this work. In the mean time, the following notices of objects of antiquarian value from this State are given, from an examination of the cabinet of the late Samuel George Morton, of Philadelphia : Plate 43, Figs. 1 and 2, are drawings, of the full size, of a species of clay pipes found at Kershaw with the remains of Indian sculpture. Figs. 1 and 2, Plate 44, exhibit pipes sculptured from stone, from Camden. Fig. 3, Plate 44, represents the stone crescent- shaped blade of an antique battle-axe, from the same district. It has an eye for fastening a wooden handle. Fig. 4, Plate 45, is, apparently, the partially mutilated part of an idol-pipe, curiously sculptured Ccom green serpentine rock. Fig. 5, Plate 46, is a stone mortar and pestle ; not unlike a similar instrument used by the Toltecs and Aztecs for making tortillas. Vases of pottery were made by the tribes of this State with a degree of skill equal to the best specimens obtained from the countries of the ancient Appalachians. These are exhibited in some entire vessels, marked 1 and 2, Plate 46, from Camden. It is a compact terracotta figure ; one having a handle formed of the head of an animal which represents, apparently, a cat. Fig. 3 of the same plate depicts a vase from Alabama, and shows conclusively a parity in this art among the southern tribes extensively. Fig. 4 represents e stone amulet found at Camden, South Carolina. Pt. II. — 12 ^J I wy ANTIQUITIES. 4. ARCHAEOLOGICAL RELICS FROM WESTERN NEW YORK. r ' Toe ensuing descriptions relate to articles deposited in the State Collection at Albany : Fig. 1, Plate 45, from Washington County, is, apparently, a sacrificial, or a flaying knife. It is carved from a compact piece of green serpentine — a material analogous, in every respect, to the idol-pii)e from Camden, So. Ca., Fig. 3, same Plate. The several articles grouped in Plate 47, Figs. 1, 2, 3, and 4, from Ellisburgh, Jefferson County, exhibit the same ready tact in moulding images of the human face and the distinctive heads of animals on the plastic basis of clay pipes, which is found extensively in that area ; and in the Iragments of vases. Figs. 5 and 6, the ornaments are of the same description Avhich characterizes 'q entire vase-pottery of this state of the Indian period. Plate 48, Figs. 1 and 2, exhibits stone axes, Avrought, apparently, from silicious slate, with great exactitude. This has Ijeen also employed for all the antique stone crescent- shai)ed tomahawks which have been examined over a wide surface of territory. Plate 49, Fig. 1, is labelled, in the State Collection at Albany, "war-club." This is believed to be correct, although it has the general character of the stone net^sinker. Fig. 2 is regarded as a pipe amulet; it impresses the obser\'er strongly, as being analogous in its use to the anomal">us instrument Fig. 1, Plate 50. Fig. 4 represents an im])lement found in Lc Roy, Gi^iesee County. The fragment of a tube (Fig. 5) of the material of the ancient lapis oUaris is taken from an antique tumulus in Ohio. Tlie moccasin needle, Fig. 3, Plate 49, was commonly made, as is here depicted, of the tibia of quadrupeds or other species of bone. The chief interest is however excited by the articles figured on Plate 50. It seems difficult to account for the nse of the octagonal stone implement with an orifice and cover, Figs. 1 and 2, without supposing it to be some implement or contrivance used in the sacerdotal function. Equally anomalous are Figs. 3 and 4, unless we may conjecture that their uses were .scmpstresscal, and that they were designed for smoothing down seams of buckskin. In Figs. 5 and G we behold very clearly the mutilated blade of a battle-axe of silicious slate, Avliich was perforated through its head to admit a handle. It is, Avith imprecision, labelled "a pipe." To these notices we subjoin the articles of antiquarian interest of Plate 51, in the " i^wsse.ssion of Mr. Keeler of Jamesville, Onondaga, all being of the periofl of the French attempt at colonization in that section of the coimtry, about 1GG6. De Moyen had, in 1G53, visited the Onondaga country, and it appears in ten years afterwards the .Jesuits were permitted to establish themselves in the country. After the close of the Revolution, which threw open this r-j^iou as a military grant, Mr. Keeler came into ,«.! h ■ r I: m Si i i! 4 I } : 4 ki^i Airj'jgux CLAY hj;JK .'J if L »I1 *-' ''•''■"' yj F. #'x, A ;■; 1 1 <^/ u 1 "/ ; ''■: o ?■ a c m iM K vY 'YD ]{ K ;\i^! u ■'; \fi'rjy'!J::"r.i!'-'; ■fn-tr. i\y:y,' y , .n w T i.i.'.mk; iiv in t i-; ■ I'l , :! ^M: 1 1 *t ; ■■■ I It i\ ..of (\yauiu 6 i4nL"a tou^ y ;#f ■'v^: .'^M. ;v .1 -i. I !,'tr.-:! . 1..- A I"! ■ f I (; U J r J S -■) r fA r) ,)| ,M :.; sy y rj ;,( « h I I li I ft \i n ! (( k ui ms M- \ J! /// II K1 I; ■ fi : I': ! . ^1 p 1 t ■ i i; . \ !■- li 1 :. '( ' i 1 \''l.^ '.'. '! ^ 'ii'l/i'i/-! i I I < I ' I h , , I . ■ >\^,\\v,Vi\\ \ \ \ N"'- v'^ - \ ^. '^ \ ■. .." ir ; ANTIQUITIES. 91 possession of the subdivision which contained the ruins of the old fort, that had once covered this premature attempt at colonization. Figs. 1, 2, 3, and 4, depict a brass pocket<;ompass, the broken nonus of a dial-plate, and an iron horse-shoe, which were, together with other articles, ploughed up by him at various times. The period which had elapsed after this event had not completely covered the original site of the fort with a forest, but it had allowed these intrusive relics to be mingled with those of the true Indian period, and they excited wonder while the historical fact of the antique French colony remained unknown. 5. ANTIQUE ABORIGINAL EMBANKMENTS AND EXCA- VATIONS AT LAKE VIEUX DESERT, IN WISCONSIN, AND NORTHERN MICHIGAN. The remote position of Lake Vieux Desert, its giving rise to the Wisconsin river, and its having a large island in its centre, which fits it for the cultivation practised by the Indians, appear to have early pointed it out, as a retreat and stronghold of the interior Indians. No enemy could approach it except by water, and its natural capacities of defence were strengthened by an elliptical embankment in its centre, whicli appears to have served as the basis of pickets. There were small mounds or barrows Avithin the enclosure, together with some cross embankments, and two large excavations without the embankment, all which are shoAvn in Plate 52. It appears to have been the most northwestwardly point fortified east of the Mississippi River. The boundary which separates Wisconsin from Michigan cuts the island into nearly equal parts. ■iil r i'l ■^ IV. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. B. (M) ! I PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. SYNOPSIS. 1. Notices of the Natural Caves in the Sioux Country, on the Left Banks of the Upper Mississippi River. By N. J. Nicollet. 2. Physical Data respecting the Southern Part of California included in the Line of Boundary between San Diego and the Mouth of the River Gila ; with Incidental Notices of the Diegunos and Yuma Indian Tribes. By Lieutenant Whipple, U. S. A. 1. NOTICES OP THE NATURAL CAVES IN THE SIOUX COUNTRY, ON THE LEFT BANKS OF THE UPPER MISSISSIPPI RIVER. BY N. J. NICOLLET. ,^l CoijONTir. John J. Abert, chief of the Topographical Bureau, luis kindly put into my hands, with the privilege of selection, the posthumous papers of Mr. Nicollet, resulting from his reconnoissances, in the service of the government, among the Indian trihes of the West, from which it may be found expedient to make further selections in future portions of this work. The following remarks embrace notices of a former custom of burial, in connexion with the cavernous rooks of the Upper Mississippi, near St. Anthony's Falls. The disturbances and disunion which the approach of civilization and the introduction of the fur trade produced ; the disuse into which the custom of general burial fell, and the great decline in their population caused by the temptations of commerce and the introduction of ardent spirits, commend them to attention. Tlie reminiscences of the old Dacota sachems, to whom Mr. Nicollet refers, appear also to have affected in some, but a lesser degree, their forest neighbors — the Chippcwas of the sources of the Mississippi, among Avhom these baneful influences are being daily developed. It , . --•ftriTTjfii -#lflTnaTi- I'^T 96 PUYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. It is appreliondcd that this observer's deductions, made in local districts, where two hunter and antagonistical tribes, still exist in very much their aboriginal state of aversion to all fixed industry and arts, and who are wedded by the customs of ages to the fallacies of the erratic hunter state, only require to be extended to other portions of the vast interior of North America, lying beyond the Mississippi River, to render these remarks equally applicable to by far the larger number of the unreclaimed tribes. H. R. S. NOTICES. The first cave is four miles below the St. Peters. On descending the river, one sees on the loft, at about the termination of the four miles, a beautiful rivulet passing out of a deep ravine : pursuing its wanderings a short distance, you encounter a beautiful vault, hollowed out of the free-stone from which issues the rivulet spoken of. The water is pure, transparent, and cool in summer, in comparison with that of the Mississippi. On descending the Mississippi to arrive at this cave, it will be observed that the calcareous beds which rest upon the free-stone, and which characterize the geological formation of the country, gradually diminish in thickness, showing themselves only in fragments, and then totally disappearing. Alxjve the vault of the cave there are no longer any traces of the calcareous formation, and there is seen only deposits of sand and of pebbles. If the prairie is examined for about a mile towards the north, one will find depressions in the soil, forming those marshes and morasses so frequent in this region, and which are the receptacles of the surroiuiding waters, and of aquatic vegetation, here so abundant and vigorous. It is these Avaters which have made a passage through the friable free-stone of the formation, and which issue in a stream from the vault which they have formed. The stream therefore is not long, nor probably deep, as it runs over a bed ujion the general level of the affluents of the river. The second cave is four miles lower down, and on the same side of the Mississippi, that is to say, about eight miles below the St. Peters. It is half-way up the hill which borders the stream. It is however closed by the crumbling down of the upper beds of friable calcaire, in which it is hollowed. Carver visited and described this cave, and gave it celebrity by attaching to it the description of a custom of the Sioux of his time, who at certain periods of the yeor, carried their dead thither with great solemnity. According to information which I gathered from the oldest living men of the nation, who had not merely seen these ceremonies, but had also borne a part in them, the cave itself formed no essential feature of the ceremonies ; and its picturesque and ! i , m 1 ; ^^Rb ^(H' ( Hi i \\ ^Hik u i s •J ^ I r; PHYSICAL GEUiiRAPIIY. 97 Bentimontiil effect U) the eyes of the whites, was with them purely accidental, and did not enter into the idea upon which the custom was founded. Formerly, and even during the first years of the present century, the Sioux, who constituted the tribe of lake people, the Mendewahantons, were united in three large and populous villages. The first village, the principal one of the tribe, and which gave them their name, was situated east of the Mississippi, and some four miles from the St. Peters, upon the borders and environs of a large and beautiful lake, not as yet found on our maps, and of which the name was, and still is, Mendewacanton. The second village was the village of the Grand Marais, tahohantauha, and was situated upon the river a short way \x\o\v the cave in question. The third village was upon both sides of the river St. Peters (the Minnisota), six miles from its mouth, and where there is at this day the small village of Psnishon. A number of living persons, as well among the Sioux as among the mixed races, and also old traders, remember these three villages, and speak of the third as having been during their time very flourishing and populous ; the cabins of the Indians extending in several lines on both sides of the St. Peters, on a height of from one to two miles. The common intersection of the roads of communication between these villages, was precisely on the spot of the cave described by Carver. The low grounds and the marshes are near the site where the sugar maple and the wild rice grow in abundance. It was upon this large flat where the inhabitants of the three villages met in spring to make sugar, and in autumn for the wild rice harvest. It is well known, that among all the Indian nations, these causes of reunion gave rise to the obser\aiice of feasts, ceremonies, and practices founded upon their ideas and customs. It is known also that these nations place their graves in places most obtrusive, and exposed to the veneration of their people, and that at the same time these graves or tombs must be so near families, that they can watch over their preservation, and continue the attentions they owe to the dead ; such as to make offerings to them ; to give them something to eat, to smoke, and to talk with them from time to time. Under these' considerations, no place could better meet the sentiments of the Mendewakantons, than that of the plateau, or level, or flat, above the cave. (Plate 58.) Therefore it was that the three villages carried thither their dead, placing them upon scaffolds constructed at an elevation out of reach of the wolves, and of profanation from animals. But they never placed their dead in the cave, which was merely esteemed a place for the sports of their children, and in which they could display their courage by daring each other, as to who would penetrate the farthest into it, which would never have been permitted if the bones of a single person had ever been placed there. The cave is long, and without water. The crumbliug of the vault has closed the entrance of it many years since. If this accident had had the least influence upon their sentiments of respect and of recollection of the dead, it is not to be believed that Pt. II. — 13 ( L i..y.,.J'.-.^.J.^:u^iE«salS*4tS-t.>r'^-iiL. tj^^jgltfiiif^/ ntK^ f^iii^ PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. they would have remained ns indifferent to it as tliey liave ; for they have not attempted to reoix'n it, no. have they taken any note in tlieir memory of tlie event. More recently, when the \>i\T Wtween England and the United States, and circum- stances of the fur trade, had involved the Sioux in their disastrous consequences, the grand tribe of Mendewakuntons lost peace, hannony, and independence. Policy, com- merce, spirituous liquors, and the vices and crimes of civilization, not only broke the ties which united the different trilx's of the same nation of powerful people animated by the same spirit, but their consequences tended to increase the hatred so apt to Ix) generated between savage nations, associated them with interests not properly their own, and involved them iii wars with each other. Then the wars between the Mendewakantons and the Chippewas, east of the Mis- sissippi, became more frequent. Then the traders, who had for a long time held their factories at the grand village of the lake, were obliged for greater security to establish themselves at the St. Peters ; and the Indians, whose condition had Iwcome dependent on the traders, were themselves also obliged to change their habitation. The tribe became disunited. Each family recovered the bones of their ancestors, and went off to establish themselves elsewhere. The three large villages disapiwared, and the grand cemetery common to all disappeared also. The triljc of Mendewakan- tons, once so celebrated for its hospitality, its fine population, and its strength, exists now only in increments, and presents itself only in fragments, collected in small and poor villages, scattered uixm the Mississippi, the St. Peters, and the lakes in the environs of the falls of St. Anthony. Governed by inferior cliiefs, ambitious that the traders should second their interests — but witli wiioni, except in the regrets and profound grief of the old men, there is no longer any notion of n-spoet for the character of the nation, or any recollection of the traditions which established its union, its strength, its cutjtorus, and its glory. Some of these old men have often communicated to me their bitter reflections at the present degiaded condition of their people. They said that there were no longer as many old men iis formerly, and the few who remained were without consideration or moral influence ; that they often conversed with each other on these sad subjects ; and when they turned their recollections to times not far removed, they were utterly confounded at the diminution of their population, the destruction of their institutions, and the loss of all their ancient national virtues. The Chippewas of the lakes of the sources of the Mississippi, who have not yet had immediate contact with the whites, and upon whom the effects of the civilization which is approaching them have been felt only at a distance, make the same remarks in reference to their nation. Flat Mouth, in the evenings which I have passed with him, has frequently exhibited his anxiety on this subject. The old men of other nations are equally afflicted in reference to their condition. It is a singular fact that all the Indians with whom I have had occasion to converse on the vast decline of their people, and on the grand facts of the humanity of the PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. M present nge, have iiMiuired if I could explain to them the causes of their degeneracy ? My answer was as aftlicting to them a» it would lie useless to modern iH)liey and modern Christianity. Of the two caves, formerly accessible, these remarks demonstrate that there remains but one practicable to the curious, the one about four miles below the Saint Peter. Since the one descrilx^d by Carver has Ijeen closed, it has l>een lost sight of; and when travellers arrive, and desire to visit the cave which they have heard so much spoken of, they arc carried to the small cave, which does not in the least degree meet tlie marvellous accounts which they have previously received. Featherstonhaugh, in his Geological RejKjrt of 18.3G, says, in 8i)eaking of his visit to this small cave : " I followed this ravine alx)ut two hundred paces, and found that it led to the cave which Carver had so acvitnikli/ descriUd." There is but a small difliculty to explain here. Carver never saw or had any knowledge of this cave ; how then could lu so accurately give a description of it? The description which he gave l/clongs to this closed cave. Featherstonhaugh, in his rejiort, frequently refers to the li'ithor'*}' of Carver, and nearly always as happily as in the pre'sent instance. There was jnuch negligence in Featherstoidiaugh, in not having taken more pains to establish a juugment ui '-i facts which more recent works and pei^wms on the spot could have furnished ev^^r) u. -sired explanation of All the old re'sidents of St. Peters could have cleared up i',\t matter n*" Carver's cave. PHYSICAL DATA RESPECTING THAT PART OF SOUTH- ERN C ALT FORN I A LYING ON THE LINE OF BOUNDARY BETWEEN ST. DIEGO AND THE MOUTH OF THE RIVER GILA, WITH INCIDENTAL DESCRIPTIONS OF THE DIEGUNOS AND YUMAS INDIAN TRIBES. The following diary of Lieuteiuint Wliipple's survey of the line of lx)undary between San Diego and the jwint opjMJsite the junction of the Gila with the Colorado River, which was executed under the orders of Major Emory, lias l)eeu cominuiiicated for this work by Colonel J. J. Ai>» rt, chief of the Toix)graphical Bureau, U. S. V Its notices of the topograpliical features, latitudes. temi)erature, heights, and distances, and the general physical g"ography of that hitherto unexplored section of the country, are of high value. The incidental notiix.>s given of the Diegunos and other Indian tribes of that part of California, their manners and customs, and some specimens of their languages, arc the most recent and authentic v.nich we posso^ The languages being the true key to their history, the printed formula of words aud 100 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY, i numerals has been distributed extensively among gentlemen having military duties to execute on those distant frontiers ; and promises have been made, both by the head of the Bureau, and several of the subordinate officers who are favorably situated to pursue these inquiries, which lead me to hope that I shall be placed in a position to acknowledge future favors from this source. H. B. S. PHYSICAL DATA. Br LT. WHIPPLE, D. 9. A. Having engaged Tomaso as guide and Indian interpreter, on the 11th day of September, 1849, we started from the mission of San Diego for the junction of the Rio Gila with the Colorado. Tomaso is chief of the tribe of Indians called Lligunos, or Diegunos ; whether this was their original appellation, or they were so named by the Franciscans from San Diego, the principal mission among them, I could not learn. According to Tomaso, hi;; tribe numbers alxjut 8,800 persons ; all sjicaking the same language, and occupying tiie territory from San Luis Rey to Aqua Caliente. They possess no arms, and are very peaceable. Crimes, he says, are punished — theft and bigamy by whipping, and mu.'der by death. They profess the greatest reverenci) for the Church of Rome, and, glorying in a Christian name, look with disdain upon their Indian neighbors of the desert and the Rio Colorado, calling them miserable Gentiles. The Mission of San Diego, about five miles from the town, and two from the Plaza of San Diego, is a large pile of adolie buildings, now deserted, and partly in ruins. There remains an old Latin library, and the chapel walls are yet covered with oil paintings, some of which possess considerable merit. In I'ront there is a large vineyard, where i^ot only delicious grapes, but olives, figs, and otlier fruits, are produced abundantly. In the days of their prosperity, for many miles around the valleys and plains were covered with cattle and horses be"u);iging to this mission ; and the padres boasted that their yearly increase was greater than the Indians could possibly steal. But in California the sun of their glory is set for ever. Near by stand the thatched huts of the Indians — formerly serfs, or peons; now the sole occupants of the mission grounds. They are indolent and filthy, with more of the vices acquired from the whites, than of the virtues supposed to belong to their race. Some of them live to a great age ; and one old woman, said to be far advanced in her second century, looks like a shrivelled piece of parchment, and is visited as a curiosit}'. Many of their Indians, men, women, and children, assembled on the bank of the stream, apparently to witness the novelty of a military procession ; but a pack of cards Avas produced, and, seating themselves upon the ground to a game of nionte, they were 80 absorbed in the amusement as to seem unconscious of our departure. Our route leads o\or steep hills, uncultivated and barren, excepting a few fields of PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY- 101 wild oats — no trees, no water in sight from the time of leaving the mission, imtil we again strike the valley of the river of San Diego, half a league from Santa Monica, the rancharia of Don Miguel de Pedoriva, now occupied by his father-in-law the prefect of San Diego, Don Jose Antonio Estedillo. The hill-tops are white with a coarse quartzose granite ; but as we approach the rancho of Don Miguel, the foliage of the trees that fringe the banks of Rio San Diego formed an agreeable relief to the landscape. Here the river contains a little running water, but before reaching the mission it disappears from the surface, and at San Diego is two feet below the bed of shining micaceous sand. Maize, wheat, barley, vegetables, melons, grapes, and other fruits are now produced upon this ranch in abundance : with irrigation, the soil and climate are suitable for the cultivation of most of the productions of the glolje. But the mansion-houses of such great estates in California are wretched dwellings, with mud walls and thatched roofs. The well-trodden earth fonns the floor, and although wealth abounds with many luxuries, few of the conveniences and comforts of life seem known. From fifty to one hundred Indians are employed on this ranch, in cultivating the soil, doing the menial household service, and attending to the flocks and herds. Their pay is a mere trifle, and Sundays are allowed to them for holiday amu.sements, attending mass, riding, gaming, drinking. Sejif. 12th. — From Santa Monica to Santa Maria, five and a half leagues, the steep hill-sides .showed scarcely the vestige of a road, and night overtook us mid-way. For the first league we follow a cafiada, through which extends a row of live-oaks, with here and there a pool of water. We cro.ss a range of barren hills, and pass a ravine with magnificent oaks, a little grass, and indications of water. Another ridge brings us into a valley, rendered beautiful by a liberal growth of wide-spreading oaks ; and a long, winding, and gradual descent leads to a wooded glen, »vhere the thick foliage of intertwining branches throws a shade over a spring of limpid water, and seems inclined to shield from mortal eyes a treasure sacred to the sylvan deity. But here the road was bad, and as we cut the trees to mend the way, it seemed like sacrilege. Another league, with here and therc a tree, brings us to Santa Maria. This is the rancho of the hospitable Don Jose Maria Martin Ortega. It lies in a fertile basin, many miles in extent, and contains an excellent mineral spring. The mountains surrounding are covered Avith bleached masses of coarse granite, and the principal ranges have a general direction from N. W. to S. W. Rancho de Santa Maria, Sejit. 15//*, 1849. O" A. M. 12" M. 3" P. M. C P. M. Green's Syphon Barometer 28.715 in 2H.719 in 28.G81 in 28.033 in. Fttlironheit's Attached Tliernionietcr 80° 8(i°.00r) 83°.005 07°.05 Fahrenheit's Detached Thorinometer 82° 8(5°.005 84° C7°.05 Magnetic inclination ns determined by observations with Fox's Magiictio DipK;ircle. Magnetic intensity, 58° 42'. 102 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. )" Si'2)t- l&th. — The preceding night has been very cool, and the thermometer at sunrise stands at 50°.05, Falirenheit. Finding the spring water warm, the thermometer was immersed, and immediately rose TC.S, twenty degrees higher than the temperature of the surrounding atmosphere. The water is highly impregnated with sulphur, but clear and delicious to the taste. Large bubbles of gas are constantly rolling to the surface of the spring from the moving sand below. Pursuing our journey, we were surprised to find pools of water standing in the road, although there had been no rain probably for months. The road crosses the basin, and for several leagues scoops along pretty little valleys, with patches of grass and trees. This day brought to view the cotton-wood or alamo. It so much resembles the Lombardy poplar, as at first to be mistaken for it. Found much feldspar, containing crystals of garnet and tourmaline. As we approach Santa Isabel, which is seven and a half leagues from Santa Maria, a change comes on the face of the country. Nature apfiears more smiling, the valleys teem with grass, and the oaks, though small, are creeping from the canadas to the hill-sides. Santa Isaljel is a charming sjMjt, surrounded by gentle hills, and watered by a rapid and never-failing mountain stream. It was a flourishing place during the prosperity of Catholic missions in California. There still remain the ruins of a church, and mud walls of other dilapidated houses. A collection of miserable straw huts serves as a home for about three hundred Indians, who, from having Ijcen the slaves of the priests, appear to have succeeded to the inheritance. They irrigate their fields, and cultivate maize, wheat, and barUn'. Their vineyard is very flourishing. The most delicious grains are in great abundance. Peaches, figs, and apples, are beginning to riiwn, while we feast uiwn melons and pears. Many of the Indians are shrewd, and evidently not wanting in natural capacity ; but they are in that stage of civilization in which man seems most degraded. They have acquired a knowledge of, and a taste for, the vices of the oppressors of their race, but know nothing of the virtues which might serve as an antidote. Now that they are freed from bondage to the Franciscans, and from the equally exacting Spaniards, it remains for the United States to render that freedom a true blessing, by establishing among them schools where they may be taught their duties as Christians and as men. Their ideas ujion religion are few and simple. There is a God in heaven. Their tribe, and all who have been marked with the sign of the cross, are (.'hristians, and when they die they will go to the happy regions. All others are Gentiles and outcasts from heaven. The geological formation here consists of quartzose granite, mica, schist, and talcose schist, with tourmaline and hornblende. Some indications of metal. Silver is said to e.xist in this vicinity ; but where, the Indians do not pretend to know. Dr. Parry thinks he felt the shock of an earthquake this evening. i PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 103 Santa Isabel, Sept. 11th, 1849 — 9' A. M. 12' M. S" P. M. C P. M. Orecn's Syphon Barometer, No. 222 27.232 in 27.250 in 27.253 in. . .27.189 in. Attached Thermometer, 4 70''.5 84°.5 80° 71°.5 Dctaclicd thermometer, 4 74° 81° 8C° 71° On the morning of Septemljcr 18th we took an early start, and as the short cut of sixteen miles to San Felipe is not passable for Avagons, we proceeded in a northerly direction toward Warner's ranch. The valleys throngh which onr route leads are really charming for California. The groves of oaks are filled with birds of song, and morning is made joyous with the music of the lark and blackbird. Having traversed the long valley of Warner's ranch, eight miles from Santa Isabel, we struck the much-travelled emigrant road leading from the Colorado to El Puebla de los Angelos. In a ravine of superb oaks we stopped to gather grapes ; for here is an Indian village, a mountain stream, and a vineyard. Upon entering San Felipe, twenty miles from Santa Isabel, we found several parties of emigrants, some of them destitute of provisions. They tell us that, \\\>on the desert, we shall find many in a condition bordering upon starvation. They also confirm the rejwrts of the emigrants at San Diego concerning the hostilities committed by the Indians at the mouth of the Rio Gila. One party pretended to have had a pitched battle with them, and showed an arrow with which one man had been wounded. The number of the Yumas at the mouth of the Gila was estimated at five thousand, and it was feared that they would utterly destroy the emigrant parties in their rear. The village at this place contains probably fifty Indians, part of whom are Diegunos, and acknowledge the authority of Toraaso ; the rest belong to the tribe of the desert called Como-yei or Quemeya, speaking a different language, and totally ignorant of Spanish. To my surprise, the women Avere neatly dressed in calico frocks, and, not- withstanding the streaks of tar with which they paint their fiices, some were quite good-looking. Their Zandias were all " verde," and they had nothing else to sell. As at this place we take leave of the Lligunos, it may be well to record such words of their language as have been gathered from Tomaso, their chief, and others of their tribe. "IfS'""*' GnglUh. mo-quuc, or hut horse ah-hut, or moolt mule ay-cootcht xavn s"" woman nile father '"e mother Dlfgunoi. Ingllih. hainato body cstur head wa face lioo nose n-ycn eyes a wuo eyes 104 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. I>ieguno«. KnglUh. ah mouth gclh'l hand a sac'l fingers cuwis arms cwith'l leg toon kneo ha-uiul-yay foot hil-c-tar hair el-mam boy en yat'l to-day mat-in-yat'l to-morrow hoon night han, or hanna good a-wah house tay hutb, or cuchao blanket a pl-eu hat hind ono ha-wuc two ha-mook three cha-pop four suap' five coo-quit hue money iris eoquit'l hue poot wurris eoquit'l hue he wants money n'yah I Dlei!uno«. CnglUh. .ho .am .here poo twa peo n'ya-pcc-tawa I am here poo-cc-pa-a he was there ach-a-ma-cba fruit aha water me-yut'l bread as-a-o to eat ay-sail to drink ha-niat'l car n'ya-aha a say I drink water n'ya-coquago asaho I cat meat quarquue brandy asu-muaye to be drunk n'ya quar-quao asu I drink rum omuc'l, or omaho nothing ho yes n'ya hub n'yay pilyay I have a home {I had a horse yesterday y'ayo C I shall have a n'y'a hut mcton yri,'l ninia i horse to-mor- (_row n'ya-hut pour yayo Sept. 19. — Left Sail Felipe at 8 A. M. Trees and grass gave place to rocks and sand. About two and a half leagues from San Felipe we entered the dry bed of an anoyo which traversed for nearly a league a winding ravine produced by a fault in the mountains. The wid*h in some places was barely sufficient to admit the passage of our wagons, while the perpendicular height of the rock on either side was at least fifteen feet. The rock, at first coarse granite, with tumuli of Pedrigal, passed into an indurated shale, talcose or mica slate. Veins of quartz were still numerous. Encamped at El Puerto. Three and a half leagues from San Felipe, we found springs of water, a little grass, but no wood. Here were many emigrants, who gave the same dreary account of the desert as was told us last night ; much sand and no grass. One of the men showed me a piece of lead-ore, apparently containing silver, found at this place. ' According to Tomaso, the Dicgunos have but five numerals, although others of the tribe gave me, hesitatingly, ten : viz., huic, hawoe, bamook, chaypop, shucklcakayo, sumhook, suap sahook, (hiphook, and yainat, apparently arroneously taken from the Yumas.) PHYSICAL GEOGRAPIIV. 105 Left El Puerto at 8 A. M., Sept. 20tli, crossed a steep hill, and entered the basin of Vallieito. Here abounded cacti, maguey, fonguiera spinosa, and wild sage, but not a blade of grass. Wading the sand for a league, the hills close in, to form a narrow valley where we find grass and excellent springs of water impregnated with sulphur. Here we encamp ; near us are the ruins of adobe huts, indicating the decline of the Indians. There remain a few naked and miserable wrct«lie.s who have a garden of green melons, but nothing to eat except the roots of wild maguey. This day we first met with the mizquite bean, upon which the prosperity of our horses and mules, and the success of our expedition, are expected to dejwnd. The accompanying sketch represents a branch of the mizquite screw-bean.' These screw- like pods grow in clusters of eight or ten upon the same stem. Both the screw and the pod of the mizquite contain much saccharine matter, and are very nutritious. They ripen at difl'erent seasons of the year, and are very abundant, each tree producing many bushels. Vallicito, Sept. 20th. 1 M. 3" P. M. 6" P. M. Green's Syphon Barometer, 28.511 in 28.492 in. 28.439 in. Detached Thermometer, 99°.50 96°.05 96°.05 Detached Thermometer, 99" 99° 98" Vallicito, Sept. 2lsf. 6- A. M. 9" A. M. 12" M. 3" P. M. Green's Syphon Barometer, 28.400 in 28.461 in 28.484 in 28.443 in. Detached Thermometer, . . 61°.05 96° 100°.05 ^".05 Detached Thermometer, . . 62° 101° 99° 99°. Sejit. 21s/. — The day was so warm that we were compelled to lie by at Vallicito until about 5i P. M., when we pursued our route down the valley which soon stretched out into a plain. The road followed a bed of sand, in which the feet of our horses sunk below the fetlock at every step. Six miles from the springs of Vallicito, a semi- spherical hill in the midst of the valley separated two roads, the right-hand one leading directly to Cariw Creek, the left by a circuit of half a mile, taking you by the way of a mineral spring of drinkable water. T! '■ .-jcener}' here by moonlight was beautiful. The hills in the back ground, with angles sharp and sides perpendicular, were singular in the extreme. By the dim light it was hard to believe that they were not ruins of ancient works of art. One hod been a temple to the gods ; another a regularly bastioned fort. The fine large trees which mark the course of the run have furnished the name by which it is known, " Palmetto Spring." Vegetation in the valley remains unchanged. Cacti, maguey, kreosote lurrea Mexicana, dwarf cedar, and the fonguiera spinosa, are abinidant. ' This sketch, and those alluded to in pages 107 and 108, did not accompany the manuscript. Pt. II. — 14 106 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. H Many meteors are seen shooting from the zenith to the S. W. A cloud arose in the East, with frequent flaslies of lightning, hut the night passed without rain. Arrived at Cariso Creek, fifteen miles from Vallecito, eight from Palmetto Spring, at midnight. Found the water of the creek quite brackish. Mules and horses would scarcely taste it, thirsty as they were; of food for them, there was none. The emigrants had consumed every blade of grass, and every stick of cane, so that our sorrowful animals are tied in groups to the wagons to ponder their fate upon the desert. Saturday, Si'pt. 22(1. — The sun was perhaps half an hour high, when our hungry animals were again put in harness. At camp, the creek appears fifty feet wide and nearly a foot in depth ; but a mile or two below, it is entirely lost in the thirsty sand. Our route was through the valley of the Carazul. Its banks are of clay, worn by rain into fantastic shapes, and occasionally mountains appear beyond. Tlie road is strewn with emigrants winding their way to the " placers." No rocks were visible cave masses of iwdrigal, stately in structure, and containing large ferruginous nodules. Two leagues from camp we passed a steep ridge, seemingly formed of g3'psuni clear as glass. Noon. — We are now fairly upon the desert; sandy hills behind, a dreary, desolate plain before us, far as the eye can reach. An undulating surface of sand, with pebbles of j.osper, is sprinkled with small green clumps of Laurea Mexicana. Thermometer 108°, Fahrenheit, in the shade. S"" P. M. Twelve miles from Cariso Creek; stopped to dig for water, but in vain. Thermometer 100° in the shade. There appeared in the east a cloud, which soon assumed that jjcculiar appearance which often precedes a violent storm. A dark mass approached ; a hurricane was upon us, and we were enveloped in a cloud of sand. The mules were driven from their path, the canva.ss covers were torn to shreds, and the wagons themselves in danger of being upset. For fifteen minutes we were blinded, when a torrent of rain quieted the dust ; a shower of hail succeeded, and the men, throwing themselves upon the ground, hid their faces in the sand for jjrotection. There was neither flash nor reimrt of lightning for an hour. It came, at length, as night was closing in, to add sublimity to the scene. P- drifting sand, and without g'wells ; with no green thing to relieve the eye save the Laurea Mexicana, which covets solitude. Twenty miles brought us again uiwn the steep sand-banks which long hatl bounded our horizon. We descended eighty to one hundred feet, into a muzquite-covered cafiada, or valley, extending from this jwint about twenty miles in width to the Rio Colorado. Upon this lower plain, where were found the same fresh-water shells as distinguished the region of New River, we pursued a N. E. course, parallel to the bank which bounds the desert proper, for seven miles, to the three " Wells." Here we encamped, twentj-seven miles from the Lagoon. The wells are dug ten feet deep, at the bottom of a small natural basin, which seems scooped from the plain. At the camp of the " Three Wells," twelve miles west from the crossing of the Rio Colorado, 1849, September 28th, at S^ l-j"" P. M., there occurred an earthquake. The oscillatory motion was from east to west. It shook the tents, spilled water from a nearly full bucket, awoke those who were a.Hleep, and frightened many of those who were awake. The rocking motion continued about two minutes. Se2)t. 20 th. — At 5i^ A. M., left "Three Wells," and kept along the foot of the sand-banks, a little N. of east, for eight miles. Met many emigrants with women and children, facing the desert with cheerful looks. Frank says " that the happiest set of 110 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY, fellows he lias ever seen uix)n the desert, was that encamped at ' The Wells' last night with their wives and children." At the fork of the road we were met by our old guide Tomaso, who had l)ecn despatched to warn the Indians of our approach. He was accompanied by Santiago, chief, and the principal men of the band of Yumas, which occupies the village at the lower crossing of the Colorado. Santiago wore a blue great-coat, and a fancy cotton handkerchief bound his head. His legs and feet were bare ; otiiers were clad in the simple breech-cloth. All weix» mounted on spirited horses. The road up to the bank to the left, is the emigrant trail over the dceiMlrifting sands of the desert. Taking the more circuitous route to the right, we were escorted by the Indians a short distance, to their village in the cauada, luxuriant with maize and melons. We were at once surrounded by great numljers of Indian men and women, evincing friendliness, curiosity, and intelligence. The women are generally fat, and their dress consists of a fringe made of strips of bark bound around the hips, and hanging loosely to the middle of tlie thighs. The men are large, muscular, and well-formed. Tiieir countenances are pleasing, and seem lighted by intelligence. I doulit whether America can boast of a finer race of Indians. Their warriors wear the white breech- cloth, and their hair hanging in plaits to the middle of their backs, is adorned with eagle -feathers and the rattle of a rattlesnake. They are excjuisite horsemen, and carry their Ijow and lance with inimitable grace. A dozen of these warriors conducted us beyond their village three miles, through fields of maize, and groves of alamo and willow to the Rio Colorado, where we encamped ; twelve miles Ir'Iow where the Rio Gila unites its "sea-green waters" with the rigiitly-named Colorado. Until October 1st we remained at the lower crossing of the Colorado, waiting for a road to be cut upon the right bank, five miles to the emigrant crossing. Our Indian neighbors were very sociable, bringing us grass, Ix'ans, melons, and scpiashes; for which they received in return, tobacco or money. Old Santiago, their chief, could not speak Spanish, and so our guide Tonuiso was made interpreter. There were also here a few of the Co-mo-ya Indians from the desert or San Felipe, and they could converse with us. Santiago and his people professed great friendship for Americans in general, and us in particular. They had never stolen from the emigrants, nor maltreated them in any way ; but the Indians higher up, near the mouth of the Gila, they represented as being a desperate set of rascals. They plundered the emigrants of what they could not steal. The day before, a German had been decoyed away from his part}^ and murdered. They had even come to oiwn hostility with some parties of the emigrants, and fouglit pitched battles ; and, as they numbered from five to ten thousand people, they were always victorious. These accounts seemed the more probable, as they agreed with those given by the emigrants themselves. Santiago concluded by requesting us to remain Avith him, as we were, as he said, too few and too weak to cope with those at the mouth of the Gila. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. Ill The ja«i.s of our road along the bank of the Colorado, was an Indian foot-path, which Avoiind around every tree that time had thrown across its ancient track, doubling the true distance. Piuising through a ft)rest of cotton-wood and willow, we came to the foot of " Pilot Knob," and having crossed a spur which extends to the river, found ourselves ui)on the bank at the emigrant crossing. Here we encamjied. Pilot Knob is an isolated mountain, and rises nl)ove ns to the height of about fifteen hundred feet. We ascend the highest peak to fire rockets, and watch for signals from the Sierra beyond the desert. Tuesday, Od. 2il, 1849. — Left the foot of Pilot Knob, and travelled on through groves of miz([uite, upon the banks of the Colorado ; not an Indian had we seen since leaving the village of Siintiago; but Tomas^o, with some alarm, pointed out fresh foot- prints in the path we followed. We emerged uptl> limbs of tlie m<" " , and several mcKin culniinatin<; stars. Wednesday, ()ft. Hd. — To-tli. — This evening has furni.shed a sad occurrence. Brevet Captain Thorne, son of Mr. Herman Tliorne of New York, while superintending the transportation of his party across the Rio Colorado, just below the junction of the Rio Gila, was thrown into the river l)y the upsetting of hii'. heavily-laden boat, and was drowned. The current of the river was so rapid, that all exertions, even those of tlie Yuma Indians, the best swinuners in the world, were unavailing. Captain Thorne was succeeded in the connnand of the escort by Lieutenant Beckwith. Oct. Vdtli. — Mr. Ingraham has just informed me that the wtwden 1x)X in which is kept Chronometer No. 710, cracked into pieces last night wliile used in keeping time. This is another proof of the exceeding dryness of this climate, and I regret that I have no hygrometer to determine it. All the lH)xes in which the instruments were packed are being destroyed. The nicely-seasoned and well-finislied cashes made in England many years since for instruments of Troughtou and Simms, have shrunk so as not to admit tiie original contents. A few nights since, while I was reading the micrometer of the zenith sector, the horn with which my reading lens was incased suapj)ed, and flew from my fingers in thi-ee pieces. The peculiar state of the atmosphere was the only cause assignable for such an occurrence. Oct. 2t)(h. — C«)ntinued the survey at the junction of the two rivers. The Rio Gila, a short distance from its mouth, is so shallow tliat the Indians wade across it. Tlie Colorado at the ferry, a short distance below the junction, is about twelve feet deep. Tlie waters of the Colorado are almost opaque with cliiy tinctured with the red oxide of iron. But the water is sweet, and when allowed to rest, liecomes limpid. The waters of the Gila are covered with a' sediment nearly black, and have a bracltisli taste; making oppropriate the Yuma name for it — Tlarfjunrsiul — meaning "salt water."' Both rivei-s are rapid, and their junction forms a distinctly marked luid nearly straight line, leading from the east bank of the Gila to the channel of the Colorado. They unite, and, singularly enough, contract to one-fiftii the width of the Oct. 7tli, p. 1 1.1, lliis river is ciiUrd " nuli-qmi-BU-ctlicl." — II. 11. S. w.;<'^ PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. UL Colorado, above, in order to leap through a narrow gorge, which some convulsion of nature htis torn through an isolated Iiill. Upon this hill, eighty feet jierpendicularly almost al)ove the water, stands our observatory. Ckt. 27//*. — Pasqual, one of the war-chiefs, and Captain Anton, tell me that thoy are in daily expectation of an attack from the Maricopas. The Yumas deserve chastise- ment; for, in their late expedition, they surprised their enemies and brought ofl' captive two Indian boys, wliom they afterwards sold as slaves to the Mexicans. Oct. 28th. — Thronged, as usual, with Indian visiters. Tiiey say that tlie Maricopas came in sight of camp yesterday ; but, seeuig United States ti\)ops, dared not attack the Yumas. Oft. SOt/i. — This morning at about four o'cl-dotcbo-6o eye. ce-yu-suno-yd-o* eye. ii-bdtebe (or) ee-bcSs nose. ce-yu-qua-6fe* nioutb. n'yec-pab-ey-.sah-bo arrow of wood. a-ta-ciirte* hatcbet. nV'-nia-ro* knife. ^-cal-b(ir* canoe. ba-witb'l, or ba-wdel river. ho-wccl-cba-wboot Rio Colorado. ba-qua-si-oel Rjo Gila. n'hum-an-6cbo sboes. a^rbe tobacco. nra-ni"' sky-heaven. n'yattb sun. t'l-rup wliLskey. li;ith'I-ya (or) hull-yi^r moon. klu,n-wa-taio (or) ImtKibar star. no-ma-sup (J.^y. n'yc-as-cup night. ii'yat-a-so-arpe midnight. mc't-n'-yiini ligbt. n'yat-col-sC-o darkness. esta-no-sup morning. n'yat-an-naie evening. buo-n'a-pin noon. "o^'ic spring. o-mo-ca-ehe-pile summer. Yuma (Cuchan.) EnglUh. ha-ti-ol autumn. con-niee* warrior. hon-o-wai* parents. n'yet'l* friend. matro-bab<5e-6* compadre. n'ye-valyay bouse. een-ou-wa* bouse. ecn-ou-niiit* hut. ar-tim* bow. o-tees-a bfiw. n'yc-piVh arrow. n'yee-pah-tdb arrow of reed. sho-kine ice. o-mut bind. a-ha-tblou-o sea. ha-sba-cut lake. ha-mut-ma-tiirre valley. wee-fiua-taie (or) ba-beo bill or mountain. ha-mut-raa-tarre quel marm island. o-wee stone. e'-sith'l salt. n'ycr-ma-ro iron. e'-cesh tree. e-ee or e-cetcb .' wood. ee-atcb-a-berrbccrrch leaf. ta-soii-o meat. huts horse. lioo-w<;e dog. n'ya-pin winter. mit-bar wind. mit-har-c'o-no thunder. n'yiv-col-see lightning. way-mah-coutcbe breceh-cloth. mu-b(e rain. ha-lilp snow. n'awo-crfpo bail. d-d-w6 fire. a-ha , water. n'yat I. manto tbou. ba-britzk ho. co-bar-ro (or) cobarque no. ah-fih (or) oh yes. epallquo much. lueel-yoh to-day. tcn-igh yesterday. qnal-n-yoquc to-morrow. 120 niYSICAL GEOGRAniY. M'^^' 'i'*)^^ ] #. Vumn (Cuchun.) Bin (or) asii'Utio ha-niuk (or) ha-vick lia-niook cha-p o-n()e-6rj lie a li6*';-kali (or) a-liotk lia loolk c-liauo (or) o-hrm-ac co-pall Inits-uclc op-colk o (or) ha-siie ro-nii n-licae (or) cheo-ninfl >t- 11118 n yats-lipr-sailk ateli-ar-scc-vii) ' i. a-acc-niah a-cc-p6re (jucr-quAr, (or) akh ali-qucrck Kngllsh. one. two. tliree. four. fi\'e. sis. seven. eight. nine. ten.' bird. eagle. eagles' feathers. feutiiers. fish. white. black. red. Hue. green (same as blueO yellow. , great. , small. , good. , bad. , handsome. • ugly- , cold. , warm. , to come. , to desire. , very bad. . good. . a light. , I have none. , to cat. , to drink. . to run. . to dance. . to wash. . I wi.sh. . to sing. . to sleep. . to be sleepy. . -to speak. Yumn (Cuelmn.) 0-dok a-moo-hun au-ou-oiic au-uiic a-botlck n'ycc-moom (or) aUco-bdr-quie . mauiirke ac-cotirt ac-court-n'ya-mooma . . a-ho-mak (or) marrico-tah -1 fiui-yay-vay-may-deek yam-a-barquo ? mc-cham-pau-cc-ka cc-yah (ce-yaht.'i, plural) ■! ho-wo-ddwk cs-m<''-deek (i-pailque-n'ya-mdok ehi-nict-a-quis ehe-mct-a-han ch6-met-ou-ya < ehe-met-toh j nee-ca-cbain as-ce-puo ac-corquc a-b(Ue'k-a-hau-ac b.a-lulk-a-hau-ac ehiui-^n-yuch c'yoem-cot-a-bar-bah ba-bec-co-hd ha-bce-co-aK;his ha-beo-to-ciio ha-be-co-U que-you-so-win-a and ha-bee-quou- ) yeera J At-co-ben-fiui6-n 'yc-val-yay-yce- ") mooni J niel-ec-k(!ot-iV n'yc-moom e-eesso ] mc-tuc-a-dcck Bcen-yac-n'yc-hau-ao . . , ■•{ Engllnb. to see. to love. to kill. to sit. to stand. to go. paper. shortly. I go shortly. beans, (small) with black spots. how do you do ? who comes there? I am hungry. mezquitc long- bean. you have some. who knows. very great. musk-melon. good melon. water-melon, (zandia.) water melon or zuudia. cigar. to smoke. far off. very good. very bad. scissors. river's bank. Kmory's bill. Pyramid hill. capital dome hill. I'ilot knob. Pilot range. lam going home. chimney rock. I am going. mezquitc screw- bean. lam /joingabovo. the woman is baudsomo. In counting above ten tliey have no now terms, but combinations of the decade are used. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 121 at-co-bcrquie-n 'ya-ral-yay-me-moom- ak-bote'k {"l Tuma (Cachan.) EnglLili. ce-pih-n'''i-a-iii^o the man is ugly. is well that I am going home, n'ya-hap California. n'y&-hap-m^ye-moom | ^ ^™,if^°j,"^ *" cobarrque he is not here. mas-tam-h($re devil. coo-coo-mdh-at God. en-carque give me. o-oobe-<'ncarque give me tobacco. sa-cool beads. roezqueeno stingy. Tuma (Cuchan.) EnglUh. marikiue (mareck) white beans. t^r.ditch maize. no-py-am ? have you none ? n'yo-pcke I have none. HeMoh Mexicans. Pain-gotc-sah Americans. ac-o-tdie pook , beads made of small pieces of sea-shells with holes in centre and strung que-diquo (ker-d^k) come here. $&" The words marked with an asterisk (*) were learned from Pablo ; some of them were found to be of his native tongue, Comoyei, and probably nearly all are. Those not marked have been tested by a reference to the native Cuchans. The phrases given were in daily use among us, and were well understood to convey the mean- ing given. Pt. TI. — 1G i •'! :fH: f- i t 1 V. TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. B. (128) TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. SYNOPSIS. 1. The Naiini or Comanches of Texas. (One Plate.) 2. Oral Traditions respecting the History of the Ojibwa Nation. (Two Plates.) 3. Contributions to the History, Customs, anil Opinions of the Dacota Tribes. (Six Plates.) 1. THE NA-iJ-NI, OR COMANCHES OF TEXAS; THEIR TRAITS AND BELIEFS, AND THEIR DIVISIONS AND INTERTRIBAL RELATIONS. i'l BY ROBERT S. NEIGHBORS, ESQ. Sir: I HAVE given the subject-matters contained in your book of inquiries respecting the several tribes of Indians of the United States, as much attention as circumstances would admit, and have the honor to enclose for your consideration, this sketch of the Comanches, which was obtained from the best sources of information we have in regard to them. Owing to the difficulty in finding time to give this subject the attention it requires, this sketch is very imperfect, but in the general questions answered, I have obtained all the information I could get. Our intercourse with this tribe is .so limited, and they have so little confidence as yet in the whites, together with the great difficidty in finding interpreters who fully understand their language, has rendered it impossible for me to obtain more information on the subjects referred to, than this slight sketch. I have had no leisure (l-'5) ^ ^^,^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I >tt lii |22 Z Uo 12.0 Iffl^^B 1 — IIIIIM ^ ^ 6" ► Fhobgraidiic Sdences Corporatton 23 WBT MAIN STMIT WnSTH.N.Y. 14SM (716) •72-4503 i; I ■ut would respectfully refer the Commissioner to a coinmunication of the lion. David G. Burnet,' to the Com- missioner of Indian afTaii-s, which is a very jK^-fect sketch of the condition of the small tribes of Texas Indians. I liave the honor to he Ik", Very ivs|Kvtfully, your oltedient Servant, Houkht S. NKiriiinous, Hjienul Agent. The Comanches know nothing positively of tiieir origin, and their traditions on this point are very vague and unsatisfactory. They iK'lieve they have always lived near the .same country they now occupy, and they know of hut one migration of tlieir tribes; this took place many ycai"s since, when they travelled from the west, and met with what they term the '■Mountain Spaniaiils" in the mountains of New Mexico. They lived with tiiem nuiny years, and intermarried with each otiier. The first chief they recollect was named *' Ish-shu-ku," (Wolf-hou.>'e) ; he was a groat and wise chief. At the time he lived, they still resided in Mexico. Fiwn thence they visited the prairies for the purjiose of hunting, and intennarried with the other tril)es inhabiting tiiose i-egions. These were the Wncos. Tah-wac-car-ros. Toriuash. and branches of the Pawnee tnl)es. They call themselves " Na-iini," which signifies — first alive, or live people. The}- are called Comanche by the Mexicans, Nar-ii-tah, by tiie Wacos, Tah-wac-car-ros, &c., Par-to(vku by the Osages, and Sow-a-to by the Catldoes. When they came from the west, there were no people living on the lands they now occupy. The first white people they saw were on the west side of the Kio Grande or Del Norte. They lived there at tiiat time, and nn\de a treaty with tlie white traders that they met. The first guns they ever saw they got fi"om tiie Spaniards; they were common shot-guns. The first ritle. they saw with American traders. Tiie first cloth or dry goods was bought from the French " many years since." They had never heard of it until that time. They got the first tobacco from the Wacos, who raised it themselves ; but they are ignorant at what time this took place. Afterwanls, they Itought from the French who traded them, the cloth, &c. They have an imperfect tradition that another race of people inhabited this coimtry before them, and that there was a great flood of waters which covered the whole earth, and that the inhabitants, who they suppose were white and civilized, were metamor- phosed into " white bii-ds" and flew away ; by which means they saved themselves from being destroyed. After this, they believe the Great Spirit made the Comanches on this continent. They have never heard of any animals except those which are generally known in this region ; neither are they aware of anything connected with crossing the large ' Vide PBrt I., p. 229. •^ HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. 127 waters. The first war they recollect was with the Lipnns, a branch of the Apaches. They believe in and venerate several deities. They worship one Supreme Being, who they think inhabits a country above the sun. The Sun, Moon, and Earth are their principal objects of worship — the Sun, as the primary cause of all living things ; the Moon as the God of night, and the Earth as our common mother. They believe that the will of the Great Spirit is supreme ; that he dispenses good and evil at his will, also life and death. They think if they lie to the Great Spirit, he will cause them to die ; and many other punishments are inflicted if they displease him. All their success in war or hunting is derived from Him whom they worship : it is called "making medicine." They use many charms, and are very superstitious. All charms are supposed to be derived from the Great Spirit, which they buy from their " medicine men." They offer Him many sacrifices. The first puff of smoke is offered to the Supreme, the second to the Sun, the third to the Earth, and after these, to whatever they venerate. The first morsel of what they intend to eat is presented to the Great Spirit, and then buried in the ground. All their implements of war are made by, or undergo charms from, their priests or magicians, who practise charms for the purpose. Their shields are made in imitation of the sun, and before going to war they are stuck upon their lances, facing the rising sun ; and no i^Mii'son is permitted to handle or touch them except their ownei-s. They believe that they were made by a secondary spirit, who was sent down to the earth by the Supreme. When he first made them, they were imperfect. The spirit returned to the Supreme, and told what he had made. He was then directed to return and complete his work by giving the beings he had created sense, and instruct them how to live. He taught them how to mckc bows and arrows, and gave them horses, &c. &c. They have no name for the country they inhabit, or for the whole continent. They know of no great changes in their tribe, but they have increased greatly in numbers since they left Mexico, by their connexion with other small prairie bands, and the numerous captives taken in their wars — principally from Mexico. They are at present divided into eight distinct bands, each ruled by their own chiefs, and appear to have a strong connecting link in the similarity of habits and language, and frequently they unite in war or council ; occasionally one band is at war with a nation, and the others at peace. The eight divisions of the tribe are classed and named by themselves as follows : Ist. Ho-is, or Timber people, because they live in a timbered country. They are also called " Pine-takers" or honey-eaters, being fond of honey. 2d. " No-ko-nies," because they always live and travel in a cirele ; their country that they claim being cireular. 8d. " Teu-a-wish," or Liver-eaten, because they eat the liver of all game they kill in its raw state. v> ■#i 'I r ^■1 hi 128 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, 4th. " No-nnrum," because they live in the high prairie where there is no timber or running water, and never leave that kind of country. 5th. " It<:hit-a-bud-ah." Cold people, or the northern band, because they live in a cold country. 6th. " Hai-ne-na-une," or Corn-eaters, being fond of com. 7th. " Koo-che-ta-kers," or Buffalo-caters. 8th. " Par-kee-narum," or Water-people ; because they always camp as near the waters of lakes or creeks as they can get. A large number of them speak Spanish imperfectly, and some few understand a little English. All their business is transacted in their own language, for which an interpreter is sufficient. There are at the present time very few pure-blooded Coman- ches, having intermarried as previously stated. They have not changed their location since their emigration, and tlieir territory in Texas has diminished by the continued encroachments of the whites. The principal chiefs that are known are " Pa-ha-yu-ca," or one who ha.s connexion with his uncle's wife; " Mo-po-cho-co-pie," or Old owl; " Pochan-arquarhiep," or Bull-hump, commonly known as Buffalo-hump ; " Santa Anna;" " Sali-vi-artee," or Small Wolf; " Tuna-cio-quasha," or Bear's Tail ; " Moora-ke-toph," or Mule-dung — Hois chiefs — " Po-hu-ca-wa-kit," or Medicine-hunter; " O-harWOrkit," or Yellow-hunter, Ten-a-wish chiefs ; " Chip-es-se-ah," or Growing-chief, Koo-chi-ta-ku ; "Oho-is," or Naked-head, No-ko-nie. They assume the pre-eminence of all prairie Indians ; but this is only allowed by the small tribes, who live on the borders of their country. Tlioy have no proof, by monuments, &c., of any other race having existed where they at present live, previous to themselves ; and the few traditions preserved by the old men are very imperfect. They believe that the earth is a plain or flat surface. The principal rivers in their country are the head-waters of the Brazos, Colorado, and Red Rivers ; all emptying into the Gulf of Mexico. There are no lakes known, but there are large spiings, affording great water-power on the heads of the principal rivers. The surface of the country is generally hilly, which is sterile ; but there are many beautiful valleys, abounding in vegetation, and susceptible of the highest culti- vation. Wotnl is scarce, but a sufficiency for future settlers. The prairies are covered with a species of grass, called, by the whites and Mexicans, " musquite," which is highly nutritious. The constant firing of the prairies checks the increase of timber, and visibly impo- verishes the soil. There are no marshes or swamps of any extent in the country, and the only obstacle to roads is the rocks, through which passes can be found with little difficulty. No volcanic eruptions exist at the present time, and no signs of any at a former period, as far as ha« yet been discovered. The climate is usually very dry. The heat of the weather varies greatly ; changing with a rapidity unknown in any other latitude, the thermometer frequently descending It HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. 129 from 05° to 45° in tlio space of a few niiniites. Tliis is in consoqiu'nco of ii wind BUtldenly iiriMinjr, termed, \ty the Texians, " Xortliers." Tlio sontli and .southwest winds ftenerally pixnail. Tiie (ioiintry i.s sultject toseveixi tlinnder-stonns, accompanied by violent rains, whicli (ill tlic stri'ams to overflowing. Tliere are several valiialde salt springs, from wliicli salt can Ik; easily maiuifactnred. Tliere aix' evidences of stone-coal and many vahmble mineral pr(Mlnctit)ns, lint hitherto, the country Ix'ing dangi'rons of access, no white person is acquainted with the exact localities or the probable richness of the mines. Some silver and lead mines, snp{)o.si>d to be exceedingly valuable, have lately Ixvn discovered. There are no Indian traditions or evidences of larger animals having previously lived in the world. Their old men are ignorant, except from their imiH'rfect traditions, of everything that transpired previous to their own generation. They cannot recollect how long since they used utensils of stone, or, if they ever did, what was their sha|H' or use. There are none remaining among them at present. They iK'lievc the earth is stationary, and that the stars are inhabited, but have no idea of their movements. When an eclip.se occurs, they suppose that some planet has intervened Ix-tween the earth and the sun. They have no computation of time beyond the seasons. They coimt them by the rising height of the grass, the falling of the leaves, and the cold and hot season. They very seldom count by new nuKms. One sun is one day, and they denote the time of day by pointing to the |)osition the sun has attained in the heavens. They Ixlieve the Indian Paradise to be beyond the sun, where the Great Spirit sita and rules. Ninncnifion. — They count by decimals, from one to one thousand, as I am informed by the principal ('hiefs, but they now frequently count by the Caddo mode — from one to ten, and by tens to one hundred, &c. Pt. II COXANCUE NU.MEnATION. One Si>m-mus. Two Wa-ha. Three Pa-hu. Four Ila-yar-ooli-wtt. Five Mo-warka. Six ...... Nah-wa. Seven Tah-a-cho-te. Kight Nah-wa-wa-tdio-te. Nine . . . . . , Sem-mo-man-ce. Ten Shur-num. Eleven Shuin-me-ma-to-e-cut. Twelve Warho-ta-ma-to-e-cut. Thirteen Tiv-hu-ma-to-e-cut. — 17 180 TRIBAL OIIUANIZATION, \'\\ Fourtoen . Fifteen Sixteen . Seventeen Eigltteon . Nineteen Twenty . Tliirty Iln-yiir-ook-wa-niarto-e-cut. Moo- w link nrina-t(M;-cu t. Nah-wa-nio-to-e-out. Tali-ii-eli()-te-nm-to-e-cut. Nah-wnrwii-elio-te-nia-t(HMMit. Suu-nio-w nsh-t a-ma-to-e-cut. Warliiirmarniu-nia-tcMMJUt. Pa-ha-ma-mn, &c. They have no accounts ; all their business transactions are simple trade and barter. They are ignorant of the elements of figures; even of a i)erix'udicular stroke for 1, 11, &c. They make no gmve-iH)st8 or monuments indicating the rank of a deceased jHirson. There is little known of their medicines. So far as has been discovered, they aiv confined to simple roots and hcibs. They trust more to incantations made by the medicine-men. who also l)leed in fevew by scarification on the part afl'ected, and not in the veins. Their principal treatment in di.seases is starvation. They do not understand amputation, but bind up a broken limb with splints. Their litters for conveying the wounded or sick are comiM)sed of simply two poles, with skins stretched across them, and long enough to Ije suppcjrted by a horse in I'ront and rear. The ix)sition of a chief is not hereditary, but the result of his own sujierior cunning, knowledge, or success in war, or some act or acts that rank him according to his merits. The subjects mider discussion in council are at all times open to popular opinion, and the chiefs are the main exponents of it. The democratic principle is stnnigly implanted in them. They considt, principally, the warrior class, and the weaker minds are wholly inlhienccd by popular oi)inion. Pkch man endeavors to obtain as high a ])osition a.s their merits allow. War chiefs commit hostilities without consulting the other tribes. Any pi-oixjsiticm or treaties proposed by the whites are (li.»r, are avenged by all, or any memlxT connected with the family. In this nation a hunter will generally sujjply a sufficiency of fcxxl and clothing for a family. The marriage state only continues during the pleasure of the parties, as a man claims the right to divorce himself whenever lie chooses. Polygamy is practised to a great ^s^saii^iiMt 189 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, fl '|i' I \ m i . T ■ ( ' '< extent — some chiefs having more than ten wives, but inconstancy is the natural result of it, which is frequently punished by cutting off the nose of the transgressor, and sometimes even by death ; but more frequently the woman escapes unpunished, and the seducer is deprived of all his available projwrty, which is yielded to the injured partv, by custom, without resistance. The women jierform all manual labour, war and hunting being all the occupation of the men. Jealousy is fixHiuently a great cause of discord, but tlie husband exercises unbounded authority over the person of his wife. Their lodges are generally neat, and on the entrance of a stranger, the owner of a lotlge designates the i-oute he shall pass, and the seat he shall occupy. Any infringement of this rule is liable to give offence. They are formal and suspicious to strangers, but hospitable and social to those they consider their friends. They have no regular meals, but eat when they feel hungry, each party helping himself, and joining in the meal without invitation or ceremony. The parents exercise full control in giving their daughtei-s in marriage, they being generally purchased at a stipulated price by their suitors. There is no marriage ceremony of any description — they enter the marriage state at a very early age, frequently before the age of puberty. The children are named from some circumstance in tender years, which is fivquently changed in after life by some act of greater imixjrtance. Whatever chililren are stolen from their enemies, are incorporated in the family to whom they belong, and treated as their own children, without distinction of color or nation. There is considerable respect shown by the younger branches of the community to iue patriarchal chiefs of the tril)e. When they make a sacred })ledge or promise, they call ui)on the givat spirit as their father, and the earth as their mother, to testify to the truth of their asseverations. Their talk in council is short, and their oratorical powere consideix'd of little value ; but good judgment is held in high estimation. The childix'n arc practised at a very early age to the use of the l)0\v and arrow, but the chiefs and principal braves are now accustomed to the use of the shot-gun and rille, without disjwnsing with the bow and arrow, which are always carried rind used in war. When a chieftain wishes to go to war, he declares his intentions, and the preliminaries are discussed at a war-dance. When the affair is agreed uiron, a certain place is designated near the {Mint of action, where to congregate at a specified time, to which place the chiefs repair, the warriors proceeding separately in small bands by various routes, in onler, if discovered, to deceive the enemy as to the point of attack, and to procure subsistence, each party living on the produce of the chase ; no provisions being carried for public use. They fight on horseback with whatever arms they can procure ; but their principal reliance is on the bow and arrow. They are the most expert riders in the world. Men are never taken prisoners by them in battle, but killed and scalped in all cases. The women are sometimes made prisoners, in which case their chastity is uniformly not respected. si r .' :i '•t-', >■■ ; ■>\} J- U HISTORY, AND OOVEIINMENT. 133 They have dnncos of viirious dosoriptioiiM, iiIwnyH cliiiriicti'iistii' of tlio swl>joft. Fi'inulo.x aiv fit'.'aiues of chance. Their principal jranie is tlie .same as all tlie northern hantis, called " l)nllet," " hutton." &c., which consists in changing a hnllet rapidly from one hand to the other, accompanied hy a song to which they keep time with the motion of their arms, and the op|N)site party, guessing which hand it is in. Tlu'y sometimes stake all they jxis.se.ss on a single game. When pressed hy hunger from scarcity of game, they subsist on their young horses and mides. The lle.sh of the young wild-horse is consideivd a delicacy. Their common dress is the l)R'ech-cloth and moccasins, with a hufl'alo roln' flinig Icxwely over the shoiddei"s ; hut wmie have now la-gun to imitate the more civili/.ed trilK's. They have a gtx'at variety of ornaments, numy of which are of pure silver, principally fa.shioned into large hnnH-hes. Their decorations aix! derived fiiim birds and shells which are bartered to them by the traders. The hawk and eagle feathers ttiv the most esteemed of the bird. They use several native dyes, ])nMlnced from roots, but I am ignorant of the names or the i)nK-e,ss of nuiiud'acture. Vermilion, indigo, and venligris, ari' sold them by the tradei-s. They also paint with white and ivd clay on particular cK'casions. They are of a light character, with a gay ca.st of nund, and rather fervid temiK>rament. Fiimi observation I am induced to lu'lieve that their minds aiv susceptible of a considerable tlegree of cultivation. Christianity has nevi'r lK>en introduced anumg them. This tril)e is subject to many tresi)assers, not only from the whites, but also fittm the neighl)oring trilx's of Indians, who hunt through i)ortions of their country, destniying givat quantities of game. The scarcity of fire-arms, and their incctmplete knowledge of that weai)on, renders them iniecpial to c(»ntend with the fnnitier trilms, who have ttbtained e.\i)erience from contact with the whites. Their burials aiv strictly private. AVhen a man dies, his hoi"ses aiv generally killed and buried, and idl liis principal efl'eets biu'ut. The first to carry him to his paradise, and the latter for his use on his arrival. They formerly also killed their favorite wife, hut this custom has Iktm done away with, from interconr.se with the nutre civili/ed Fudians. The death of a chief can.ses givat tribulation to the trilx; — on such occasions they a.ssemhle without distinction, and bewail his death with extreme lamentation, until they receive from the relatives of the deceastnl, suflieient presents to cause them to stop; for instance, if a man wants a favorite horse Udonging to the bmther of the decea.sed, he continues crying till he obtains it. When they are killed in battle, it is a cause of nuich greater lamentation than fi-om a natural death, and a much greater number of nunirners Ix'wail the loss. The presents given hy relatives aro also much more valuable. The deceased is packed ujuju a hoi-se as sotin as he expires, and taken t© the highest hill in the neighlx)rho«wl, and buried privately, without any monument to note the place, as far as has been discovered. The wives of the deceased, 134 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, ETC. I' k"' 111 after he is buried, assemble around the dead horses, with a knife in one hand, and whet-stone in the other, and with great hunentations, cut their arms, legs, and body in ga.shes, until they are exhausted by the loss of blood, and frequently commit suicide from extreme grief on the occasion. from the liberality with which they disjwse of their eflects on all occasions of the kind, it would induce the belief that tliey acquire proiicrty merely for the yuriiose of giving it to othere." Plate 33 is an illustration of the mode of attack by the Comanches on the emigrants, when crossing the western prairies, en route for Now Mexico, Utah, Oregon, and California. When tlie emigrants are suddenly attacked by these tril)os, (all of whom are mounted) they drive their wagons together, forming a circle, with the heads of the aninials towards the centre, and the fore-wheel of one wagon locking in with the hind- Avheel of the next, thus forming a compact and strong enclosure, from which they are enabled to defend tliemselves with eduiency and safety to themselves and animals. If a growth of wood be near, the wagons are driven into it, and the wheels locked against the trees, thus preventing the animals from running off with the wagons. The attack is made without much order, but every effort is made to frighten the animals, by whooping, hallooing, and wounding them with their arrows, so as to produce as much confusion as i^ssible among the emigrants. Often the animals l)ecome so furious, that thty break away from their teams, and are then captured by the Indians. For their language, which is found to lie cognate with the Shoshonee group, refer- ence is made to the article Language, No. IX. Tliis vt)cabulary is derived from Mr. Neighlxturs. Their numeral tenns, to thirty, have been given in the preceding pages. II. R. S. 2. ORAL TRADITIONS RESPECTING THE HISTORY OF THE OJIBWA NATION. BY WILMAM H*. WARREN. [The following traditions arc given, ns being entitled to the highest rospi'ct, hut without cndoifing the opinions incidentally expre-s.sed, or the particular arehaH)logical dates. Mr. Warivn is himself the descendant, by the maternal side, of one of the most n'siK'ctable Indian families of the ancient capital of this nation, to which he refers; and his sources of oral information are the best. He is a graduate, I think, of Union Theological Seminary, N. Y., and is well ver.sed in the Djibwa language, as well as with the traditions and manners and customs of this imj)ortant and far-stretch- ing tribe of the Algonquin group. — II. R. S.] The ancient history of the Ojibwas consists in oral traditions, which partake mostly, if not altogether, of the marvellous and supermitural ; and the writer is not prepared, at this early stage of his inquiries and studies, to give a decided opinion, deduce mf '■ 1 f l(; %. \ I 1 ,! i 1 ^1 o o n i^l ■c ^ ^ = 35 >s : a — ^*T =^ = , 1-^1 ri -a ' :§ ?^ ^ 1^1 o - Kl 5! H. -- ?3 ^ ■! 1-, 1^1 5 ;^ ^-1 ^ ■r. -s- Vi 35 o SI « T. 1I._18 188 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, :i! in I -' t 4 IV I 'I \ (I Fire was iniulc from the friction of two stirks. Their shirts and leggins were made of finely dressed skins. Bhmkets of beuver-skins, eight of which sewed together formed the robe of a man. It is a fact worthy of reconl, that copjKM', though abounding in their country on the lake shore, they never used or formed into implements for use. They considered it, and still do, at the present day, in the light of a sacred article, and never used it but OS ornaments to their medicine-bags. If ancient tools have Ix'en found, and marks are discovered showing that cop|x*r was worked on Lake Sui)erior ages ago, it is not at all probable, on this account, that the race now living there were the workers of it. At this era, there was maintained at Mi>-mng-icunHV-1caii-'niij, the central town and power of tlie Ojibwas, a continual fire as a symliol of their nationality.' They main- tained also a civil lM)lity, which, however, was much mixed up with their religious and medicinal beliefs. The totem of the Ah-dic-tca ' ruled over them, and Muk-wali, or Bear Totem, led them to war. The rites of the Me-da-tve-wln, or their mode of worshipping the one Great Spirit, and the lesser spirits, that fill earth, sky, and water, was prsK'tised in those days in its purest and most original fomis. They say that a large wigwam was erected on the Island, which they called Me-da- wig-wam, and in which all the holier rites of their religion were practised. Though probably rude in its structure and build, and not lasting in its materials, yet it was the temple t)f these primitive sons of the forest. And in their religious phraseology, the island of their ancient temple is known to this day as Mc-da-w'uj-tcam, or Me-do- we-lodge. In tho.se days their native and prin>itive customs were in full force and rigidly adhered to. Neither man nor woman ever passed the age of puberty without severe and protracted fasts. Besides the one great and overruling spirit, each person sought in dreams and fasts his particular guardian, or dream-spirit. Many more iMjrsons are said to have lived the full temi of life allotted to mankind than do at the present day. When a person fell sick, a small-jjox lodge was immediately made, purposely for him, and a medicine-man called to attend and cure. Only this jwrsonage had any intercourse with the sick. If a person died of a severe or violent disea.se, his clothing, the Itarks, and even the poles that formed his lodge, were burned by fire. Thus did they of old guard against pestilence ; and sickness appears to have been more rare than at the present day. ' This opinion agrees with a tradition mentioned in the Notes to Ontwa, an Indian poem, published about 1822. ' Ah-aw-wa, Mo-awh-wauk, and Mong, arc nearly synonymous, and mean the Loon, which is the totem of the royal Ojibwa family. >« HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. 139 The old men all agree in saving that before the white man found and n\i Ih <'■< I l<: nii I years, would greatly losson their mimborH ; it is therefore within bouiuls to estimate the trilie living at Laix)inte and different jKirtions of the lake, eight generations ago, at alx)ut twenty thousand. The marks they have left, alone, on tiie island, in space would accommodate nearly that numlx^r. Their extennination of the Minuliia trihe is a traditionary event, ivlated to me hy the Sandy Lake chief, and others, and which I liave thought proper to introduce here, as an answer in part to the query resjK'cting the lost trila» of Eries, and as an event happening many hundred years ago. Tiiere was at one time, living on the shores of a large lake, a grand and powerful tril)e of (leople called Munduas. They wei"o congregated in one single town, which was so large, that one standing on a hill in the centre, could not see the limits of it. Tiiis tril)e werc fierce and warlike; tlieir hand was against every other tril)e. Tiieir prisonei-s tiiey burned witli fire, as offerings to their spirits. All tlie surrounding trilx's live.«e line of warriors extended as far as the eye could reach. They marched against tiie great town of the Mundua, and attacked it on all sides that it could be approaclied by land. Though the numlKn-s of their assailants was overwhelming, the Mundua had such full confidence in their own prowess aiul numerical strength, that the first day of attack they sent only their l)oys to repel the invaders. The lioys being driven in, they on the second day tunied out their young men to fight their foes, while the rest of the town were leii.sting and dancing. Still, however, the Ojibwas and their allies gradually Ijeat them back, till on the eve of the second day's fight, they found themselves in ixjsse.«sion of half of the great town. The third day dawned, and the Mundua bt»ginning to think it a serious business, their old and tried warriore, " mighty men of valor," sang their war- song, put on their paints and ornaments of war, and sallied out to drive back their invaders. Tiiis day, the fight was hfind to hand and fierce as fire. There is nothing in their traditionary accounts to equal the violence of the struggle in this battle ; the bravest warriors in America hud met : one fighting for vengeance, glory, and renown ; the other for every thing that is dear to man, even their very existence. The Mundua were o1)liged at last to give way, and, hotly pressed by their foes, men, women, and children, threw themselves into the lake. At this juncture their aged chief, (who was also a medicine-man,) seeing the dead bodies of his bravest warriors covering the ground, called with a loud voice for the assistance of the Great Spirit, but no answer being made to his prayer, he called on the evil spirits of earth and water, and suddenly there arose fi-om the lK)som of the lake a dark and heavy fog, and covered in folds of darkness the scene of the bloody fight. The old chief gathered together the remnants of his slaughtered tribe, and, under cover of the evil spirits' fog, they left their town for ever. For a day and a night, HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. Ill tlioy travflk'd onwanl, ami woro coiijrratiilatiii}^ theinsdves on their escaiio, when a gale of wind that the inoclieiiio-Tiicn of tlio Ojibwa.s had caiisod tlie Oirat Spirit to raiso, di^iKTrwd the evil fog, and the Murpri.xe of tlie Mundiia waa astoiniding to fmd tlieniselves .standing on a hill back of their devoted town, and in full view of their enemies. '' It is the will of the Gri'at y|)irit that we ishould ix>riHh," exclaimed the aged ciiief, and once more they dragged tlieir weary limbs in lligiit. They tied into a forest, where they buried their women and children in the ground, leaving them but a bix-athing hole. The men then returned, and beguiled the pursuers by leading them in a diflerent direction. A few escai)ed, who afterwards returned and dug up their women and children. This .small renuiant of the once iK>werful Mundua was the ne.\t }ear attacked by an Ojibwa war-party, taken prisoners, and were incorfwrated into tliis tril)e. Individuals are pointed out, to this day, as descended from them, and have the marten totem. We will now relate events hapj)ening a few years prior to their acquaintance with the whites. The exact time, however, is uncertain. One prominent reason why the Ojibwas chose to live on an island, is evident ; and that was, for more security IVom their numerous foes. The Nmlowa war-parties did not hei-e wach them, as they came no farther than the Sault at the foot of the lake. But they had as powerful and inveterate enemies in the Odugaumeeg and Alxiinug, into whose country they were encroaching. The OiJiiij-diiiiKeij occupied a country towards the southwest, about the waters of Wisconsin, on Ton-a-gun and Chippewiiy Rivers. The Sioux lived alx»ut the waters of St. Croix, Mississippi, and St. Louis Rivers. Sandy Lake, Mille Lac, and Yellow Lake, being then the sites of their principal towns. A tribe also, called 0-man-ee, is told of as their earliest enemies. They are spoken of as living at Mille Lac in earthern houses, and were in a general battle exterminated or driven oil". The Ojibwas were most harassed by the Odug-aum-eeg and A-boin-ug, or Sioux and Foxes. The lake shores of Superior were familiar to the war-parties of these tAvo warlike tribes. At one time, a war-party of Sioux found their way from the nearest ]M)int of the main, to the island of La Pointe, and during the night two of their warriors crossed on a log, a distance of two miles, and returned in a canoe, with four scalps they had taken on the i,sland. On another occasion, a large party of Foxes floated down the Ontonagun in their small inland bark canoes. They landed in the night on the island of their foes, and early in the morrung captured four women that had gone to gather wood ; the spot is still pointed out. The revenge of the Ojibwas was quick and complete ; as the Foxes, by their 142 TRIBAL OIUiANIZATION, n exultant voUs, discoviTiHl to tlu-ir I'lu'inii-H the course of their lliglit, and liunilretls of tlie Ojihwii waniora euihaiked hastily in their large lake canoes in jmrsiiit. A dense fog covered the lake, and, deia'nding on this for eventual eseajK', and confident in their numbers, the Foxes, intoxicated with their success, kept up a continual yelling and singing. Thus guided, the Ojihwas. silently and swiftly jiursued them, keeping puriKtsely in tiieir wake, till they arrived opjMtsite a line of steep nnky coast, a mile alx)ve the mouth of Montreal Kiver and eight leagues fi-oni La l\»inte ; hen' they fell on the Foxes with great fury, — fighting in large canoes which sat (Irndy in the water, they nearly desti-oyed to a nuin the party of four hundred Foxes, who, Ix'ing in snudl canoes, weiv upset, and most of them drowned and dispatched in the water (IMate •\'2). This is the only naval engagement the old men of this trilw tell of Soon after the alH)ve occurrence, a party of Foxes fell on a camp of Ojibwas at Kah-puk-wa-ka, while the men were out himting. They cajjtured two youths, having driven them into lK)ggy ground. One of these prisoners was the son of a principal Ojihwa chief named BUinx-irnli, and ludonging to the A/i-iiir/i-intii/i family. A tale was told me by a direct descendant of this Ah-ly avenged by the Ojibwa trilx*. A large war- party was collected and nuirched against the towns of the Fo.xes, on the Chippewa river ; and they returned not until six villages of their enemies had l)een laid waste, and their inhabitants destroyed. After this event the Fox tribe retired fmm the country lx)rdering on Lake Superior, and fell back on the Mississippi. The war between the two tribes wa.s bloody in the extreme, and carried cm with all the cruelty of savage warfare. Captives wei-e taken and burnt by fire. This custom originated in the following manner. A noted warrior of the Ojibwas was once taken captive by his own nephew, son to his sister, who had been captured and married among the Foxes. The nephew, to Ill ■ l i f w Wi u ml III WbM ^\ ■. 1 lf|n 1 I'LP ^1 ill '^ i'l HI ; I !i l| , ft: '.| rrtfl 1 II ^ f '' i \ •% ♦ >f ' If ■ i 11 ■ i^K. 'i ' 1 V il Jfl HISTORY, AND GOVET NMENT. 143 show his people his utter disrcganl to any tie of relationship M-ith the Ojibwas, planted two stakes in the grountl, and taking his captive by the arm, tied his feet and hands to the stakes, remarking " that he wished to warm his uncle by a good fire," he then built up a large fire, and after roasting one side of his victim, he turned the other to the blaze ; when the naked lx)dy had Ijeen bnnit to a blister, he untied him, and letting him loose, told him " to go home, and tell the Ojibwas how the Foxes treated tlieir uncles." The micle recovered from his fire-wounds, and in a future excursion succeeded in capturing his nephew. He ttK)k him to the village of the Ojibwas, whore he tied him to a stake, and taking a fresh elk-skin, on which a layer of fat had purposely been left, he placed it over a fire, until it became one immense blaze, and then thi-owing it over the naked shoulders of his nephew, remarked, " Nepliew, when I was in your village, you warmed me before a good fire ; now I, in return, give yon a mantle to warm jour back." The elk-skin, covered with fat, burnt furiously, and crisping, lighted aroinid the body of his nephew a dreadful mantle, that soon consumed him. This act was again retaliated by the Foxes, and death by fire soon became customary with both tribes. Soon after their lake fight with this tribe, a war-party of Sioux, numbering one hundred and fifty men, found their way to the extreme }K)int of Shitg-uh-xcaum-Uc, directly opjwsite the town of Lapointe, one mile distant, llere they laid in wait, and one morning attacked two joung men who hiul gone to the point to look for ducks. The spot being in those days covered with numerous sand-hills, they defended themselves till the village opposite Ijecame alarmed, and the Ojibwa warriors, c-ya prepared for liis journey. He made a strong canoe, and dried meat for his wappo, and, with only his wife as a companion, he left Lapointe to go and find the spirits he had seen in his dream.' He went down the dreat Lake, and entered into a river that flowed towards the rising of the sun. He passed through tribes of the red man that spoke difleivnt languages. At last, when the river had become wide, and like a lake, he found on the banks one night, as he encamped, a hut built of logs, and the stumps of large trees tiiat had been cut by other and sharper instruments than their rude axes. The signs thus discovered were apparently two winters t)ld. Much encom'aged, Ma-nc-wa-pe-ya continued his course down stream, and the next day again came to another deserted log hut. The third day he saw another log hut, from the chinmey of which arose a smoke. It was occupied by the white spirits of his dream, who came out and cordially welcomed him with a shake of the hand. When he returned to his jieople, he brougiit tiie presents he had received of an axe, a knife, beads, and some .scarlet doth, which he had carefully secured in his medicine- bag, and brought safely to M force her to his wishes, but she defended herself in such a manner with an Indian spear, that he Avas obliged, in self-tlefenco, to despatch her, and afterwards her two children. lie buried the Ijodies in a pile of chips and shavings heaped up in one corner of the fort. 148 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, "if This act was jierpetrated in the spring, while the Indians were all camped in their sugar bushes on the main shore, and the ice was become weak and rotten. The murderer told the Indians who inquired for their trader, the plausible story that his master had gone witli his family on a dog train, to visit them at their sugar camps. The ice being bad, all sujjposcd that he had broken in, and drowned in the lake. A few dajs after, when the bay Ix'came free of ice, the Indians turned out to hunt for the bodies of their trader and family along the shores of the island and main, but without success. In the course of the spring, a light canoe arrived from Quebec with a partner of the trading company that owned the iwst. At first, the story of the murderer was believed, but spots of blood, afterwards discovered on the door and walls of the apart- ment where he had nuirdered the trader's wife, led to suspicion, and the man was ordered to Ik? bound and confined. A day or two after this, the partner, walking round the place endeavoring to find further traces of the supposed murder, stuck his swoi-d into the pile of rubbish lying in the corner of the fort. The stench arising from the point of his cane told, that there the Iwdies were concealed. They were immediately dug up in presence of the murderer, who thereupon confessed his crime. The fort was razed to the ground, and the cannon and iron works thrown into the adja- cent pond, where, the bottom Ix'ing deep and miry, the}' have never been discovered. The culprit was taken to Quelx?c for punishment, but, as some have it, escaped on the way, and was afterwards tomahawked by an Indian warrior, while boasting of his deed of blood at the red pole, where warriors were telling of their feats in war. It had become customary, during the French domination, for the Ojibwas of Lake Superior to visit jearly Mackinac, Montreal, and even Quebec. They were well treated by the French, who had, at this time, already intermarried with them, and thus formed a link that made them, ever after, their fast friends. In their wars with the British, the Ojibwas took active part with the French, and numbers of their warriors, headed by their chief, Ma-mo7ig-e-«;-iJa, were present at the battle and fall of Queltec, where the two great captains, Wolfe and Montcalm, fell. The Ojibwas also joined the league of their rclative, the great Ottowa chief, Pontiac, and were mainly instrumental at the taking of Fort Mackinac, through the stratagem of playing ball for the amusement of the fated garrison. After the conquest of Canada by the British, the different French trading-posts were dismantled, and but a few of the old French traders and voyagers remained in Lake Superior. Among these, they mention Ke-chcsuh-ud-tse, or John Baptist (^adotte, who was in the vicinity at the taking of Fort Mackinac, and massacre of the garrison by the Ojibwas and Ottowas. It was this man's Indian wife who is said to have saved the life of Alexander Henry, the only Englishman that survived the massacre.' ['Besides Henry, two Knglisliiiien, named Solomons and Clark, escaped. One crept up a chimney; the other hid himself under a heap of corn. Vide my Personal Memoirs. Two officers and ten men were also saved. Vide Parkman's I'ontiac, p. r)9C. — II, H. S.] HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. 149 Cadotto, in partnership with Henry, were the first traders "^er the fall of the Frcncli, who came into the coinitry of the Ojilnvas. They w-.tei-cd two years at Nii-(wfi-i/>-lk-o»(j, a point of sand-rock in the bay of Slmg-a-waum-il; and for two years are said to liave worked tlie mines of C()i)per on tlie Ontanagun river. Cadotte was the first permanent white settler on the Sault Ste. Marie, where he died at an advanced age, leaving a family of children and grand-children, half- breeds, spread over the whole Ojibwa country. It is alK)iit the pcriotl of the taking of Fort Mackinac, that the last fight Iwtwecn the Ojibwas and Iro^iuois is told of, as having happened. The St. Marie Indians know probably this circumstance Iwtter than old Besheke of Lapointe, from whom I obtained it. As the story goes, a war-party of Ojibwas were collected to march into the Xra country-, in search of scalps. When arrived a short distance Ixilow the rapids of Ste. Marie, on encamping, they heard yelling, singing, and much noise on the river below them, and sending out scouts, they soon learned that it was a party of Notl-o-tcay^, Ijound on a war-excursion into their country. The enemy had also encamped, and were making merry on licpior, stolon, probably, fmm white traders. The Ojibwa,i, waiting until they had drunk themselves asleep, fell on them, and nearly destroyed the whole party. The spot from this circumstance was named Point Iroquois. This is the last war- party that the Nodowas are said to have sent against the Lake Superior Ojibwas. Some years after this occurred, a man aro.'*e among the Ojibwas of La Pointe, who became a renowned war-leader, and toiik up with great success the quarrels of his tribe with the Sioux and Foxes. Waub-o-jeeg, or White Fisher of the Reindeer, Totem, was the son of Mu-montj-esc-da, the chief that led the Ojibwa warriors under Montcalm, at the taking of Quebec. He was by blood partly of Sioux extraction, being related to old Waljashaw, chief of a band of Mcn-da-%vdkost prominent figures and plumed heads of the Sioux. In the suri)riso and excitement which ensued, the prisoners purposely tripjted over the canoes of their captors, and many escaju'd to the shore, from which their husbands were, with dreadful yells, dealing out the death- winged bullet and arrow among their enemies. Many Sioux were killed while they were within range of the Ojibwa missiles, and some were drowned in the deep current. The ifmainder, still more than doubly outnumlxring their enemies, landed about half a mile below, and returned l)ravely to give battle to the Ojibwas, and revenge the warriors they had lost. They fust tied their remaining captives to trees. The fight is said to have lasted three days with great fierceness. The Ojibwas were only saved from annihilation from their more numerous foes by being posted on a hill where they had dug holes, from which, entirely concealed themselves, they let fly their bullets and arrows on their less hidden enemies. The ammunition of both parties is said to have failed in the earlier part of the fight, and the Sioux digging counter holes, they fought with stones, knives, and war- clubs. The Sioux were the first to retreat, taking with them their remaining prisoners. This occurrence nearly deiwpulated the then flourishing village of Sandy Lake. Their numlx'rs were, however, gradually increased by families from the Great Lake ; and forty years after, they had regained their fonner numbers and consequence. At this time, they were again almost cut ofi" to n man. Headed by their chief, this band would, in the fall of the year, move their camps about Mille Lac and Crow-wing river to hunt the deer, l)ear, buflalo, and elk, that alx)unded in these regions. While thus encamjwd in force, the Sioux never dared to attack them, though straggling parties and hunters were often set upon and never returned. One season, however, the Sioux mustered their warriors in force, and with four hundred men, they followed the return trail of the Ojibwa camp, as they returned to their village in March, to camp in their sugar bushes. The Ojibwas were encamped, when attacked, at Sii-sub-a-gum- scene of the fight, he had heard the reproaches of his remaining comrades in silence ; and now, telling those that could to save themselves by fiight, he rushed forward to attract the attention of the Sioux, in order to give his friends a chance for escaiw. The few that thus got oft", for a long time heard the ivpcated volle\ s fired at their devoted comrade, which were answered by his single gun and solitary Stis-aiik-uxiy, as lie for a time maintained *^he unequal fight. At last, the loud and exultant yells of the Sioux told that they had killed their brave foe. Not ono-thiixl of those forty warriors ever returned to Leech Lake. A few years since, the leaders, KnkumJiaiciHln and Wcnotuja;/, were still alive, and it was the Ijoast of the latter, when he struck the war-pole to relate his exploits, that in this fight he shot down seven Sioux, and brought home their scalps. At this I'ate, the slaughter among the Sesseton ranks must have been great. In relating the aljove fight, I have gone ahead of my narration, as some important battles happened prior to this time. From the best Indian information, I have calculated scvent}-five years as the time since the Ojibwas first visited the St. Peters River. This was on an occa.sion when a large war-party was collected by the Ojibwas to revenge the sacking of Sandy Lake, and the fight at Crow-wing. In imitation of the Sioux, they pierced into the heart of their enemies' country, and attacked a village a short distance above the mouth of the St. Peters. This daring party was led by N(t-kaif, a celebrated warrior in his time, and grandfather of the present noted chief WmdMhjceg. From this time, the Ojibwas on and over the head-waters of the Mi-ssissippi, made the broad current of this river their chief war-trail. They found it an easy matter to embark in their canoes, and float down to the vicinity of their enemies' villages; where, after securing one or more scalps, they returned home by land. This practice they have kept up to the present day with great success, and it is only the interference of the whites, and the rapid increase of civilized ixijiulation about St. Peters, that has saved the Men-ila-imk-au-Um (Sioux) from being driven oft' or annihilated. The course of the streams, the head-waters of which the Ojibwas have secured by conquest, flowing down to the haunts and villages of their enemies, has given tliem an advantage, which, in searching ibr the causes that have conduced to their grenit success against the warlike and numerous Sioux, should not be forgotten. M til ( .' V i ffi ; H 156 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, The Ojibwas innately respect the bravery of the Da-lco-tas, and call them strong- hearted men. It is only by hard, unremitted fighting, and much loss of life and blood, that the Ojibwa holds the position he now does, as the conquering tribe. Shortly after their first incursion to St. Peters,' under No-kay, the Ojibwas again collected a war-party of one hundred and twenty men, and embarking in their canoes, floated down the Mississippi. In floating down a river on a war-party, one canoe is always sent in advance, and scouts are sometimes sent ahead by land. This is to guard against ambush on the river banks, which, in their warfai-e, has been much practised. On this occasion, when the party had arrived near the mouth of Elk river, the scouts in the foremost canoe, as they were silently floating down, close to the eastern bank of the Mississippi, heai'd Sioux talking and laughing on the bank immediately above them. Instantly turning their canoe up stream, they stole along the bank, and escaped behind a point, unseen by their enemies. Here meeting the foremost canoes of their friends, the alarm was quickly but silently spread from canoe to canoe, which were strung along for half a mile. They happened to be opposite an extensive bottom, thickly wooded. Tlie Ojibwas sprang to land, and pulling their canoes after them, rushed through the woods to attack their enemies. Emerging from the wood on to the open prairie, they saw a long line of their enemies, equal in number to themselves. They were leisurely walking along, bent on a war-excursion ; Ijeing out of bullet range from tlio wood, the Ojibwa warriors rushed on as if to a feast, " fii-st come, best served." Their war-yell was answered by the Sioux, and bullet and arrow were returned for bullet and arrow. For a short time the Sioux stood the eager on.set of their enemies, when seeing warrior after warrior emerge from the woods, on a line of half a mile, the idea must have seized them, that their enemies many times outnumliered them. Under this impression tliey turned and fled, occasionally turning and firing at their pursuers; thus a running fight was kept up for upwards of three miles, when the Sioux, at the mouth of Elk river, met a large party of their fellows, who had come across the country from the St. Peters river, to join the war-party. With this addition, they outnumbered the Ojibwas nearly double, and the chase was turned the other way. The Ojibwas ran up and along the banks of Elk river, and when tired of their long run, they stopped in a fine grove of oak trees, determined to make a stand.' Here the fight was sustained for some time, — the Ojibwas firing from the shelter of ' In the Ojibwa tongue this river ia called Osh-ke-bug-e-se-be, (New Leaf River.) ' Through this place the main road up to the Missisciippi now passes. The holes in the ground are still visible, and some contain particles of bones. HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. 15T trees, and the Sioux digging holes in the ground, and in this manner graduidly approaching the covert of their enennes. Wlion all hopes of dislodging the Ojibwa force had failed, the Sioux set fire to the dry prairie grass, and the wind blowing against them, the Ojibwas were effectually made to run. Their foes, making their approach in the smoke of the fire, again renewed the chase. They were at last driven on to an island, where the Sioux not daring to molest them, the fight ended. The Ojibwas lost eight killed, and many wounded. Among the killed was a bravo warrior, Keriso, tliat a ])lialanx of nikIi inoti ooiilil coiuiuor and hold the eouiitry they have Iteqiieathetl to their oUspriiifr. We now eoiiie, in tlie course of our hintory, to tlie noted eluiracterw and events in the days of a generation not yet passed away. Tliese events (so far as their relations with the whites arc concerned) arc within the rcach of all who arc curious to know. 1 will, thercfore, hut cursorily- s|H'ak of the »lifl'erent treaties, in which they have sold the iK'st jjortions of tlieir hlood-i'arned country. The first treaty was at St. Peters, in 1837; again, at La Pointe, in 1842, and at Fond du Lac and Leech Lake, in 1847. To give an idea of the condition of the Mississii)|)i hands for the past thirty-five yeai-s, it will he necessary to mention hrietly the noted characters that figured at their head. The deeds and life of Song-ulc-um-ifi, of Biiij-ou-kcsJi!;/, litrbc-fte-ijnn-iliJt-nncc, Ki-<'he, SIkkj-o-Ihi , J'^Ji-ki'-f>iir/-(-rmh(', and of Waiilt-o-Jir;/, recpiirc in telling much more space and time than is permitted me in this present account. Siiiif-iili-uiii-ii/ and his younger Ijrother, Biiij-on-it-h'-nh'i-l»earcrs and warriors of tlie chief, liired. Sonfj-uk'Um-iij Avas as fine a specimen of an Indian as ever proudly trod the soil of America. He was one of those honor-loving chiefs, not only by name, 'at by naturc also. He was noted for his untlinching bravery, generesity, and solidity or firmness; the last of which is a rare ((uality in the Indian, among whom but one out of ten is possessed of any firmness of character. As an instance of his daring, on one occasion, he fought singly, by the side of a mounted comrade, with seven Sioux, and drove them off with loss. His first fight was, when a mere Ijov, at Long Prairie battle. Aga'ii, he was present on an attack of a Sioux camp at Poplar Grove, on Long Prairie, where they killed many of their foes. Again, he led a night attack on a camp at Crow river. At Round Prairie, also, he with an Ottowa cut off, from a large Sioux camp, three boys Avhile they were sliding on the ice, in plain' view of their friends. At Fort Snelling, he was the one who fearlessly wont into the guard-house, and led out four Sioux prisoners, armed with their knives, who had shot into their camp, (as usual in time of peace,) and killed four Ojibwas. These prisoners Song-iik-uni-nj took out of the fort, and in jiresence of the officers and garrison of the fort ' and a large assembly of Sioux; he bade them run for their lives from the bullets of the Ojibwas, whose relatives they had killed. 'This was done by order of Col. Snelling. — H. R. S. HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. 167 J lie wn.** present on many other occasions tlmt tried the nmn's heart. He ilied hut a few years since, at alwnt the age of forty-»ycd all the corn in the Mississippi and St. Peters valley. 24. " Does the district produce any salt-springs of value, any caves yielding saltpetre earth, or any beds of gypsum, or plaster of paris ; or of marl, suitable for agricultural purposes ?" The Eyankton (Yankton) country in the neighborhood of Devil's Lake abounds with salt lakes. ' 25. "Has the country any known beds of stone-coal, iron, lead, copper-ore:' or any other valuable de^Kisites of useful metals or minerals?" The country in the vicinity of Lake Pepin is said to contain lead-ore on the half- breed tract and Indian lands. I once saw a lump of lead-ore that a Sioux Indian said he found near Lake Pepin, but never could be persuaded to show the place where he found it, on account of a superstitious notion that some persons of his family would die if he should cause a mine to be opened on their lands. There is said to be copper- ore on Rum river, that enters into the Mississippi, above the falls of St. Anthony. Something like slate is found on Red-wood river by the Indians. It possibly may be coal ; if so, it will be of great value, as wood is scarce. 2C. " What is the general character and value of the aninud productions of the district ? What species of quadrupeds most abound ?" There are deer, but this animal is now scarce; bears, beavers, raccoons, otters, minks, muskrats, weasels, wolves, (large and small,) foxes, (gray and cross,) red fox, lynx, badger, ground-hog, (wood-chuck,) porcupine, red squirrel, three kinds of striped ' [TLis fact may prove one of high importance in the future history of that remote, high, and arable tract of country. — II. 11. S.] ..-^ - - ■,■■, -...— ^.-i-k:,-^.- ^3 li ) ■L, ^ n S >, t HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. 175 1 squirrel tliat burrow in the f^round, no gray or blntik wjuirrel, some rabbits or conies. Of all these animals the niuskrat is the most numerous ; bufl'alo, elks, and deer, arc next in quantity. Tradition says tliat most of the above mentioned animals were very numerous before the fur-traders came into the country; but they iK'giui to diminish as soon as traps and fire-arms began to be used to collect furs and jR'ltries for the traders. I have heard old hunters say that there are thousands of bufl'alo killed for the hide and tongue. The liear, the Indians say, Ixjgan to decrease fn-st, and then the buffalo. 27. " Do the Indian traditions make any mention of larger or gigantic animals in former periods?" The Indians say that large animals had existed once in that country', of which they have pieces of bones that tliey use for medicine. They lussert that formerly there was a giant who could stride o\er the largest rivers and the tallest pines with ease, but he was pacific in his natiu"e, lived on the fat of animals, and carried a large bow and arrow. The Indians have a tune tliat they sing to the giant, particularly when they have done something they wish to boast of There arc still giants of great jxiwer, it is believed, l)ut where they are they cannot tell ; but they are sure these giants can destroy the thunder, and hill all Iciiuh of aninnds hy a look of the eye. 29. " Have they any peculiar opinions or striking traditions respecting the serjwnt, wolf, turtle, grizzly Ijear, or eagle, whose devices are used as symbols on their arms or dwellings, and how do such opinions influence their acts on meeting these species in the forests?" These animals are held in great veneration by some of the Indians, owing to the clan-system spoken of in No. 12. The men, when initiated into the great medicine- dance and clan, have some animate object of veneration, which they hold to, as sacred through life. Whatever it may be, they cannot, or dare not kill it, or eat any part of the flesh thereof Some fix on a wolf, some a bear, some a deer, a bufl'alo, an otter; others different kinds of birds, or different parts of animals ; some will not eat the tail or rumi>picc(!, others the head, the liver, and so on. Some will not eat the right wing, some the left, of a bird ; the women also are prohibited from eating many of the parts of the animal that are forbidden. When they enter into the clan, any person that breaks any of these rules, by eating any thing forbidden, brings upon himself trouble of some kind, llie offence is the same, even if accidentally committed. If an Indian has bad luck in hunting, he at once says some one has been breaking their laws, either by eating some parts of the animal forbidden, or they have stepped over it, or on it, particularly a woman ; if she steps over any of the things held sacred, a great trouble is soon expected in the family ; therefore precaution is taken, as soon as possible to appease the animal held in veneration, for they think that diseases arise from some animal entering in spirit into their system, which kills them. I m ^muiiiui :£ii. 176 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, 'I -i « ;' » I il 31. "Are Muy exiK-rt in dniwiiig maps or charts of the rivers, or Bcctions of country which they inliiibit ?" Their capacity is very limited. All their drawings or figures are very inaccurate. They have no knowledge of the rules of proiHjrtion. 33. "What is generally thought, by men of reflection, to Iw the probable origin and ])ur|M)sc of the western mounds?" Mounds are not common in the Dacota country. There arc a few about seven miles west of Fort .'-duelling, in which human Ixnies are found. The Indians say the lowas once inhabited this c(mntry, and that it is very probable the.se mounds were made by them. The mounds are in the vicinity of St. Peters river ; there arc some also at the mouth of the St. Croix river, but they are low, running east ond west. The oldest Indians know nothing alxjut the structuiv, neither have they been ojiened to sec what they contain. They are some fifteen or twenty in number, round in form, and from ten to twenty feet in diameter. I am informed there are more mounds in the Sioux country.' 40. " If pii)es are found, what is the material; is it stone, steatite, or clay — how arc they formed — to admit a stem, or to be smoked without, and what are their shapes, m.QH, and ornaments?" Pijw-stone is found at the Coteau des Prairie, of a deep and pale red colour. It is similar to slate in substance. It is imbedded between two strata of sand and lime- Tovk, from five to ten feet deep. It is suri)rising to see what work the Indians have performed to got this stone : the}' make with their knives beautiful pipes from it. The stone is quarried with axes and lioes. There arc no forests here. The Indians have to carry wood from twelve to twenty miles to cook with, wlule quarrying. The pi[X!-8tone quarry is about twelve miles from Big Sioux river, its nearest point. Mr. Catlin claims to be the first white man tliat visited the pipe-stone, but this is not so. In 18.30 I found a Gib. cannon-ball there. 41. "How many kinds of cooking utensils were there? Describe them." Tradition informs us that the Dacotas once used the skin of the animals they killed to cook in. This was done by putting four stakes in the groinid, and fastening the four corners of the skin to the stakes, so as to leave a hollow in the centre, into which was poured water — from one to two gallons. Then a quantity of meat was cut very fine, and put in with tlic Avatcr. Then stones were heated and thrown in. They say three or lour stones, the size of a six-pound shot, cooked the meat and made a good dish of soup. 42. " What was the process of manipulation of their darts ?" ' [These small tumuli have heen the subject of fanciful description. The larger piles have been pronounced geological by Mr. R. D. Owen. — H. R. S.] in f i HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. 177 The dartH, in former times, were worn down on a coarse snnr and November, running of the does, December, the moon when the deer shed their horns. 55. " Have they any name for the y^av, as contra-distinguished from a winter?" No. Hi' 56. "Have they names for any considerable number of the stars?" The Dacotas have a few names for stars. Pt. II. — 23 ^*#^?'$S«'r W8 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, 60. " In what part of the heavens or the phmetary system do the Indians locate their paradise, or their happy hunting grounds and land of souls ?" The Ducotas have no particular place in the heavens for their departed souls. They say there are large cities somewhere in the heavens, where they will go to, but ptill be in a state of war with their former enemies, and have a plenty of game. 61. "Docs the tribe count by decimals?" The Dacotas' count commences 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. Then they commence again and double the count, by saying ten and one, ten and two, ten and three, ten and four, and so on to two tens ; then it is two tens and one, two tens and two, two tens and three, and so on to three tens, or thirty. They keep on counting tens, until they arrive at ten times ten, which is a hundred. Some can count a thousand very readily. Others can count ten million, but they cannot understand anything about the quantity, without saying it." 63. "How wore accounts formerly kept?" Accounts were formerly kept in skins. A buck-skin was the standard currency. After the beaver failed, five to ten bucks was the price of blankets of different qualities. Five muskrat-skins were valued as equal to one buck-skin. A beaver or an otter was called a plue, the French for furs. Buffalo-robes are taken so many for a blanket, from two to five at this time. Where Indians receive annuities, their accounts are kept in dollars and cents by the traders. The Indian mode of trading among themselves is merely an exchange of articles ; for instance, an Indian wants a horse, a lodge, or a canoe ; he will take what he thinks is the value of the articles wanted, and carry it to some person that he believes most likely to strike a bargain with him. He then tells him what he wants, and although what he brings may not be sufficient in the estimation of the other, to purcho^ what he wants, still the offer or price is not refused; because it is understood tliut such refusal might cause his horse to be killed, or his lo^.»aifUl>.a»»SS 'M .; i 180 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, The Indians bleed in the arm, but not when they are very sick. When they bleed, it is generally before they get very low. They cup sometimes for the headache. The Indian's knife or lancet, in these cases, is a piece of flint. A scale of the common flint is knocked off", generally with the fire-steel, which is very sharp, and a piece of this is used for scarifying and fof cupping. Sometimes they tie a small piece of wood, six or eight inches long, to the flint, and use it like a phlegm. The point of the flint is laid on the vein, and struck a light tap with a small stick ; the blood then runs very freely. They most generally use the tip-end of a buffalo horn for cupping. 71. "Have they any good styptics, or healing or drawing plasters?" They have some roots that heal new Avounds very easily. Bandages and lint are not skilfully applied, nor removed in time. 72. " Is the known success with which they treat gun-shot wounds, cuts, or stabs, the result of the particular mode of treatment, or of the assiduity and care of the physicians ?" The healing-art of gun-shot wounds is mostly in nature itself. 73. "Do they ever amputate a limb, and how, and with what success? Are the arteries previously compressed?" They seldom amputate a limb. They have no surgical instruments. They are not skilful in splints. If a limb is broken, it is almost sure to be crooked afterwards. The mode of carrying the sick or wounded is in a litter on two poles lashed together, and a blanket fastened on to it. (Plate 25.) Two men carry it, one at each end of the litter, by his head-strap, v/hich he fastens to each side of the litter, then brings the strap over his neck. It is wonderful to see how far two Indians will carry a heavy man in this way. 74. "What is the state of the Indian Materia Medica?" They have some medicine, that is, roots and plants. They iiave no metallic medicine. Their compound decoctions are simple, but no reliance can be placed on them. They have some roots that are healing to wounds. They all use one kind of medicine for cathartics. They have also medicine for injections ; but the principal catholicon for all diseases is the gourd-shell, or a shell mode of birch-bark, by which they charm away sickness and pain. Tliey say the sick person has been afflicted by some quadruped, biped, or amphibious animal. The remedy to remove the animal from the body of the sick is for the doctor or conjurer to get the shape of the animal cut out of bark, which is placed outside of the lodge near the door, in a small bowl of water with some red earth mixed in it. The juggler is inside of the lodge, where the sick person is, making all sorts of noises, shaking his shell, ond gesticulating in every ■->*i [\ i 4 ni i * ■ jT '. .4. f- '. ilf^- ^ ^ "t ■ ,»•= * ■»■ t ' . t S^T*. '■V - },'■< A ^/* -?l , ,t». ■! v»> '\:^.. * '' > V'r» ■[•red in a new blanket, and kept very warm a few days. Then they begin to lash it on the cradle for carrying about on the back, by a strap attached to each side of the cradle, and then brought over the forehead. (Fig. 2, Plate 15.) In this way they will carry a child half a day, and Bometiines a wliole day, and the child appears perfectly at ease. They have no ta'atment for paralysis but shaking the shell and singing, and it I M I J, J 182 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, shooting the animnla that the jugglers think have caused the disease. Vapor-baths are used by them, but not frequently. The manner of preparing this bath is to set four sticks in the ground, and bend them oil inward, which makes them cross, and become round on the top. This enclosure is three or four feet in diameter, and about three or four feet high, with two or three blankets thrown over, which excludes the air all round. In the centre of this is placed a red-hot stone, that would weigh from six to eight pounds. The patient's posture is half-sitting or stooping over the stone. Another Indian is inside, and pours water over the stone. The steam arising from it is very oppressively hot, and causes great perspiration in a short time. After the patient has endured it as long as he can, he goes with the other man, and they both plunge into the water, which ends the vapor-bath. 76. " Does the tribe consist of one or more clans or subdivisions, &c. ?" See No. 12, for clans. See No. 2, of this book. 78. " Were the chiefs originally hereditary or elective ? If hereditary, is the descent in the male or female line, &c.?" Tlie chieftainship is of motlern date ; that is, since the Indians first became acquainted with the whites. Tradition says, they knew of no chiefs until the white people began to make distinctions. The first Sioux that was ever made a chief among the Dacotas, was Wah-barshaw, and this was done by the British. Since that time, chieftainship has been hereditary. There are small bands existing that have no recognized chiefs. The females have nothing to do with, nor any rights in the chieftainship. There is no particular ceremony to instal a man chief, only the father, before he dies, may tell the band that he leaves his son to take his place. The son generally presents himself to the Indian agent, the principal soldier speaking for him, saying to the agent, " Our former chief has left this his son to be our chief." This is about all of the ceremony. 79. " To what extent is an Indian Council a representative assembly of the tribe, and how far are the chiefs invested with authority to act for the mass of th^» tribe, &c.?" The chiefs have but little power. If au Indian wishes to do mischief, the only wi y a chief can influence him is to give him something, or pay him to desist from his e\ il intentions. The chief has no authority to act for the tribe, and dare not do it. If he does, he will be severely beaten, or killed at some future time. Their office is not of much consequence as chief, for they have no salary, and are obliged to seek a livelihood in the same way that a common Indian docs ; that is, by hunting. A chief is not better dressed than the rest of the Indians, and often not so well. The chief is sustained by relationship. The band of which au Indian is chief is almost always of a kin totem, which helps to sustain him. 1 ^ i K in i. ■» 1 :» t r m f^jif -' 1*!#,>- '7S--J •»■ .Mt ^.i'-r." .%-- iVr |><-«-l ;-„< «"; ■'HiHl -li .« "t. ->ri» A''»^-- 11 •r.^fif ;:'.«:■ hi' ftiw "''its > »f< . =« l> «i-» ' SOH' tM^*'f 1 1»« ■.■ I ■ I'i •<•" ^ u;r-i"»s'i ■^ » . • ■ V -r . , c- s -I I '« 't :,7.^.- ' ' .11 •^* ;yiA? ' **! v-". I'f-; • iL-i i^ -^ ' i* Jfc- "^ * I'i-' •>•■• kj-. rt*.-i- l/? ..- ,.. - •■ ■ ->•» v % s ■' >.» -mi ■■r oV ■Cwjiii' t . ;»i ■((. J.iMilX",' v^ 1*1 l-.'|i., .■»!. (')i";i;i:i''li;if;' i". 1 1 Jl Pl i» I t,^ 1} i^ ■ ) HISTORY, AND GOVEUNMENT, 183 81. "Do the chiofi*, in public coiinci], Hpesik tlio opinions ai.:. wiitiiiioiits c»f the warrior claws, previously expressed by the latter in their separate or home councils ; or «lo they particularly consult the old men, priests, warriors, and young men comixising the tribe, Ac?" The democratic principle is implanted a little too deep in the Indians in general. They all wish to govern and not to ])c governed. Every Indian thinks he has a right to do as he pleases, and that no one is better than himself; and he will fight before he will give up what he thinks right. No votes are cast. All business is done by the majority of the band assembling and consulting each other. Some one will set up for or against a motion ; and the one that apiwars the best is adopted by general consent. The voice of the chief is not considered decisive until a majority of the band have had a voice, and then the chief has to be governed according to tliat voice or opinion of the tribe. 82. "In what manner are the deliberations opened, conducted and closed, &c.?" Councils are generally oixined by some chief. When the subject-matter concerns the soldiers or " braves," the first or principal soldier is authorized to speak or act as orator for the party a-ssembled. There is most generally some remark made about the weather, as an omen that the Great Spirit accords with or opposes their wishes. Questions of a grave character, that is, with the white people, are deliberated upon by all interested ; and cases of revenge octed on precipitately. (Plate 27.) 1*1 83. " Are decisions made by single chiefs, or by a body of chiefs in council, carried implicitly into effect, &c.?" Decisions made by a delegation are considered lawful and binding, but the acts of a single chief are binding only upon his own village. In cases of murder, the parties aggrieved generally seek revenge themselves, although there are some instances w!iere a murderer is put to death by the authority of the council. An instance of this kind happened near this place in 1846, at Little Crow's village. An old chief had three wives, and also had children by each of the three, who were always wrangling with each other, although the father had taken great pains to bring them up to be good men. After the old chief's death, the eldest son of each of these three sets of children, set up claims to the chieftainship, although their father had previously given it to his first son. The younger brothers were very jealous, and made an attempt to kill him, and very nearly succeeded. They shot him with ball and shot; both his arms were broken, and he was also wounded in the face and breast. After this heinous act, the young men mode their escap?, and a month after^vards returned home again, got drunk, and threatened to kill other persons. The village called a council, and resolved to put the young men to death. One of them had fallen asleep, the other was awake. The three appointed to kill them, one of whom was a i (■ fff '*- -l % 1 % ^ ^ ; Ii \ \ 1 184 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, half-brother, went to the lodge where they had been drunk, and shot them. No notice, or time, or place, was given them. The executioner seeks the most favorable opportunity be can find to kill the man. Guns are generally used for this business, although the tonuihawk or clubs sometimes are preferred. Messengers are sent out for the restoration of property. Tlie most of the pilfering among themselves is done by women and children. The men say it is too low a practice for them to live by. Stealing horses, however, from an enemy, the men regard as an act of bravery and right. The women have severe and bloody fights on account of stealing from each other. The men scarcely ever interfere in tiiese quarrels. Polygamy also generates bloody battles among the women, and the strongest generally keeps the lodge. The men attend to their own difficulties, and let the women settle theirs. 84. " Is the succession of a chief to tin office vacated by death, or otherwise debated and decided in council, or may a person legally in the right line of descent, forthwith assume the functions of office?" At the death of a chief, the one nearest of kin, in a right line, has a right to set himself up as chief If there are no relatives, a chief is made by a council of the band. It seldom Jiappens that a chief is dejwsed. There is but one chief in each band or village. Some villages have a second chief, but his functions are very limited. The custom of wearing medals is modern, and from the whites. 85. " Wliat is the power of the priesthood as an element in the decision of political questions, &c. ?" The power of the priesthood is very great. The priests or jugglers sit in council, and have a voice in all national aiTairs. They are the per::ons that make war, and they also have a voice in tlie sale or ctssicm of lands. 86. " Define the power of the war-chiefs." The ix)wer of a civil and the power of a war chief is distinct ; the civil chiefs scarcely ever make a war-party. The war chiefs often get some of the priests or jugglers to make war for them. In fact, any of the jugglers can make a war-party when they choobo. The war chiefs are generally distinguished from the other officers of the band. The young men often sit in councils, but seldom speak before they are twenty-five or thirty years old. Matrons never appear in council, but the women express their opinion at home ; in fact, I liave seen cases where the wishes of women have been carried. 8C. " State what is the law of retaliation, or the private right to take life." Any one, two, or three, may revenge the death of a relative, and it sometimes happens that two or three are killed for one. A compromise is frequently made by the offending party giving large presents. Fleeing, too, from justice has saved the ill HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. 185 life of a murtlercr for years, and lie sometimes escapes altogether, and dies a natural death. Other murderers are killed years after the offence; when they think all is forgotten, revenge is taken in a moment, and they are killed. They have no particular place of escape, as the people of old had. In feuds arising from jx)lygamy, if a death occurs, the rtslatives of the deceased almost always seek revenge. 90. " What are the game laws, or rights of the chase, &c. ?" Each village has a certain district of country they hunt in, but do not object to ftimilies of other villages hunting with them. Among the Dacotas, I never knew an instance of blood being shed in any disputes or difficulties on the hunting grounds. The Seseiona and Yanktons have sometimes objected to the Mendawahhantons hunting on their lands, but they can obtain pcnuission to do so by giving some small presents. 91. " Are furs surreptitiously hunted on another man's limits subject to be seized by the party aggrieved, &c. ?" All furs and game are held in conmion. Tlie person that finds and kills game is the rightful owner. Tlicre are instances of great contention over the carcase of an animal, and some get severely cut ; but this only occurs when the Indians are starving. The furs they seldom quarrel about, unless it is from stealing from each other which is the cause of quarrels among some of them. The chief I'arely meddles in these contentions. m 92. " Are warnings of local intrusions frequently given ? or is injury to property redressed privately, like injury to life?" Injury to proi)erty is sometimes privately revenged by destroying other property in place theraof. Indians sometimes kill each other for killing horses. 93. "If hunting parties or companions agree to hunt together for a special time, or for the season, what arc the usuiil laws or cuf-toms regulating the hunt?" The rules of the hunters are, to divide the meat of the animal they kill. There are many instances where an Indian kills u deev, luui reserves ohly the hide and the very .miallest portion for himself If four or five otheix sliould come up while he is dressing the deer, they must all get a piece. As soon as a deer is killed, the Indians kindle a fire and commence roasting bits of it, so that they generally make a good meal in a few minutes. While the deer is being dressed iind divided out, if an Indian wounds another deer, and it runs a considerable distance, and then another Indian kills it, he claims the animal and gets the hide, but the first man, if he conies up in time, will get a part of the meat. Stealing from each other's traps is a *'requent occurrence. The loser satisfies himself by doing the same thing to the oue that he suspects, or some one else. Pt. II. — 24 !i : 186 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, Li ^i .J m i ■ 94. "If a tribe or band pass over the lines, and hunt on the lands of another tribe, and kill game there, is it deemed a jiist cause of war?" Yes, but they remonstrate first with each other. i 95. "Has commercial intercourse promoted the general cause of Indian civilization?" We Ijelieve that commerce has done nothing towards civilizing the Indians, but rather retarded it, and many of the traders oppose civilization, because they say it will stop the Indians from hunting, and the trade will decrease on that account. The traffic in furs and skins is carried on by companies, and by individuals. The goods, most of them, come from England to New York, then are re-shipped, with a pii)fitaljle tariff, west to Mackinac and St. Louis. At these places the traders assemble once a yeai", and take their outfit.*', with another tarilf put upon the g(K)ds. These outfits are taken into tLo iiidiiui countrj', and petty traders and voyagers are furnished or outfitted iiiiain ^o it is tariff upon tariff, and when the goods get into the Lands of the Indians, tli ■ blankets coft from eight to fifteen dollars a pair, and somotinies that mo. II i'nr single Mankets. The risk in trade is considerable; first, failures in hunting-. aiHi secoiid, ir.'.'iiular iirices in furs. A trader in the wilderness is guided l)y his last ye. .rV= pricos, and pays the Indians accordingly. Being so far from market, he docs no; l<;aru lu tliK'tiiations, and then when he makes his return of furs, he \A\\ probably finci i.hat tbf y ^ re not Avorth half as much as the jciiv before. So the Indians are benefited by the high price, and the actual trader 'uis to Ije the loser; while the equippcrs at New York hoard up immense fortune>=. Look at John J. Astor, for instance, as equipper. t • I 9G. "Are the chiefs and hunters shrewd, cautious, and exact in their dealings, making the purchases wuth judgment, and pa\ ing up their debts fiuthfully ?" &c. The chiefs and hunters are shrewd enough in dealing and bartering. Many people say the jxjor Indians are impo.'^ed uiwn, but it is a rare cu.se that the trader gets the advantage. Competition is so groat, that an Indian can go from one trader to another until he gets a fair price lor ills lurs. In fact I iuive known iistances where an Indian has got one-third more for his furs than they were worth. TJiey rely on memory to keep their accounts, but sometimes an Indian notches on his pipe-stem, to keep an account of the amount '..e gets on credit. Some Indians are punctual in paying their debts, but many of t''om fail. I have known some of tliein to fall short four and five hundred dollars, Aviuch amounts stand on tb^' traoi" s books until the next year. But the trader does not often get any of the old debt paid; for ?!>o I.idians, owing to their improvidence, are alike every year needy, consecpiently the trader is compelled to give as much credit the following year, and the old del)t stands unpaid for jears, and probably never is paid at all. Furs diminish sometimes, owing to low water or drought, and only a snudl quantity of snow, so that the ponds and lakes freeze to the bottom. li HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT, 187 and all the animals perish in the ice. The Indians seldom make any opposition to having the old debts charged, but seldom pay the amounts, or any part of them. 97. " Is it necessary for the trader to send runners to the Indian hunters' camps, or private lodges, to collect their debts, &c. ?" It is frequently necessary to send runners after debtors, because some other trader might come along and purchase the furs, or a part of them, and so the proper claimant lose his debt. The runners are generally Canadians, emplojed by companies or indi- viduals. Floods do not affect the animals only for the better. Seasons of abundant rain and higli water are considered good years for furs, but dry seasons are always the contrary. 98. " Is the tariff of exchanges such as generally to protect the trader from loss?" The tariff of the traders would protect them from loss if the Indians would punctually p.ay. but many of the traders make shipwreck in Indian trade, owing to the many bad debts. Those debts are hardly ever thought of by the Indians after the first year, .and the .actual Indian trader becomes bankrupt, of which there are many instances. It is customary for the trader to give large quantities of provisions to hungry Indians, particularly to the D.ocotas, who are always hungr3^ The sick also got a considerable quantity of necessaries. These are seldom paid for : in fact, the Indian thinks the white man ought to give him all he asks for, because they have an idea that a white man has only to ask in order to get what he Avants at the very lowest rates. The trader seldom makes a charge of provisions, unless an Indian wants a large quantity. Three and four, and sometimes as many as ten, arrive at a trader's house, with furs to sell or to pay a debt. They .all get supper and breakfast, and even sometimes stay two or throe days, without any charge being made. I think a small trader gives away as many as a thousand meals a year in this way, and, in many instances, saves families from sufl'oring by such liberality. 99. " Iiave the purposes of connuerce, since the discover}' of the continent, had the effect to stimulate the hunters to increased exertions, and thus to hasten the diminution or destructiou of the races of animals wliose furs arc sought ?" The iutroduotion of fire-arms, and traps, and commerce, has caused all kinds of animals, whose furs and peltries are souglit by the white people, to decrease. 100. " What animals flee first, or diminish in the highest ratio, on the opening of a new district of the remote forest to trade ? Is the buftalo first to flee ? is the beaver next ?" It is difficult to tell wliicli diminishes first, the bufialo or the beaver. The bufl'alo is more abundant in the Dacota country than the beaver, at the present time. t1 n I* ir mji 188 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, 101. " Are the lands, when denuded of furs, of comparatively little value to the Indians while they remain in the hunter gtate ? Is not the sale of such hunted lands beneficial to them ?" An Indian's land, without game, is of little value to him, for he cultivates but a small part of it — say from onivfourth to two acres is about the extent of the farm of any one family ; and Indians drawing an annuity of fifteen to thirty dollars jjer capita, is more than most of them make by hunting at pi'csent, or for many years past. 102. '• What quantity of territory is required to be kept in its wilderness state, in order to aftbrd a sufficient number of wild animals to sustain an Indian family?" The territory required to .sustain an Indian family would be two thousand and two hundred acres of land, or thereabouts. 103. '" What are tlie ultimate effects of the failure of game on the race? Does it not benefit by leading the native tribes to tuni to industry and agriculture ? And is not the pressure of conmierce on the boundaries of hunting a cause of Indian civiliza- tion? Has not the introduction of heavy .and coarse woollen goods, in place of valual)le furs and skins, as articles of clothing, increased the means of subsistence of the native tribes?" Tlie faiku'e of wild animals has, in some instances, led the Indians to believe in planting corn as a safeguard against want ; but tlie greatest obstacle to the success of agncultural life among them is the untpialified laziness of the men and the boys, who will not work. They have a haughty spirit of pride, and I dare say you would as soon see a president or a king working with the hoe, as a young man of the Indian race. The men hunt a little in siunmer, go to war, kill an enemy, dance, lounge, sleep, and smoke. The women do e\ory thing — nur.se, diop wood, and carry it on their backs from a half to a wh(ik> mile; lioe the ground for planting, plant, hoe the corn, gather wiki fruit, carry the lodge, and in winter cut and carry tlio poles to pitch it with ; clear off tlie snow, kc, &c. ; and tlie men often sit and look on. Commerce, I Ijelieve, does little towards tlie civilizatiim of the Indians. I have resided among them twenty odd years, and I do believe they are more filthy and degraded than when I first came. I cannot observe that the introdu-tion of woollen goods increases civiliza- tion in the least, or aids tliem inaterialh' in subsisttMice. 104. " What are the moral consequences of civilized intercourse, &c., &c. ? Has not the introductiim of ardent spirits been by far the most fruitful, general, and appalling cause of the de})opulation of the tribes?" The evil cHects of whiskey-traders is immense, but the moral effects of Indian trade by lawful traders in the Indian country lias not been detrimental, especially when carried on In tlie American pc()[)le. The Indians complain bitterly of the white people V HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. 189 Bettling down on the lines with hirge quiintities of wliiskoy. They say they believe it is done on ])urpose to ruin them, and they have often in eouncil called the attention of the President to this faet, and hoped their great fatiier would take i)ity on them, and stop the white peoi>le from bringing the spirit-water so near their settlements. Some of these whiskey-shops are within a half mile of Indian camps ; in fact, all they hiive to do is to cross the Mississippi, and they can get it by barrels full. The intro- duction t)f fire-arms does not ajJiKMir to have ch.inged their condition, only by making the game more scarce. As to their moral character, fire-arms do not appear to have changed them any. The war-spirit, one hundred years ago, was as great as at present. They make peace and smoke and eat together, but break the peace the first opportunity they can get of surprising one or two persons alone. The prominent cause of discord and war, from time immemorial, is aggressions upon the rights of their hunting grounds. Trade and commerce has had but little to do with the Indian wars. Its influence has been exerted to try and make the nations live in peace with each other; for these wars are ver}' injurious to trade and eoiinnerce, and therefore it is to the interest of the traders that there should be peace among the Indians. 105. " Arc there any serious or valid objections on the part of the Indians to the introduction of schools, agriculture, the mechanic arts, or Christianity?" The Indians think all people are bad except themselves, and they have no fiiitli in the whites. They say the white people cannot l»e irusted; that if tliey make a treat}' with them for land, the stipulations are not fulfilled ; and that Indians are always imposed on l)y the white people, (which is not the case.) The Indians make strong opposition to schools, but the money is the cause of this. The traders want the money, and they encijurage tlie Indians to oppose schools, by telling them that the school-fund would be paid over to them if there were no schools, and that the money would do them much more good than the schools ever would. The Indian, fond of idleness, would like to drink and smoke away the remainder of iiis days, and let his family look out for themselves. Our government ought not to listen to the Indians, but go on and establi.sh good schools; and then, when the traders find the funds are appropriated, and there is no chance of getting hold of the money, the op|)osition will cease. Agricultur(> is an art that tlie Indians are as fond of the proceeds of, as any human being. The most of them are tiie greatest gormandizers that ever lived. The only way to nnike tiiem till the soil, and become civilized, is to take from them all their war-implements, and stop their jugglers, aid give then' -'.y.sicians in the place thereof. The jugglers or Indian doctors are a curse to the nation, and help them on to ruin as fast as any thing else can. They o,iposo the schools on account of this system. The jugglers say schools will break up the system after a time, and cause their ruin. Christianity they acknow- 190 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, I a H ledge to be good for wliitc jK'ople ; 1)ut tliej say they cannot resist temptation like white people, therefore it is useless for them to adopt tlie system, as they would soon break the commandments, and Iw worse than ever. They also say many of the white men are worse than they are. As much as Indians are opposed to religion, I never heard them scoffing or making a mock of Christianity. lOG. "Are the existing intercourse 'aws of the United States, as last revised, efficient in removing causes of discord, and preserving peace between the advanced bodies of emigrants or settlers on the frontiers and the Indian tribes?" The existing laws have very little practical efl'ect on the Indians or the white people. All that keeps the Indians in subjection is the troops stationed in the Indian country. I have heard them say, "If it was not for the stone walls at Fort Snelling, they would have fine times." The laws now existing have no influence between tribe and tribe. The Iiulians set all laws at defiance, and go to war, and murder or kill whenever they clioo.'c. They say the white people nuike war when they please, and they will do the same. It is of no use to make laws for Indiiins, ludess they are carried out. It only makes the matter worse. The late law respecting the whiske3-trade the Indians say is all a humbug, and can avail nothing. The most contemptible of the whiskey-traders laugh at the law, and sell as much, if not more, than if there was no law on the sul)ject; because there is no one to enforce it. The late law of making Indian testimony lawful in the Indian country, is also of no eftect at all, l)ecause the Indians go to the ceded land for the whiskey. The whiskey traders are very careful about crossing the Mississippi with whiskey; when they do so, it is at a time when no per.son can see them. In fact, it is almost impossible to get any testimony against them, under the now existing laws. The Indians came and reported the white people for .selling whiskey to Indians on the ceded lands, and they were told that their testimimy was good only in their own country. They laughed, and said such laws were of no use. 107. " From whence do causes of difficulties and war usually arise, and how are they best prevented?" The sources of discord have existed from time immemorial. One of the causes is, that the different nations canr.ot understand each other ; another is revenge ; and another the evil and wicked propensities of the heart. The only way to prevent, Indian wars, is to liang the guilty. It would require only a few examples to put a stop to them, within any reasonable distance of a military force. Some might say this would be hard usage, but by hanging a few guilty ones, you may save the lives of many of the iiniocent, and establish a i)ermanent peace amongst the tribes and the nations. (- ^1 % tsa \ : IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I U£ Itt ■2.2 Sf l£& 12.0 u^ L25 i 1.4 illM I 1.6 Fhotographic Sciences Corporalion 33 WIST MAIN STRHT WkUTU.N.Y. MSM (71*) ■73-4303 A%^ M ^ 1; M 1 f ! Hh' 1 ' ,f m I i iiiM - f( '41 -J 1 i 1 .'» 1« . kl tt I" 'I ? BM IIISTOUY, AND GOVEllNMENT. 191 108. " What provisions of oxistiiig laws apijoar siisccptihk', in yowv opinion, of anicMKlniont, in onler to socuro more oflectnally the rights or wt'lfan« of the Iiulians?" Tlie e.\istinople from entering their country or purchasing their land. Of course the white man can take no advantage, unless sanctioned by the government. In order to secure moi-c eflectually the rights of Indians among themselves, give them law, and help them to enforce it, until they are capable of doing it themselves. Give to each family or individual a tract of land, to Ije held for life, and then for the heirs to inherit in succession, but never allow them to sell it. This would give them a permanent home and protection of i)roperty, and would lead them to industry ; but as it now is, the Indians are in villages of from two to five liundivd souls. The children steal every thing in the vegetable line Itefore it is half- grown, and the owner seeing the fruits of his or her lalxmr taken away from him in this way, feels discouraged fmm planting — when if they were scattered, say a half mile or a mile apart, it would Ix* a great preventive against pilfering children. 100. "Could imixirtant objects be secured by the introducticm of any modifications of the provisions respecting the payment or distributi(m of annuities, the subsistence of assembled bodies of Indians, or the investment or applieatiim ot trer ty funds?" We perceive that annuities facilitate the means of the Indians getting whiskey, particularly the money part. If the Covernment would give the Indians goods in lieu of money, the whiski'y-'' advanced or altered state of society at present existing in the trilx;?" Keep up the intercourse law, or else forl)id the Indians from pa.s.' easier to treat with the Dacotas at Washington than in their own country, on account of the influence of the traders and their relatives. The exixMises would Ik? alx)ut the same either way. The Indians often speak of the President, and say his views or orders are not carried out ; that they l)elievc their great father wishes to do them justice, but his officers will not do as he tells them. II ) 113. "Are the game, and wood, and timl)er of the tribes subject to unnecessary or injurious curtailment, or trespass from the intrusion of emigrating bands, abiding for long periods on their territor'.ts ?" The principal complaint is against other nations destroying their game. Chipiiewas and British half-breeds are the ones they complain of most. of aid at tliu snt tlie ive the for lie or K?S lid at 11(1 im Ki > i i ■ V j. ' » iLj L'ii* I ^H ibLLik iv in HI Fi I ' f . V t 1 i - Uu'ti ■ill I i, T 1 '" i ' •I--. ■ • 1 11 ! U'\ h ■. 1 i i- wm -4^1 w i\'i ll 4 • K ^ 1 ^' HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. 193 114. "Are any of the trilx'H Muffieiently advanced in your district to liave their funds paid to a treasurer of tlie tribe, to be kept by him and disbursed, agreeably tu the laws of their local legislature ?" No; there is none. 115. " Are payments of annuities to chiefs, or to separate heads of families, most beneficial ? Should the principal of an Indian fund be paid in annuities to the Indians at the present iwriotl, under any circumstances, and are members of the trilx; generally capable of the wise or prudent application of money ?" It is best to pay aiuuiities to separate heads of families; and it is far more beneficial to the Indians to receive only the interest of the principal. A large number of tho Indians sjiend their money for the Ixjnefit of their families. lie. "IIow is the elective franchise expressed and guarded, &c. &c. ?" In giving a vote, no (pialifications an; irquired, no individual rights are surrendered. Murder, and the otiier crimes, are sometimes punished by council ; and, frequently, individual murderers stand as high in oilice as the Ix?st of them. No lioon is ofl'ered as security for life. 117. "Have original defects ])een remedied by adapting them more exactly to the genius and character of tlie people than they were, apparently, iu the first rough drafts?" This is what is very much wanted, but it has never been tried by this jK'ople. 118. " Have the legislative assemblies adopted a practical system of laws for the enforcement of public oi"der, the trial of public offences, the collection of delits, the raising of revenue, the erection of public buildings, and ferries, and school-houses, and churches ; or the promotion of education, the 8upix)rt of Christianity, and the general advance of virtue, tennierance, and the public welfare, &c. &c. ?" No ; but could such a system as this Ije established, it would, no doubt, save this nation from ruin. I 119. "What ideas have the Indians of property? IIow do they believe private rights accrued ? Have they any true views of the legal idea of pniixjrty, &c. &c. ?" Private rights are held and respected by this people. Purchase, conquest, or labor, give private or national rights as k)ng as life lasts. The starting of a deer, and pursuing it, gives no right if another Indian kills it ; but if the man that first started the deer wounds it, he naturally claims it, even if another should kill it, but they generally divide the meat, the skin going to the first shot. The fact of an Indian going and planting on another [H-Tson's field gives him no right to the land. Instances Pr. II.— 25 194 TRIBAL ORtJANIZATION, i * of tliix kiiul liiivc taken |ilii<-(>; miini'tiiiK'M tlu> liiml Ih ^iv«>ii up with ii little r(>iii|H'nr?<, tlir rni|i Iiii« In-cii ili>iilf liti. Am to till' ri^riits of ilclitor and t-rctlitor, the follow in); is a Muninarv f\ iilcnce. Two hmtlicrs weiv Indian traders. One was tradinf! with the Daootas, the other with the ('hi|i|H-was. The del)tors of the Diu'ota trader went to war. and killed one of the (U-litors of the ('lii|i|H-wa trader, (who was hunting and stealing on th«> Dacota hiintin}^ gn>unr theni, hut his hrother refused to jrive them up. on the frround that he eanie lawfully l>y them. The Indians highly approved of the decision, as they wen' taken li\ concpiest, and the ('hip|N'wa had Iteeii stealing uflf of the Dacnta hnntinff ^niiund. 120. •• Was the rijrht of a nation to the tract of coinitry ori^dnally ih»ss«'sso<1 hy it, acipiired hy its m-cupancy of it hy them, to the exclusion of all others. &c. ki'.t" They helieve the (irt'at Spirit ^'ave them their land, and that iio other nation has n right to hunt within the circle or territory that they s.s»'ssion of the land they formerly |M)s.s«'ss«'d. Each nation thinks it is doinnd to own or claim any ciMnitrv hut that they occupy in huntinjr. As to the rights of invasion of territory, the Indians acknow- ledge the claims of each nation to the country they travel over in hunting; ami the munlorous war w Inch is carried on they say is right, Itecanse oacli nation should stay within their hunting iHxnidaries. 121. *• I.s the descent of pro|H'rty lixe«l? Is the eldest son entitlefore death, a.s the descendant of Unciut did, how his pntiH-rty slioidd be disposed of, &c. &c. V" As to projR'rty among the Dacotas, there is raivly any thing ir relations do all they can for them. The eldest son of the chief in entitled to his father's olFice. Sometimes a chief is suddenly killed in war, or hy accident, cm which «H'cttsion the Ijand or village make his eldest mn chief. The general usage, when a parent dies, in that the other Indians step in and take what little pro|>erty is let) without any sort of ceremony, and the childivn consetpiently an> tlm>wn ujKm their ivlotions, to get a i ^a IIKSTOUY, AND (JOVERNMEXT. 19f living the U-nt way tlwy rnii. Am to lii'irHliip in pnifHTly. tlii-y fwiii l<> know iiotliing lit all iilioiit it, or if tlii'V ilo, IJu-y hiivo no rlinnri* to K-iivc it to tlu'ii cliilUivn. TJ'J. " What an* tlir olilivation* li'il hy tlio Imliaiis |4> jmy lUlit? I)hy t'nini tlic> ohlipition of |myinfr his dchtH, &c.?" Tiiiu' d is not in want of tin* dcbtn dii«> liini, and that the Indian is in greater need of the anionnt than the trader is. Thcn'lon' they ofti'ii cheat the trader l»\- sellin;r his furs to wiine jhtsoii they do not owe. If an Indian has had hick in hnntin;!. he says it is cans4-d hy the iniscoiidiict of Hotnc of his family, or hy some enemy; that is. his family have not pro|HM'ly adhered t4» the laws of honoring; the spirits of the dead, or some one owes him a spite, and by sii|M>riiatnral powei*s has caused his liaat medicine-dance. The chastity of the women is much more attended to than many ]>eople would supiHwo. There are but few lewd, loose women among them, and only a few will drink ardent spirits. i I 128. " Do they Ixdieve that there is a Deity iwrvading the Universe, wiio is the maker of all things. What ideas do tliey jxissess of the Gi-eat Spirit?" &c. &c. The Indians believe there is a Great Spirit; his powers they do not comprehend, nor by what means man was created, or for what puiiiose. They believe the Deity consists of two persons, or as they themselves express it, " The Great Spirit and his wife." How man became possessed of the jwwer he now possesses over the animal creation the}- cannot account for. Tiiey have no knowledge of GikVs having given any laws for the Indians to follow, and they do not know or believe that they will have to give an account of their deeds in another world. 129. "IIow docs the Great Spirit manifest his presence on the earth, or in the sky? In what forms is he recognized? Is thunder considei-ed his voice? Are storms regarded as his acts? Are cataracts evidences of his ix)wer?" The Indians say thei-e is t Gixmt Spirit, but where he is they know not. They say the Great Si)irit did not make the wild-rice, it came by chance. All things else the Great Spirit made. There are instances where the Indians charge the Deities with being angry with them, in cases of heavy storms ; and tliey even go so far as to say the Deity is bad, for sending storms to give them misery. l.SO. "Is death the act of the Great Spirit? Do war and peace happen according to his will?"&c. &c. Some of the Indians say that death is caused by the Great Spirit; others, that it is caused by the supernatural power of individuals. All evil, they say, comes from the heart ; but who or what implanted it there, they know not. The Indians know nothing of the Devil, except what the white people have told them. All the punishment they expect to receive is in this world. They fear the iicrsons they have offended, and the spirits of the dead more than any thing else. i !^ \ t 198 TRIBAL ORGANIZATION, l.Tl. " lK)\v iiiv tliey oxcusetl from offences ngiiiiist the Great Spirit?" The Indians make sacrifices to apiwasc tiie spirits, but they hardly know what kind oF spirits sacrifices are made to. All of their sacrifices are made uixm supposition. Thev often say after a violent storm, and when nuich injury has been done by it, '' Now that the storm luus done so and so, it will stop." 1.32. " Have they any idea whatever of atonement, or a belief or expectation that some great personage was to come on earth and answer for them to the Great Spirit?" They have no idea of atonement, nor do they show in any of their religious cere- monies any signs of Christianity. The sacrifice of animals is to appease something that they suppose is offended with them. We never heanl of but one human sacrifice, aad that was a father who offeivd up his infant child, but for what cause we never could learn. The bad treatment of pri.soners is from revenge. li)il. " Wiuit is the moral character of the Priesthood? Do they Iwar any badge of office, &c.?" Tlie Indian Priesthood is made up of the very worst cliiss. They have no badge of the office. There is but one kind or class. The priest is Ijoth prophet and doctor. Any person Ijelonging to the great medicine-dance has a right to perfonn its rites and cerenuMiios. The office of the priests is not hereditary-. Women take part in the ceremonies; they pretend to foretell events, and also to find lost articles. I once lost my watch, and told an Indian juggler that I wanted him to find it. lie said yes, but I must first give him a looking-glass to look through. I gave him a small glass, and he looked into it for some time, when he asked for a black silk handkerchief, which I also gave him, together with some other little things. And when he wanted to know if I could show him pretty near the place where I had lost the watch, I told him I thought I had lost it in a certain foot-path. He asked me to go along with him there, so I went. Every now and then he would look in his glass, and keep on walking, and at last nearly stept on the watch, but did not see it either with his glass or the naked eye; so I foimd it myself, and showed it to him. He did not appear to care any thing about it, as he had already got possession of the glass, the black silk handkerchief, and some other little things, and he walked off. There is a class of Indians that say they can bring blessings or curses by their own power. This class is called We-chas-tah- wah-kan, or spiritual men. They attend the sick, and doctor them, when well paid f«)r it. If an Indian is taken sick, some of the family will go to the lotlge of the juggler, carrying with him a gun, a new blanket, or some other article; sometimes a horse. With a j)ipe filled with tobacco, this messenger ap|)roaches the juggler, pipe and payment in hand. The pipe is lighted, and the messenger presents the stem to him. Sometimes the messenger nnikes great lamentations while the doctor or juggler is smoking. He then takes the pa}inent, puts it aside, and goes to see the sick man, HISTORY, AND GOVERNMENT. 199 but seldom takes any medicine witli liim. When he arrives at the loclji;e lie wall. Five Ilisk skec <). Six Su tah Ice 7. Seven Gar le quoh kce f<. Eight Choo na lah !♦. Nine Law na lah 10. Ten Ar sko hee 11. Eleven Lar too 12. Twelve Tul too l;3. Thirteen Chaw i gar too 14. Fourteen Nee gar too 15. Fifteen Skee gar too IG. Sixteen Dar lah too 17. Seventeen Gar le quah too 18. Eighteen Nai lar too 19. Nineteen So na lah too 20. Twenty Tah lar sko kee 21. Twenty-one So i chaw na 22. Twenty-two Tah le chaw na 2-3. Twenty-three Chaw i chaw na 24. Twenty-four Ner kee chaw na 2r). Twenty-five Ilisk ku chaw na 26. Twenty-six Su tah lu chaw na 27. Twenty-seven Gar le quoh ku chaw na 28. Twenty-eight Nai lar chaw na 29. Twenty-nine Lo nai lar chaw na 30. Thirty Chaw ar sko hee 40. Forty Ner gar sko hee 50. Fifty Hisk skar sko hee 60. Sixty Su dar lee sko hee 70. Seventy Gar lee quah sko hee 80. Eighty Na lah sko hee 90. Ninety Lo nah lah sko hee Pt. II. — 27 r I 'h •-(*^ il.); H 210 INTELLECTUAL CAPACITY 100. One hundred Ar sko hee choo que 101. One hundred a.id one....Ar sko hee choo que ear quoh 102. One hundred and two....Ar sko hee choo que tar lee 103. One hundred and three.. .Ar sko hee choo que chaw ie 104. One hundred and four ...Ar sko hee choo que ner kee 105. One hundred and five....Ar sko hee choo que hisk kee 106. One hundred and six Ar sko hee choo que su tah lee 107. One hundred and seven. .Ar sko hco choo que gar le quoh kee 108. One hundred and eight... Ar sko hee choo que choo na lah 109. One hundred and ninc.Ar sko hee choo que saw na hth 110. One hundred and tcn....Ar sko hee choo quo ar sko hee 120. One hundred and twenty.. Ar sko hee choo que tar lar sko heo 130. One hundred and thirty ...Ar sko hee choo que chaw ar sko hee 140. One hundred and forty.. ..Ar sko hee choo que nor gar sko hee 150. One hundred and fifty ...Ar sko hee choo que hisk skar sko hee 160. One liundred and sixty. ..Ar sko hee choo que su dar lee sko hee 170. One hundred and seventy.. .Ar sko hee choo que gar le quoh sko ho 180. One hundred and eighty.. .Ar sko hee choo que saw na lah sko hee 190. One hundred and ninety.. .Ar sko hee choo que saw na lah sko hee 200. Two hundred Tar le choo quo 300. Three hundred Chaw ie choo quo 400. Four hundred Ner kee choo que 500. Five hundred llisk skee choo .que 600. Six hundred Su dar lee choo que 700. Seven hundred Gar le quoh ke choo que 800. Eight hundred Nai lar choo que 900. Nine hundred Saw nai lar choo quo 1,000. One thousand Sar quoh e yar gar yer lee 2,000. Two thousand Tar lee e yar gar yer lee 3,000. Three thousand Chaw ie e yar gar yer lee 4,000. Four thousand Ner ko e yar gar yer lee 5,000. Five thousand Ilisk kee e yar gar yer lee 6,000. Six thousand Su dar le e yar gar yer Ice 7,000. Seven thousand Gar le quoh ke e yar gar yer le 8,000. Eight thousand Choo nai lah e yar gar yer lee 9,000. Nine thousand Saw nai lah o yar gar yer lee 10,000. Ten thousand Ar sko ho e yar gar yer lee 100,000. One hundred thousand ...Ar sko he choo que e yar gar yer leo 200,000. Two hundred thousand ...Tar le choo que e yar gar yer lee 300,000. Three hundred thousand.. .Chaw ie choo quo e yar gar yer loo 400,000. Four hundred thousand.... Ner kee choo que e yar gar yer lee 1,000,000. One million Sar quoh e you quah te ner ter 2,000,000. Two million Tar le e juu qiiah te ner ter 8,000,000. Three million Chaw ie e you quah te .ler ter AND CHARACTER. 10,000,000. Ten million Ar sko he e yew quah te ner ter 20,000,000. Twenty million Tar lah sko he e yew quah te ner ter 30,000,000. Thirty million Cliaw ie sko he e yew quah te ner ter 40,000,000. Forty million Ner gar sko he e yew quah te ner ter 50,000,000. Fifty million Ilisk skar sko hee e yew quah te ner ter 60,000,000. Sixty million Su de le sko he e yew quah te ner ter 70,000,000. Seventy million Gar le quoh sko he e yew quah te ner ter 80,000,000. Eighty million Nai lar sko ho e yew quah te ner ter 90,000,000. Ninety million Saw nai le sko ho e yew quah te ner ter 100,000,000. One hundred million Ar sko he choo que e yew quah te ner ter 200,000,000. Tivo hundred million Tar le choo que e yew quah te ner ter 800,000,000. Three hunilred million, &c.Cliaw ie choo que e yew quah te ner ter 211 t - H 4, OJIBWA OF CIIEGOIMEGON. DV WILLIAM W. WARREN. 1. One Ba shik 2. Two Neensh 3. Three Nis we 4. Four Ne win 6. Five Nii nun 6. Six Nin god was we 7. Seven Ninsh was we 8. Eight Slious we 9. Nine Shang as we 10. Ten Me das we 11. Eleven Me das we asho 12. Twelve Me das we ashe 13. Thirteen Me das we ashe 14. Fourteen Me d;is we ashe 15. Fifteen Me das we ashe 16. Sixteen Me das we ashe 17. Seventeen Me diis we ashe 18. Eighteen Me das we ashe 19. Nineteen Me das we ashe 20. Twenty Nish tun d 21. Twenty-one Nish tun li ashe 22. Twenty-two Nish tun n ashe 23. Twenty-three Nish tun d ashe 24. Twenty-four Nish tun d ashe ba shig neensh nis we ne win na nun nin god was e ninsh was we shous we shang as we ba shig neensh nis we ne win u. rl ' ; . 212 INTELLECTUAL CAPACITY 25. Twenty-fire NisU tun ti ashe na nun 26. Twenty-six Nish tun u nshe nin god was we 27. Twenty-seven Nish tun (i ashe ninsh was we 28. Twenty-eight Nish tun d ashe shous we 29. Twenty-nine Nish tun d ashe shang as we 30. Thirty Nis c me dun d 40. Forty Ne me dun d 50. Fifty Nun im e dun d 60. Sixty Nin god waus im e dun d 70. Seventy Ninsh was im e dun d 80. Eighty Shous im e dun d 90. Ninety Shang as im c dun d 100. One hundred Nin god wuc 101. One hundred and one. ...Nin god wdc ashe ba shig 102. One hundred and two.... Nin god wac ashe necnsh 103. One hundred and three.. .Nin god wac ashe nis we 104. One hundred and four ...Nin god wuc ashe ni win 105. One hundred and five.... Nin god wac ashe na nun 106. One hundred and six Nin god wuc ashe nin god was we 107. One hundred and seven. ..Nin god wdc ashe ninsh was we 108. One hundred and eight.. .Nin god wdc ashe shous we 109. One hundred and nine. ..Nin god wac ashe shang us we 110. One hundred and ten Nin god wac ashe me das we 120. One hundred and twenty.. Nin god wuc ashe nish tun a 130. One hundred and thirty. ..Nin god wac ashe nis e me dun a 140. One hundred and forty. ..Nin god Wi'fc ashe nim e dun u 150. One hundred and fifty ...Nin god wuc ashe naun e me dun u 160. One hundred and sixty... Nin god wdc ashe nin god was e mo dun d 170. One hundred and seventy.. Nin god wdc ashe ninsh was im o dun d 180. One hundred and eighty.. .Nin god wdc ashe shous im e dun d 190. One hundred and ninety.. .Nin god wdc ashe shung us im e dun a 200. Two hundred Necnsh wuc 300. Three hundred Nis wdc 400. Four hundred Ne wdc 500. Five hundred Naun wdc 600. Six hundred Nin god wds wdc 700. Seven hundred Ninsh was wdc 800. Eight hundred Shous wao 900. Nine hundred Shang us wuo 1,000. One thousand Mo dds wdc 2,000. Two thousand Ninsh ing mo das wao or Nish tun oo 8,000. Three thousand Nis sing mo dds wdc or Nis e mo dun do 4,000. Four thousand Ne wing me dds wac or Ne me dun uc 5,000. Five thousand Nun ing mo das wao or Naun im e dun do ; hf f, 1 1 AND CHARA'; 'R. 213 6,000. Six thousand Nin god wa-. '■• ing mc das wac 7,000. Seven thousand Ninsh wautcL ing me diis wac 8,000. Eight thousand Shoutch ing me das wac 9,000. Nine thousand Shang utch ing me das wac 10,000. Ten thousand Mc datch me das wac 100,000. One hundred thousand ...Nin god wac da ching me das wac 1,000,000. One million Me das wac da sing me das wac 2,000,000. Two million Ninsh ing me diis wac da sing me das wiic 3,000,000. Three million Nis ira e dun lic me das wac 10,000,000. Ten million Me dutch ing me das wac me diis wiic 20,000,000. Twenty million Nish tun ing me das wac me das wiJC 30,000,000. Thirty million Nis im id un ing me das wiic me das wac 40,000,000. Forty million Nim id un ing me das wac me das wac 50,000,000. Fifty million Naun im id un ing me das wac me das wac 60,000,000. Sixty million Nin god was im id un ing me das wac me das wac 70,000,000. Seventy million Ninsh wiis im id un ing me das wac mc das wac 80,000,000. Eighty million Shous im id un ing mc das wac me das wac 90,000,000. Ninety million Shang us im id un ing me diis wac me das wac 100,000,000. One hundred million Nin god wac me das wac me das wac 200,000,000. Two hundred million Ninsh wac me das wac me das wac 300,000,000. Three hundred million, &c.Nis sing me das wac mc das wac 1,000,000,000. One billion Me das wac me das wac as he me das wac One million is also called Ke che med as wac, which would abbreviate a great deal in counting. There is no more limit (in thus counting) in the Ojibwa than there is in the English lang\iage. W. Warren. OJIBWA COUNTING. There is another mode of counting the decimals, which is more commonly used by the Pillagers and northern Ojibwas, as follows : 1. One Nin god juiih 2. Two Ninsh wii 3. Three Nis wa 4. Four Ne wii 5. Five N:in wa 6. Six Nin god was we 7. Seven Nin shous we 8. Eight ....Shous we. 9. Nine Shiing 10. Ten Quetch From this point, the counting is as interpreted in the printed form. — W. W. me M -■ "- i'riiiaiiirtitiiiiiiMtiitifmnini[i!ipi&p| 214 INTELLECTUAL CAPACITY 5. WINNEBAGO. I • S ml \ BY MISS ELIZADETn I.OWRY, Transuitted by J. E. Fletchkr, Esq., U. S. Aoert. 1. One He zun ke ra 2. Two Noomp 3. Three Taun 4. Four Jope C>. Yive Sarch 6. Six Ila ka wa 7. Seven Slia ko we 8. Eight Ila roo wunk 9. Nine Tie zun ke choo shkoo no 10. Ten Ka ra pa ne za 11. Eleven Ka ra pa ne za nuka he zun ke ra shun na 12. Twelve Ka ra pa ne za nuka noompa shun na 13. Thirteen Ka ra pa nc za nuka tan e a shun na 14. Fourteen ...Ka ra pa nc za nuka jope a shun na li). Fifteen Ka ra pa ne za nuka sarch a shun na IG. Sixteen Ka ra pa ne za nuka ha ka wa a shun na 17. Seventeen Ka ra pa ne za nuka sha ko we a shun na 18. Eighteen Ka ra pa ne za nuka ha roo wunk a shun na 19. Nineteen Ka ra pa nc za nuka he zun ke choo shkoon a shun na 20. Twenty Ka ra pa ne noomp 21. Twenty-one Ka ra pa ne noompa nuka he zun ke ra shun na 22. Twenty-two Ka ra pa ne noompa nuka noomp a shun na 23. Twenty-three Ka ra pa ne noompa nuka tan e a shun na 24. Twenty-four Ka ra pa ne noompa nuka jope a shun na 2.'). Twenty-five Ka ra pa ne noompa nuka sarch a shun na 2G. Twenty -six Ka ra pa ne noompa nuka ha ka wa a shun na 27. Twenty-seven Ka ra pa ne noompa nuka sha ko we a shun na 28. Twenty-eight Ka ra pa nc noompa nuka ha roo wunk a shun na 29. Twenty-nine Ka ra pa ne noompa nuka he zun ke choo shkoon a shun na 30. Thirty Ka ra pa ne taun 40. Forty Ka ra pa ne jope .')0. Fifty Ka ra pa ne sarch GO. Sixty Ka ra pa ne ha ka wa 70. Seventy Ka ra pa no sha ko we 80. Eighty Ka ra pa ne ha roo wunk 90. 100. 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110. 120. 130. 140. 150. 160. 170. 180. 190. 200. 300. 400. 500. 600. 700. 800. 900. 1,000. 2,000. 3,000. 4,000. 5,000. 6,000. 7,000. 8,000. 9,000. 10,000. 100,000. 1,000,000. 2,000,000. 3,000,000. 10,000,000. AND CHARACTER. 215 Ninety Ka ra pa iie lie zun ke clioo slikoon c One hundred IIo ko he za One hundred and one.... IIo ke he za nuka he zun kc ra nhun na One hundred and two.... Ho ke he za nuka noomp a shun nu One hundred and three.. .Ho ko he za nuka tan e a shun na One hundred and four ...Ho kc he za nuka jope a shun na One hundred and five. ...Ho kc he za nuka sarch u siiun na One hundred and six Ho ko he za nuka ha ka via. a sliun na One hundred and seven. .Ho ke lie za nuka sha ko wc a shun na One hundred and eight.. .Ho kc he za nuka ha roo wunk a shun na One hundred and nine... Ho ke he za nuka he zun kc clioo shkoon a shun na One hundred and ten.... IIo ke he za nuka ka ra pa nc a shun na One hundred and twenty.. Ho kc he za nuka ka ra pa ne noomp a shun na One hundred and thirty ...Ho ke he za nuka ka ra pa ne tan e a shun na One hundred and forty.... IIo ke he za nuka ka ra pa nc jope a shun na One hundred and fifty ...Ho ke he za nuka ka ra pa nc sarch a shun na One hundred and sixty... IIo kc he za nuka ka ra pa nc ha ka wa a shun na One hundred and seventy. ..Ho kc he za nuka ka ra pa ne sha ko we a shun na One hundred and eighty.. .Ho ke he za nuka ka ra pa nc ha roo wunk a shun na One hundred and ninety.. .Ho ko he za nuka ka ra pa nc he zun kc choo shkoon a shun na Two hundred Ho kc he noomp Tiiree hundred Ho ke he taun Four hundred Ho ke he jope Five hundred Ho ke he sarch Six liundrcd IIo ke he ha ka wa Seven hundred IIo ke he sha ko wa Eight hundred IIo ke he ha roo wunk Nine hundred IIo ke he zun ke choo shoon o One thousand IIo ke he hhutaza Two thousand IIo ke he hhutara noomp Three thousand IIo ke he hhutara taun Four thousand IIo ko he hhutara jope Five thousand IIo ke he hhutara sarch Six thousand IIo ke he hhutara ha ka wa Seven thousand IIo ke he hhutara sha ko wo Eight thousand IIo kc lie hhutara ha roo wunk Nine thousand Ho ko he hhutara he zun kc choo shkoon e Ten thou.sand IIo ke he hhutara ka ra pa nc za One hundred thousand ...IIo kc he hhuta ro kc he za One million IIo kc he "'huta hhu chen za Two million IIo kc he hhuta hhu chen a noomp Three million IIo ke ho hhuta hhu chen a taun Ten million IIo ke he hhuta hhu chen a ka ra pa nc za H#, I] I I '^trr^. ■\\ 216 20,000,000. 30,000,000. 40,000,000. 50,000,000. 60,000,000. 70,000,000. 80,000,000. 00,000,000. 100,000,000. 200,000,000. 300,000,000. 1,000,000,000. INTELLECTUAL CAPACITY Twenty million IIo ke ho hhuta hhu clicn a ka ra pa ne nootnp Thirty million Ho kc he hhuta hhu chcii a ka ra pa no taun Forty million IIo ko he hhuta hhu chcn a ka ra pa no jope Fifty million IIo ke he hhuta hhu chen a ka ra pa ne sarch Sixty million IIo ke he hhuta hhu chen a ka ra pa ne ha ka wa Seventy million IIo ke he hhuta hhu chon a ka ra pa no sha ko tre Eighty million IIo kc he hhuta hhu chcn a ka ra pa no ha roo wunk Ninety million IIo kc he hhuta hhu chcn a ka ra pa ne zun ko choo shkoon e One hundred million IIo kc he hhuta hhu chcn a ho ke ho za Two hundred million IIo kc he hhuta hhu chen a ho ke he noomp Three hundred million, &c. IIo kc he hhuta hhu chcn a ho ke he tnun One billion IIo kc he hhuta hhu chen a ho ke he ka ra pa ne za 6. CIIirPEWA (OJIBWA) of tue UPPER MISSISSIPPI. BY SIR. F.VIKDANK8. ■' y> 1. One Ba shick 2. Two Nizh 3. Three Niss wi 4. Four Ni win 5. Five Na nun 6. Six Ning o dwa swi 7. Seven Nizh was swi 8. Eight Nish was swi 9. Nine Shong gas swi 10. Ten Mi das swi 11. Eleven Mi d&s swi a shi ba shick or ba jig 12. Twelve Mi das swi a shi nizh 13. Thirteen Mi das swi a shi nis swi 14. Fourteen Mi das swi a shi ni win 15. Fifteen Mi das swi a shi na nun 16. Sixteen Mi das swi a shi ning o dwa swi 17. Seventeen Mi das swi a shi nizh wa swi 18. Eighteen Mi das swi a shi nish was swi 19. Nineteen Mi das swi a shi shong gas swi 20. Twenty Nizh ta na 21. Twenty-one Nizh ta na a shi pa shick 22. Twenty-two Nizh ta na a shi nizh 23. Twenty-three Nizh ta na a shi nis swi % AND CHARACTER. 24. Twenty-four Nizh ta na a shi ni win 25. Twenty-fire Nizh ta na a shi na nun 26. Twenty-six Nizh ta na a shi ning o dwas swi 27. Twenty-seven Nizh ta na a shi neczh was swi 28. Twenty-eight Nizh ta na a shi nis was swi 29. Twenty-nine Nizh ta na a shi shong gas swi 30. Thirty Nis si mo da na 40. Forty Ne me da na 50. Fifty Na ni me da na 60. Sixty Ning o dwas si me da na 70. Seventy Nizh was si me da na 80. Eighty Nish was si me da na 90. Ninety Shong gas si me da na 100. One hundred Ning o dwac or Ning od wac 101. One hundred and one. ...Ning od wac a shi ba jij or ba shick 102. One hundred and two. ...Ning od wac a shi nizh 103. One hundred and three.. .Ning od wac a shi nis swi 104. One hundred and four. ..Ning od wac a shi ni win 105. One hundred and five.... Ning od wac a shi na nun 106. One hundred and six Ning od wac a shi ning o dwas swi 107. One hundred and seven.. .Ning od wac a shi nizh was swi 108. One hundred and eight.. .Ning od wac a shi nish was swi 110. One hundred and ten Ning od wac a shi ba shicic o me da na 120. One hundred and twenty.. Ning od wac a shi nizh ta na 130. One hundred and thirty. ..Ning od wac a shi nis si me da na 140. One hundred and forty. ..Ning od wac a shi ne me da na 150. One hundred and fifty ...TTing od wac a shi na ni me da na 160. One hundred and sixty... Ning od wac a shi ning od was si me da na 170. One hundred and seventy.. Ning od wac a shi nizh was si me da na 180. One hundred and eighty.. .Ning od wac a shi nish was si me da na 190. One hundred and ninety.. .Ning od wac a shi shong gas si mo da na 200. Two hundred Nizh wao 300. Thi-ee hundred Nis wao 400. Four hundred Ni wac 500. Five hundred Na wac 600. Six hundred Ning od was wac 700. Seven hundred Nizh was wac 800. Eight hundred Nish was wac 900. Nine hundred Shong gas wac 1,000. One thousand Mi das was wac 2,000. Two thousand Nizh ta nock 3,000. Three thousand Nis si mo da nock 4,000. Four thousand Ni me da na nock 5,000. Five thousand Na ni me da nock Pt. II.— 28 217 \ \ % 'I Mtf . ih n\ I] i) L:i 218 INTELLECTUAL CAPACITY 6,000. Six thousand Ning od was si me da nock 7,000. Seven thousand Ncezh was si me da nock 8,000. Eight thousand Nish was si me da nock 9,000. Nine thousand Shong gas si me da nock 10,000. Ten thousand Ke che me das wac 100,000. One hundred thousand ...Ning od wac me das wac 7. WYANDOT. Br WILLIAM WALKER. Tra!isiiiitid bt D. D. Mitcokli,, Esq., Supermtiiidiiit or tbk IxniAii Dipahtment, St. Iioun. 1. 2. 8. 4. 6. 6, 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. One Skot Two Tcndeo Three Schenk Four N'dauhk Five Oo weehsh Six Wau zhau Seven Tsoo tau rdb Eight Au a ta r^h Nine Eh en tr6oh Ten Auh seh Eleven Twelve Thirteen... Fourteen... Fifteen Sixteen .... Seventeen , Eighteen... Nineteen.. scot e skau reh' ten dec ta skau reh schenk e skau reh n'dauhk e skau reh 00 weehsh o skau reh wau zhau e skau reh tsoo tau reh e skau reh au a ta reh e skau reh eh en trooh e skau reh Twenty Ten dee ta w^u seh Twenty-one " " Twenty-two " " Twenty-three " " Twenty-four " «« Twenty-five " " Twenty-six " " Twenty-seven " " Twenty-eight " " scot e skau reh ten dee ta skau reh schenk e skau reh n'dauhk e skau reh 00 weehsh e skau reh wau zhau e skau reh tsoo tau reh e skau reh au a ta reh e skau reh ' Ten and one over, ten and two over, and bo on to twenty. AND CHARACTER. 219 29. Twenty-nine Ten dee ta wau seh eh en trooh e skau reh 30. Thirty Schf ' e wdu seh 40. Forty N'dau . e wauh seh 50. Fifty Oo wechsh e wauh seh 60. Sixty Wau zhau e wauh seh 70. Seventy Tsoo tau reh e wauh seh 80. Eighty Au a ta reh e wauh seh 90. Ninety Eh en trooh e wauh seh 100. One hundred Scot ta ma en gau a wee 101. One hundred and one.... " " " 102. One hundred and two.... « " " 103. One hundred and three... " " " 104. One hundred and four ... " " " 105. One hundred and five.... " " " 106. One hundred and six " " " 107. One hundred and seven.. " " " 108. One hundred and eight... " " " 109. One hundred and nine... " " " 110. One hundred and ten.... " «* " 120. One hundred and twenty.. " " " 130. One hundred and thirty ... " " » 140. One hundred and forty.... " " " 150. One hundred and fifty ... » « « 160. One hundred and sixty... " " " 170. One hundred and seventy... " " " 180. One hundred and eighty... " " " 190. One hundred and ninety... " " " 200. Two hundred Ten dee ta ma en 300. Three hundred Schenk 400. Four hundred N'dauhk 500. Five hundred Oo weehsh 600. Six hundred Wau zhau 700. Seven hundred Tsoo tau reh 800. Eight hundred Au a tau reh 900. Nine hundred Eh en trooh 1,000. One thousand Son gwot 2,000. Two thousand Ta hon gwo ych 3,000. Three thousand Schenk hon gwo yeh 4,000. Four thousand N'dauhk hon gwo yeh 5,000. Five thousand Oo weehsh hon gwo yeh 6,000. Six thousand Wau zhau hon gwo yeh 7,000. Seven thousand Tsoo tau reh hon gwo yeh 8,000. Eight thousand Au a tau reh hon gwo yeh gau scot c skau reh ten dee ta skau reh schenk e skau reh n'dauhk c skau reh 00 weehsh e skau reh wau zhau e skau reh tsoo tau reh e skau reh au ta reh e skau reh eh en trooh c skau reh auh seh o skau reh ten de ta wau seh schenk wau seh n'dauhk wau seh 00 wechsh wau seh wau zhau wau seh tsoo tau reh wau seh au a ta reh wau seh eh en trooh wau seh wee »«', ...:iii«. " " m mk i INTELLECTUAL CAPACITY 9,000. Nine thousand Eh en trooh hon gwo yeh 10,000. Ten thousand Au seh hon gwo yeh 100,000. One hundred thousand ...Scot ta ma en gua a wee hon gwo yeh 1,000,000. One million Auh seh ta ma en gau a wee hon gwo yeh 2,000,000. Two million Ten dee auh seh ta ma en gau a wee hon gwo yeh 8,000,000. Three million Schenk auh seh ta ma en gau a wee hon gwo yeh Beyond this the Wyandots cannot go. — W. W. 8. HITCHITTEE or CIIELL-0-KEE DIALECT. \h ii flPOKEV BY SEVERAL TRIBES Or THE GREAT MVSKOKEE RACE. Br Captai.i J. C. Caskv, U. S. A., Florida. 1. One Thlah' hai 2. Two To kai 3. Three To chay 4. Four See tah 5. Five Chah' kee G. Six Ee pah 7. Seven Ko la pah 8. Eight Tos nap pah 9. Nine Os ta pah 10. Ten Po ko lin 11. Eleven Po ko lin thla! ' .vai kan 12. Twelve " tok la wai Isan 13. Thirteen " to che na wai kan 14. Fourteen " see tah wai kan 15. Fifteen " chah' kee pa wai knn 16. Sixteen " ee pah wai kan 17. Seventeen " ko la pah wai kan 18. Eighteen " tos na pah wai kan 19. Nineteen " os ta pah wai kan 20. Twenty Po ko to ko lin 30. Thirty Po ko to che nin or to chay nin 40. Forty Po ko see tah kin 50. Fifty Po ko chah' kee bin 60. Sixty Po ko lee pah kin 70. Seventy Po ko ko lo pah kin 80. Eighty Po ko tos na pah kin 90. Ninety Po ko los ta pah kin 100. One hundred Chok pee thlah' min m AND JIARA'JT R. Mi 200. Two hundred Chok pe to ka Ian 300. Three hundred " to chay nin 400. Four hundred " se tah kin 500. Five hundred " chah kee pan 600. Six hundred " ce pah kin 700. Seven hundred " ko la pah kin 800. Eight hundred " tos na pah kin 900. Nine hundred " os ta pah kin 1,000. One thousand " chok thlah min Note. — a always as in father; ai like long i in fine; ay like a in famous; a/i like long a in master; ah the same and guttural, the h being sounded like ch in the Scotch word hch. J. C. C. 9 . COMANCHE. (Vide p. 129.) 10. CUCIIAN OR YUMA. (Vide p. 119.) " :n B. ART OF RECORDING IDEAS. PiCTOGKAPnT. This mode of recortling ideoH is found to have been very generally practised by tlie American tribes, from the earliest period. From the accumulating mass of materials on that head, the following topics are here intixxluced. Indian Census-Roll. t M> TRANSMITTED BY J. C. FLETCHER, ESQ. (Plate 54.) The subjoined census of an Indian band at Mille Lac, in the territory of Minnesota, in symbolic characters, was drawn and given in to the agent by Nago-nalx", a Chippewa Indian, during the progress of the annuity payments in 1849. It represents, by pictographic characters, each family of the ban'//)■//// n '. 4=^ , ")'///////// ////'/■///' If/If /'I'if/ti 'I I II I I I II! ///•/>/' i/ifi/ir/if f'f/ii/t'/i/f • VAf/if f ////// •I |:l-i k 'lii-l . l/if'/ni/ m W.l'll': III I lie Will "I:: ^ /I'ff// 1/ ■ hf'/t ///.■ 1)1 1 //////ni' '^ /'l/r/r r . ],'■/,/;' /i ~-~\ ('///■ Af/ir i/r/t' ////// /'////,■ y//^/ /'//ii'/"'iiyn/ /'. ■ '^Wif'// ///' If/// /. I/////// //' i///f///i/, II ■\ -/ IJ !i l,i}-l,Uj^'ort.Gi-:n.ulni &■ I'V Fcil;'. *ra?T- i U. L>j i '■' .'• AND CHARACTER. 8ST birch-bark, is depoHitcd in the miuccUaneous cabinet of the New Yurk Ilintorical Six'iety. It is remarkable that the system of pictography of the North American Indiana becomes universal to the cof^nate triljes, at the moment that its symbols are committed to record. Bark, skin, tal)ular pieces of wood, or ;'mth faces, or angles of standing rock, or l)()ulders, may constitute the material chosen kr inscription. This is a matter of pure caprice, choice, or convenience. Its interpretation is not a question of distinctive symlwl language. The system is one of recording — not words, but concrete idea.s, and this is done by the jxjwer of association. The picture of a iK'ar recalls the ideas, not simply of a particular kind of quadrujied, but of a strong, black, clumsy, cunning animal, with powerful claws, whose flesh is deeply coated with a tender kind of white fat; whose skin is suitable for particular purposes. These are but jjarts of the ideas recalled by the synilM)l. The animal is fcmd of sweet fruits and berries, loves certain precincts, and is to be hunted in a certain way. To capture him, and to foil his natural sagacity, is a prime achievement. To ent'ure success in this, tJie Indian seeks necromantic knowledge. lie draws the figure of the animal, depicting its heart, with a line leading to it from the moutli. Sec Figs. 4. 8, 13, .37, 47, Plate 57. By uttering a certain incantation of charmed words, he conceives himself to get a necromantic power over this heart. He believes he can control its motions and desires. He believes this firmly. He raises his song in confidence. Already he sees his victim in his power. He draws him from his lair. He leads him into his own path in the forest. He exults in an imaginary triumph. With such views this scroll is inscribed. It is a Sioux, (Dacota.) It resem))les in some resjiects Plate 54, 1st Part. The chief figure. No. 1, is a man named Catfish. He is represented as completely armed. He begins to recite his arts and exploits. The leading ideas of the song, dismissing charms, and some verbiage, may be concentrated thus : 1. Hear my power (alluding to voice, or drum.) 2. My swiftness and vengeance are the eagle's. 3. I hear the world over. 4. The bear must obey the medicine of my lodge. 5. My secret lodge is double; (two divining-stones.) 6. Fear then, man. 7. A snake shall enter thy vitals. 8. Can a bear escape my arrow ? 9. A river — ha! — ha! 10. Can a bear fly from my magic. 11. My medicine is strong. 228 INTELLECTUAL CAPACITY, ETC. •?1 If I # [ u \i !l I 1 1 S( 1 1m ^ III L These boastings of secret supernatural skill and power, are curiously symbolized. The words may be greatly varied, so that they convey the chief symbol. In No. 2, the beak of a bird is put for the head of a man, to denote vengeance. In No. 3, the capacity of hearing is symbolized b}' an extension from the ears. In Nos. 4 and 5, is expressed the magic power that is given over the movements of the bear by means of the medicine lodge and its arts. The ideas excited by each symbol are concrete. 2, Alphabetical Notation. Cherokee Alphabet. The aged and venerable missionary, Mr. Butrick, whose death has just (1851) been announced, is believed to have been the earliest teacher in the Cherokee country, being employed under the society of United Moravian Brethren. The first school established by the American Board of Couuuissioners for Foreign Missions, was in 1817. Tliese efforts appear, in their development, to have stinuilafed the vital spark of inventive thought, which led a native Cherokee to give his people an original alphabet. Sequoia, or Guess, appears to have been some time engaged in perfecting his invention. About 1824 it was definitely annouuced, and examined by the missionaries, who found it to be a syllabieal sj stem, and pronounced it well adapted to teach the Cherokee population. It seemed particularly suited to the adults, who immediately embraced it, and it lias since Ijeeii taught to all classes, conjointly with the English. Two of the characters being found honiophanous, have been abolished in practice. The alphabet, in its most perfect form, is given on the subjoined plate. It will be perceived, tliat the Indian mind, accustomed to view and express objects in the gross or combined form, has fallen on this plan for an alphabet. Nearly all the words of the vocabulary end in a vowel. Each vowel is preceded by thirteen combinations of the consonant, making sixty-four syllables. To this scheme there are added twelve characters, to represent double consonants. No other American language, with which I am acquainted, could be written l)y such a simple scheme. It cannot be applied to any dialect of the Algonquin,' the Iroquois, the Dacota, the Appalachian, or the Shoshonee. Consequently its applicatiim is limited. It provides for the e.xprcssicm only of such sounds as occur in the Cherokee language. Still, its utility in that language has been highly appreciated, and it ivniains a striking phenomenon in the history of American pliilology. (Plate A.)' A s|)ecimen of the application of this alphabet is added in a version of the lesson of the Prodigal Son. (Plate B.) ' ArcliiBi)logia Aiuericmm, Vol. II. ' By reference to the Rubsci|ueiit pngen, IX. Langungn, A., p. ^50, it will be perceived llmt the number of Algonquin syllables in 2'i"). M I- a i'-i •^Ipljitkt. D T/ o\. (^. • I./' ffc^/ 0/y/ ITf//' •7///' A/A. tly// Jiuv ^/u, T/fr J^A/ v///' V//// Cllriiv W. e,- 11- Q>/o M/. ^iv ^J///// vl ////' IL, \j//t/> V T7///// \l////7 tf//w\j////// 1 lly// k A m ^1 ■ //// Qv \AA//ffo ^,/ffr TP ^4/l/L ^f/t/f> Oqiiv U.»y/ ii)j- l^JV' bf/ ^.vo Cjv/ Ksv b//// Vi4/ Jl///^' V)/.,' •J[///il// \../„ S^/5i' ^,. (W^//// 1 i //|)n •stMilcd hv Vowels. a f/.v /I ill /ii//itT />/• .r//f> // //.I' // /// /'/r^// '''', //.r //H /// /i/ji' ///' .\'/////'/ //s ft /// '//>/ /' f/s fi //I /i(f/r. f/r .v/if't / f/s /_• w //uV // //,i /I/' /// //t/// ///* .v/////'/ //s // /// y ij»// f . as t /'// /j/^tlf. tv Xiit' rf in /'/// ///'/ /■ //.v /y /•// /i/i/. ////.r////'ir/-/ ('OIIKOIIIIII 1 Sounds // iiri//(i fi.v //I A'//'///.r// , /// // /i///j/f/f/t ■/////// / fi /■._ // //ff/f/i f/.y t/t /;'//y//.t// />/// ///// */f/////f///// /f/ /!. // A////.//!/, y/ii 1 . f/.\ /// A '//////'.i/i . Si ■/////)/ '/',>■ /'iv/iMl/f/f/ ii///f f/ rvf/yi/ .y //i/ii'.y,//// / •//'/// f '.V ///f /i/tiiir ///'A..I.VQ' ifff .vot/ii'i '////f'.y xttffftf/fi/ // / /// //, ////// Sv//f/^'/''.f irri///'// 11//// //a'/v"/////S' .\y////f////// •s 1 ///-I /// ///■ i III 'ti ; if C. ORAL IMAGINATIVE LEGENDS. 1. Transformation of a Hunter Lad. 2. Origin of Zca Maize. 8. The Wolf-Brother. 4. Sayadio. An Allegory of Ovev-fasting. Three of the following tales were ohtahied from the oral traditions of the Chippewa, during my residence between A. D. 1822 and 1832, at Sault Ste. Marie, at the foot of Lake Superior. The fourth legend is derived from the Wyandots, and the narrative will be seen to be essentially the same as that given by Breboef, the first Catholic missionary among the Wyandots, who were living, at the period, north of the great lake-chain between the head of Lake Erie and the eastern shores of Lake Huron. 1. Transformation of a Hunter's Son into a Bird. AN ALLEGORY OF OVER-FASTING. i^^ An ambitious hunter had an only son, who now approached that age when it is proper to fast, in order to choose his guardian or personal spirit ; and he was very ambitious that his son should show great capacity of endurance in this fast, that he might obtain a powerful spirit. For this purpose he gave him every instruction, and when the time arrived, bid him be courageous, and acquit himself like a man. The young lad first went into the sweating lodge, and having heated himself thoroughly, plunged into cold water. This he repeated. He then went into a separate lodge, which had been prepared for him at a short distance in the forest, and laid himself down on a new mat made of rushes, woven by his mother. To this place his father accompanied him, and told him he must fast twelve days, and that he would come to see him once a day, every morning. The young man then covered his face, and his father left him. He laid still until the next morning, when his father visited him to encourage him to persevere in his fast. This he did, and the same visits were renewed for eight days, when his strength had failed so much that he could not rise, and the youth lay with nearly the com- posure and rigidity of one without life. On the ninth day, he spoke to his father as follows : 280 INTELLECTUAL CAPACITY ; ( V " My father, my dreams are not good. The spirit who visits me is not favorable in the way you wixh. Let me break my fast now, and at another time I '11 try again. I have no strength to endure any longer." " My son," he replied, " if you give up now, all will be lost. You have persevered in your fust eight days. You have overcome the hardest trials. Only a little time now remains. Some other spirit will come to you. Strive a little longer." The lad covered himself clo.ser, and lay still, never moving or saying a word till the eleventh day, when he faintly ivpeated his n'y, in which the hand of death was about to be laid upon the master of the hxlge — his father. Ho was now prostrated by sickness, and as the barks that covered its sides were lifted up to admit the air, the low breathings of the dying man could be heard, mingled with the suppressed moans of the poor disconsolate wife, and thi'ce children. Two of the latter, a son and daughter, were almost grown up ; the other, a boy, was yet a mere child. These were the only human beings near the couch of the lonely and fast-sinking hunter. As the breeze came in from a neighlwring lake, he felt a momentary return of strength, and raising himself a little on his elbow, addressed his jwor and disconsolate family. "I leave you — you, who have been my partner in life, but you will not stay long behind me. You shall soon join me in the happy land of spirits. Therefore you have not long to suffer in this world. But oh ! my children, you have just commenced life, AND CHARACTER. 288 and mark ine, unkiiulnesH, ingratitude, and every wickedneHs is in the scene before you. I left my kindred and my tribe to come to thiH unfrequented place ; because of the evils of which I have just warned you. I have contented myself with tlio company of your mother and yourselves, and you will find that my motives in leaving the haunts of men, were solicitude to keep you from bad examples, which you would inevital)ly have followed. " But 1 shall die contented, if you, my children, promise to cherish each other, and on no account to forsake your youngest brother. Of him I give you particular charge." Exhausted by the eflbrt, he took breath a little, and then, taking the hand of each of his elder children, continued : " My daughter, never forsake your little brother ; my son, never forsake your little bmther." " Never ! never !" responded both ; and the father sunk back on lis pallet, and soon e* pired. His wife, agreeably to his predictions, followed him to the '<,nive after the briel lapse of five months. In her last moments, she reminded her children ol the pledges made to their departed father, and pressed its fulfilment. They readily n.i owed their promise. A winter pas.sed awii '. The ^'r\, being ^he eld>'st, dictated to her brothers, and seemed to feel a tender and sisterly aflec n, particularly for the younger, who was sickly and delicate. The other boy -•>»• showed symptoms of restlessness, and addressed the sister as follows • " My sister, are we always '.o i: e aa if there w>..e no other beings in the world? Must I deprive myself of the ^ leasuro of associating with my nwn kind? I shall seek the villages of men. I have determined, and you cannot ,y .vent me." The girl replied, " My brother, I do not sav no to what you desire. We are not prohibited the society of our fellow-men ; but we were told to cherish each other, that we should not act separately and independent! v. and that neither pleasure nor pain ought to draw us from our licli)les8 little brother. If we follow our own gratification, we shall surely forget him, whom we are alike bound to support. ' The young man made no answer, but, taking his bow and arrows, left the lodge and - never more returned. Many moons had come and gone after his deparTurc, during which the girl administered t< the wants of the younger brother. At length, she found solitude irksome, and b..\';>" :o desire society; but, in meditating a 1 inge of life, she thought only of herself, and took measures to abandon her little brother, as her elder brother had done. One dn/y , after she had collected all the provisions she could in the wigwam, and proi Id' J a quantity of wood for making fire, she said to her little brother, " My brother, you must not stray from the lodge ; I am going to seek our brother, and shall soon return ;" then, taking her bundle, she set out in search of habitations. She soon Pt. II. — .30 234 INTELLECTUAL CAPACITY t ' >iu ( fuiiiid thcin, and was m uinch taken up witli the pleasiiros anil taniusenients of society, that hei* little brotlier in the l«)nesome forest was entirely forgotten. She finally acee[)ted a proixjsal of marriage; and, after this, dismissed all remembrance of the helpless being she had abandoned. Her elder brother had also taken a wife, and entered so deeply into the cares and business of life, that he had no thoughts alwut the distant home where he had drawn his first breath, and where the object of a pledge made to a dying father, was left to his fate. As stK)n as the little boy had eaten all the food collected by his sister, he went into the woods and picked berries, and dug up i-oots, which satisfied his hunger as long as the weather was mild. But as tl\e winter drew on, he was obliged to quit the lodge, and wander about in very great distress. He often passed his nights in the clefts and hollows of old trees, and was glad to eat the refuse meals of the wolves. The latter soon became his only resource, and he mms so fearless of these animals, that he would si* ''lose by them while the}' devoured their prey ; and the animals themselves seemed to pity his condition, and would always leave stmiething. Thus he lived, as it were, on the lK)unty of fierce wolves, imtil spring came on, and began to enliven the forest. As soon as the ice melted in the big lake, and left it free, he followed his new- found friends and companions to its open shores. It happened that his elder brother was fishing in his canoe in the lake, a considerable distance from shore, when he thought he heard the cry of a child, and wondered how any could exist on so bleak a part of the ct)ast. He listened more attentively, and heard the cry refieatcd. He made for the shore as quickly as possible, and when he reached the land, saAV at a distance his little brotlier. He heard him singing in a plaintive voice these lines : Nesia, Nesia, shieg wuh, gushuh ! Ne mien gun-iew! Ne mien gun-iew! My brother, my brother, I am turning into a wolf, I am turning into a wolf. At the termination of his song, he howled like a wolf; and the elder brother was s*-ll more astonh "led as he came nearer, to see his little broth»r half turned into a wolf. He, however, leajwd forward, and strove to catch him in his arms, crying out, "My brother, my brother, come to me." But the boy eluded his grasp and tied, still singing, " I am turning into a wolf,'" and howling in the intervals. The elder brother, conscience-struck, felt his affections returning Avith redoubled force, and therefore continued to exclaim in great anguish, " My brother, my brother, come to me." But the more eagerly he approached, the more rapidly the child fled away, and the change in his body went on until the transformation was complete. At last he said, " I am a wolf," and bounded out of sight. The young man, and his sister when siie heaiil it, felt the deepest remorse, and both upbriiided themselves as long as they lived, for tiieir cruelty to the little Iwy. AND CHARACTER. 2SC S A V A D I O . A WYANIM)T I.KfiEND. Sayadio mourned for his sistor, for she had died .young and handsome. At length, he resolved to go to the land of souls and bring her back. His journey was long and full of adventures, but it would h;.ve proxed of no advantage, if he had not met an old man just as he was on the point of giving up in despair. Tliis old man gave him a magic calabiish, with which he might dip up the spirit of his sister, should he succeed in finding her. He also gave him the young damsel's brains, which he had carefully kept ; for it turned out that this old man was the keeper of that part of the si)irit-land to which he was journeying. Sayadio now went on with a light heart, but was astonished, when he reached tlie land of spirits, that they all lied from him. In this perplexing exigency' Tarenyawago, the master of ceremonies, kindly aided him. It so happened that all the souls were at this time gathered for a dance, according to the custom of the place. The young man soon recogniz-ed his sister floating through the dance, and rushed forward to embrace her, but she vanished like a di-eam of the night. Tarenyawago furnished him with a mystical rattle of great power to bring her back. At the same time, the deep-sounding Taiwaiegun, or spirit-drum, was Jx'at for i> ivnewal of the choral dance, and the Indian flute poured forth its softest notes. The effect of the music was instantaneous, and the throng of spirits became innu- merable. Among the niunljer, he again saw his sister. Quick as thought, Sayadio dipiwd up the entranced spirit with his calabash, and securely fastened it, in spite of all the efforts of the captivated soul to regain its liberty. He then retraced his steps back to earth, and safely reached liis lodge with his precious charge. His own and his sister's friends were immediately summoned, and the l)ody of the maiden brought from its burial-place to be reanimated with its spirit. Every thing was ready for the ceremonies of the resurrection, when the thoughtless curiosity of one of the female friends frustrated all. She must needs peep into the calabash to see how the disembodied soul looked, upon which the imprisoned spirit flew out. Sayadio gazed with both his eyes, but could sec nothing. Her flight could not be traced in the air, and he sat with his head down in his lodge, moaning and lamenting that, through the idle curiosity of one person, all the trials and i^rplexities of his journey to the land of spirits had come to naught. TTi'T~niiM ^i w JM'^ f'i^ii .iiiiiiia^-A^ VII. TOPICAL HISTORY. A. (237) . i 11 n mmmtmnmim ■II Liiiinii mi n ■f TOPICAL HISTORY. SYNOPSIS. 1. Mnndans. 2. Pontiac Manuscript : Journal of the events of the Siege of Detroit by the confederated Indians in 1763. 3. Anacoana, Queen of the Caribs. 1. MANDANS. In a prior paper, (Vol. T., p. 257,) we noticed the depopulation caused by the ravages of the sniall-pox among the Indian tribes of the Valley of tlie Missouri in 1837, and its particular severity on the Mandans. In the e.vcitement of the moment, this tribe was rept)rted to have been nearly or quite exterminated. Inquiry, however, denoted that a remnant survived, who fled from their villages to their nearest neighljors and friends, the Minnetaries, with whom they resided till their population began to recover. Their existing population was estimated in our last tables, (Vol. I., p. 023,) at 800. In February last, the attention of the Superintendent of Indian Affairs at St. Louis, (D. D. Mitchell, Esq.,) was called to the subject. lie remarked that he was on the Missouri at the period of their calamities in lb37, and was conversant with the facts. They were reduced by small-^wx to aljout 145 souls, who fled from the scenes o'' '!icir disaster to the Minnetaries. They subsequently returned to their old villages, where he estimates their present ninnbers at about 500. He describes them as having some peculiarities of character. They formerly dwelt iji five villages, on a small territory which does not exceed twenty miles square, and thinks there are archaeological indications of their having formerly had a considerable jiopulation. Their numbers have been thiimed by the Sioux, their inveterate enemies. He thinks they do not speak a language cognate with that stock ; a conclusion in which he is not sustained by the researches of the late Mr. Gallatin. Vide Synopsis of the Indian Tribes of tiie United States. (280) 'I i 240 TOPICAL HISTORY. Wliile arraii^i'iiii'iits aiv on fiKit for obtaining a complete vwabulary of tlie tribe, and its claims to distinct historical notice, these details are submitted to gratify the inquiries of the philoh'^ist and antiquarian. 2. PoNTiAc Manuscript. The fall of Canada effected one of the most important changes which, so far as is known, has ever occurred in the political condition and intxjmational relations of the Indian tribes. For one hundred and fifty years, dating from the reputed colonization of Canada in 1G08, to this celebrated era, consummated by the heroic enterprise of General Wolfe, and the chivalric death of Montcalm, two rival sovereign powers had been held up to the Indian tribes for their preference. To them, each of these powers had been represented by opposing sides, as eml "xcing every element of exaltation, splendor, and munificence, that could dignify a human ruler. Each power was depicted to their ever-wavering minds as governed by higher dictates of love and justice, in the adoption and regulation of their Indian policy, than the other ; and the fitful and uncertain periotls of peace that existed between the two shining crowns of England and Franco, were employed by the local oflicials of each power in strengthening the rival claims of each to the respect, preference, and fealty of the tribes. This struggle for the supremacy in the Indian mind and policy was suddenly termi- nated by the lowering of the French flag on the castle of St. Louis, and the consequent cession of all New France, save Louisiana, to her old and constant rival. Only one sovereignty was henceforth destined to sway the aboriginal councils throughout all the colonies, from the confines of Georgia, the Spanish colony of Florida, and the French po.ssessions of Louisiana, to the Arctic Ocean. The northern and western tribes, who had been long accustomed to march into the colonies on their bloody forays under the sanction of the French power, often led by its miliUiry officers, and always havinf their natural ferocity whetted by the hope of plunder and the rewards of cruelty, did not hear this intelligence with pleasure. It was i-eceived by them as the news of a defeat. They believed the war would be resumed. To them the French monarch had been depicted as the first and most glorious of human sovereigns ; unbounded in wisdom, power, benevolence, and love for them. If fleets and armies were subdued when he sent them against the English, he had at will, they had been told, new fleets and armies to send. That such a iwwer, so long held up as the acme of human greatness and govern- mental authority, should have dropt for ever the truncheon of dominion — or, to assimilate the term to their phraseology — the war-club in the Canadas, was to them incredible and inconceivable. TOPICAL HISTORY. 241 Foremost among those bold ami original men, who iK'lievcd not in this reiK)rt, was Pontiac, the leader of the united Algom[uin and Wyandot trilK's in Canada and Michigan. lie saw clearly that the fall of the French in Caimda would Imj the fall of the Indian supremacy ; that Canada had Ix'en sustained, in a great measure, from an early day, by the Indian power; and that the defeat of the one would be the defeat of the other. lie resisted, by every art, their crossing the Alleghany Mountains. lie had eloquence as well as foresight. To the tribes, whom he addressed in their native tongue, he made the most popular and persuasive harangues. He appealed to their ancient prejudices. He told them he wa.s under a divine influence. He related to them, on a fonnal occasion, the dream of a visit of a Delaware prophet to Paiadi.se, in a manner to secure the Ixdief of his hearers. He exhorted them to adhere to their ancient customs, arms, and arts. " Rely," said he, '' on yonr native re.> ball-play; and the garrison massacred on the spot.' Detroit, the twelfth post, and the l)est garrisoned of all, alone held out; and he had reserved the conipiest of this as his own work. He assembled a large body of the Indian tribes near and around it, with all their forest-arms, and at first concealed his design under the guise of friendly negotiation, and attempted to take the fort by a coup-de-nuiin. lieing foiled in this, thnnigh the revelations of an Indian l)elle, he besieged the fort with great strictness. He fiix'd burning arrows into the ixwfs of the houses. He captured a brigade of boats, sent up the river Iron) Niagara with supplies. He sent down a burning raft to destroy a public vessel. He afterwards defeated, at Bloody Bridge, a large and well-appointed party ; which, muler Captain Dalzell, aid to Sir Jell'rey Andieivt, sallied out at midnight to attack his canq), and drove them in with a sanguinary slaughter, in which the connnander fell. Tiie garrison, at one period, wiis driven to the utmost straits. P]very resource was cut off. Not a soul could venture beyond the walls with impunity. They talked of a surrender. His auxiliaries committed some great atrocities during the siege, among which wius the murder of Major Campbell, who went to his camp with a flag of truce : but this act was decried by Pontiac as being without his knowledge or sanction. The fort received succour that year, after a tln-ee months' siege.' ' For a vivid and truthful description of this massacre, by an eye-witness, soo Henry's Travels and Adventures in the Indian Territories, A. D. 1760 to 1770. Now York, 1 vol. 8vo. p)). 330. 1809. ' History of the late war in North America and tho islands of the West Indies. By Thomas Mantc, Assistant Kngineer, &e., and Major of a Brigade, kc. London, 177i, 1 vol. 4to, 552 pp. Pt. II. — 31 1 i . ' : j 242 TOPICAL HISTORY. N The following journal, detailing the operations of this siege, was kept in French, by an inmate of the fort, who was conversant with the daily transactions and rumours. It is translated literally from the ill-composed original, its historical value consisting entirely in its authenticity.' Journal of the Siege op Fort Detroit, by the coxfederate Indian Nations, acting under Pontiac. Detroit, May 1th, 17G3. Pontiac, head-chief of all the Ottawas, Santeurs, Poux, and all the nations of the lakes and rivers of the north ; a proud, vindictive, warlike, and irritable man ; under pretence of some insult which he thought he had received from Mr. Gladwin, commander of the fort; fancied that, being great chief of all the nations of the north, none but he and his nation had a right to inhabit that part of the earth : (the French, for the facility of trade, had had a post there for above sixty years, and owing to their conquest of Canada, the English had governed it about three years.)' This chief of a nation (whose bravery consists in treachery, and who had acquired liis influence by his handsome appearance,) resolved, within himself, the entire destruction of the English and Canadian nations. To succeed in his project, which he had not yet imparted to any of his Ottawas, he engaged them in his pai*y by a speech. Being naturally inclined to evil, they did not hesitate to obey him, but as they were not sufficiently numerous for that enterprise, the chief tried, in a council, to draw into his party the Poux (Pottowattomie — S.) nation. This nation was governed by a chief named Minivoa, a weak, irresolute man ; who, recognising Pontiac for his principal chief, and knowing him to be of a ferocious disposition, joined him with all his band. The two nations were composed of about four hundred men. The number not being sufficient, Pontiac tried to bring over the Huron nation, then divided into two bands, and govemod by two separate chiefs of very different dispositions ; (they were nevertheless directed by Mr. Potico, a father Jesuit.) One of the chiefs of that nation, Yaka resembled Pontiac in his disposition; the other a man of great circumspection, consummate prudence, not naturally inclined to evil, and not easily persuaded, would not listen to Pontiac's deputies, and sent them back as they had come.' The deputies sent to that ' Thip MS. hag been aptly quoted by Mr. Francis Parkman, in his interesting and comprehensive " History of the Conspiracy of Pontiac," just published. By placing the original amongst the materials which are designed to illustrate our general Indian History, it is made accessible to all. ' From this, the date, which is partly obliterated in the original, may be inferred. * Without answer. ^m ■*r t-*^ 'Ti^.r" •"" Jlf^ ( ! '■','.. ._- .vA. :ir t I ■•^•. ^1 o ^-1 -I, — I o O -1 Q Q =) m ^^HG^B h. ^BRJ ■■! Ill TOPICAL HISTORY. 248 part of the same nation under Yakiv, were heard, and the war-neckhices ' (wampum- belt«) sent by Pontiac and Minivoa, chiefs of tlie Ottawas and Poux, were received. They resolved ujion » * * * * (a customary mode among the Indians,) that a council should take place on the twenty-seventh of April, at the river Ecorces ; to tix the day and hour of the attack, and to resolve upon the precautions necessary to prevent a discovery of their treason. According their usual mode of counting, the Indians decided, as I mentioned above, that the council should take place on the 15th day of the moon ; i. e. Wednesday, 27th of April. On the day fixed for the council, the Poux, conducted by Minivoa, and the Hurons by Yaka, repaired to tiie rendezvous on the river Ecorces, four leagues below the fort, towards the S. W. This place had been selected by Pontiac for his camp, on leaving his winter quarters, that he might not be troubled in his projects ; this step produced some surprise among the French, who could not find the cause of it, and attributed it to the whimsical temper common to the Indians. The council was held between the three following nations ; the Ottawas, the Poux, (Pottowattomies,) and the wicked band of Ilurons. Pontiac, as head-chief of all the nations of the north, presided. He exposed as a reason for liis actions, supposed necklaces, (wampum-belts) which he said he had received from the Great Father, the King of France, to fall upon the English. He mentioned several imaginary insults which he and his people had received from the English commander and officers, as also a blow given by a sentinel to one of his Indians, who was following his cousin. The Indians listened to him as their chief, and to flatter his vanity and increase his pride, they promised to be guided by him. This cunning man, glad to see in those three nations (in all 450 men) so much submission, took advantage of their weakness to obtain a complete sway over them. To accomplish this, he related in the council the story of a Loup Indian, (Lenape) who had made a journey to heaven, and spoken to the master of life. This story he related with so much eloquence, that it made on them all the effect he expected. The story deserves a place here, it being as the principal of the blackest of crimes against the English nation, and perhaps against the French, had not God in his grace ordered it other\vise. It was thus. An Indian of the Loup tribe, anxious to know the master of life, (the name given to God by the Indians,) resolved, without mentioning his design to any one, to undertake a journey to Paradise, which he knew to be God's residence. But to succeed in his project, it was necessary- to know the way to the celestial regions. Not knowing any person who, having been there, might aid him in finding the road, he commenced juggling, in the hope of drawing a good augury from his dream. The Indians, even those converted to the Christian religion, are very superstitions, and place much faith in dreams. It is very difficult to cure them of that superstition. This story is a proof of what I advance. I I ! ' In the text is tbo word collier, a necklace. ' Des branches de porcelaine. 1il i. iH .^1 244 TOPICAL HISTORY. The Loup Indian in hi.s dream imagined that it sufficed to commence his jonmey, and that by continuing his walk he would arrive at the celestial al)ode. The next morning very early, he equips himself as a hunter,' * * * * ammunition, and a boiler to cook, * * * * to perform the jouniey to * * * *. The commencement of his journey was pretty favorable ; he walked a long time without being discouraged ; having always a firm (conviction) that he would attain his aim. Eight days had already elapsed without his meeting any one to oppose his desires. On the evening of the eighth day at sunset, he stopped as usual, on the banks of a stream at the entrance of a little prairie, a place he thought favorable for his night encampment. As he was preparing his lodging, he ^xirceived at the other end of the prairie three very wide and well- beaten paths ; he thought this somewhat singular ; he however continued to prepare his retreat, that 1.2 might slielter himself from the weather; he also lighted a fire. Whilst cooking, he fancied he })crceived that the darker it grew by the disappearance' of the sun, the more distinct were those paths. This surprised him ; nay, even frightened him; he hesitated a few moments. Was it bettev for him to remain in his camp, or seek another at some distance ? While in this incertitude he remembers his juggling, or rather his dream. He thought that his only aim in undertaking this journey hiul been to see the master of life. This restored him to his senses, in the belief that one of those three roads was the one leading to the place which he wished to visit. He therefore resolved upon remaining in his camp until the morrow, when ho would at random take one of these three roads. His curiosity, however, .scarcely allowed him time to take his meal ; he left his encampment and fire, and t(K)k the widest of the paths. He followed until the middle of the d.ay, without seeing any thing to impede his progress ; but as he was resting a little to take breath, he saw suddenly a large fire coming from under ground. It e.xcited his curiosity ; lie went towards it, to see what it might be ; but as the fire appeared to increase as he drew nearer, he was so overcome with fear that he turned back and t(x»k t!ie widest of the other two paths. Having followed it for the same space of time as he had the first, he perceived a similar spectacle. His fright, which had been lulled by the change of road, awoke, and he was obliged to take the third path, in which he walked a whole day without discovering any thing. All at (mce a mountain of marvellous whiteness burst uiK)u his sight; this filled him with astonishment. Nevertiieloss, he took courage, and advanced to see what the mountain might be. Having arrived at the foot, he saw no signs of a road; he became very sad, not knowing how to continue his way. In this conjuncture he looked on all sides, and saw a female .seated up(m tlie mountain ; lier beauty was dazzling, and the whiteness of her garments surpassed that of snow. This woman sp.id to him, in his own language, " You apjiear sur[)rised to find no longer a path to reach your wishes. I know that you have for a long time ' The stai-a indicate places destroyed or totally obliterated in tLe original. ' Text, oloignmcut. H t R 1 It i SbLj. ■i" TOPICAL HISTORY. 245 longed to see and speak to the master of life, and that you have undertaken this journey purposely to see him. The way which leads to his abode is ujxtn this mountain. To ascend it you must undress yourself completely, and leave all your iiccoutrements and clothing at the foot of the mountain. No person shall injure them. You will then go and wash yourself in the river which I am showing you, and after- w.ard ascend tlie mountain." The Loup Indian oljeyed punctually the woman's words ; but one difficulty remained. How could he arrive at the top of the mountain, it being steep, without a path, and as smooth as glass ? He questioned the woman on the way to accomplish this. She replied, that if he really wished to see the master of life, he must ii? mounting oidy use his left hand and foot. Tliis appeared almost impossible to the Indian. Encouraged however, by the female, he commenced ascending, and succeeded after much trouble. When at the top, he was astonished to see no person, the woman having disappeared. He found himself alone and without guide. Three unknown villages were in sight; they appeared to him constructed on a different pl.an from his own, much handsomer, and more regular. After a few moments' reflection, he took the way towards the handsomest in his ci/cs.' When al)out half-way from the top of the mountain, he recollected he was naked, and feared to advance ; but a voice told him to proceed, and to have no apprehensions ; thfit having washed himself, (as he had done,) he nn'glit walk in confidence, lie proceeded without hesitation to a place which appeared to be the gate of the village, and stopped until it might be opened. While he was consitlering the beauty of the exterior of the village, the gate opened ; he saw coming towards him a handsome nuui, dressed all in white, who tooic him by the hand, telling him that he v>as going to satisf^y his wishes, by leading him to the presence of the nuister of life. The Indian sufl'ered himself to be conducted, and tliey arrived at a place of unequalled btuiuty. The Indian was lost in admiration. He then saw the master of life, who took him by the hand, and gave him for a seat a hat bordered with gold. The Indian, afraid of spoiling the hat, hesitated to sit down ; but, being ordered to do so, he obeyed without rejd}-. The Indian being seated, God said to him: "I am the master of life whom thou wishest to see, and to whom thou wishest to speak. Listen to that which 1 will tell thee, for thyself and for all the Indians. I am the maker of the heaven and the earth, the trees, laKes, rivers, men, and all that thou seest or hast seen on the earth * * * *. And because I love you, you must do my will, you must also avoid that which I hale. I dislike you to drink, as you do, until you lose your reason ; I wish you not to fight one another. You take two wives, c: run after other people's wives ; you do wrong; I hate such conduct; you should have but one wife, and keep her until death. When you go to war, you juggle, you sing the medicine-song, thinking you M u) i t\ i'ili i\ 'ruward.s timt whicli appeared to liim tbc Imiidsomcst. 246 TOPICAL HISTORY. I ;i i; speak to me, you deceive yourselves ; it is to the Manito that you speak ; he is a wicked spirit who induces you to evil, and to whom you listen for want of knowing me. The land on which you are I have made for you, not for others. Wherefore do you suffer the whites to dwell upon your lands ? Can you not do Avithout them ? I know that those whom you call the children of the Great Father, supply your wants ; but were you not wicked as you are, you would not need them. You might live as you did before you knew them. Before those whom you call your brothers had arrived, did not your bow and arrow maintain you ? You needed neither gun, powder, nor an}' other object. The flesh of animals was your food, their skins your raiment. But when I saw you inclined to evil, I removed the animals into the depths of the forest, that you might depend on your brothers for your necessaries, for your clothing. Again become good, and do my will, I will send animals for your sustenance. I do not, however, forbid suflering among you, your fathers' children ; I love them, they know me, thev pray to mo. I supply their own wants, and give them that which they bring to you. Not so with those who are come to trouble your possessions. Drive them away, wage war again:*t them; I love them not, they ' . • me not, they are my enemies, they are your brotlier's enemies. Send them back .o the laud I have made for them ; let them remain there. Here is a written prayer which I give thee, learn it b} heart, and teach it to the Indians and children. (The Indian observing here that he could not re.id, the master of life told him, that when he returned upon earth, he should give it to the chief of the village, who would read it and teach it to him, as also to all the Indians.) It must be repeated, said he, morning and evening. Do all that I have told thee, and announce it to all tlie Indians, as from the master of life. Let them drink but one draught or two at most, in one day. Let them have but one wife, and discontinue running after other jwople's wives and daughters. Let them not fight between them.selves. Let them not sing the medicine-song, but pray ; for in singing the medicino-.song, they speak to the Evil Spirit. Drive from ^our lands, added the master of life, these dogs in red clothing, they are only an injury to you. When you want any thing, apply to me, as your brothers do, and I will give to both. Do not sell to your brothers that which I have placed on earth as food. In short. Income good and you shall want notl'ing. When you meet one another, bow, and only give one another the * * * * hand of the heart. Abo\e all, I commend thee to repeat, morning and evening, the prayer which I have given thee." The Loup promised to do the will of the master of life, and also to recommend it strongly to the Indians; adding, that the master of life should Ijc satisfied witn them.l Tlie man who had brought him in, then came and conducted him to the foot of thel mountain, and told him to take his garments and return to his village, which was immediately done by the Indian. Hia return much surprised the inhabitants of his village, who did not know what TOPICAL HISTORY. 247 liac licome of him. They asked him wheiice he came, but, as lie had been enjoined to spc ik to no one, until he saw the chief of the village, he motioned to them with his lu nd, that he came from alx)ve. Having entered the village, he went innnediately to th(; chief's wigwam, and delivered to him the 2)rayer and laws entrusted to his care by the master of life. This adventure was soon spread among the inhabitants of the village. They came to hear the word of the master of life. The report soon reached the neighboring villages. Crowds came to see the pretended traveller, and carried their news from village to village; until it reached Pontiac. This chief, believing it as we do an article of faith, fixed it to the minds of all the council, who listened to him as to an oracle. They told him that he had only to speak, for thoy were ready to do ivhatever he required of them. Pontiac, glad of the success of his speech, told the Ilurons and Poux (Pottawatto- mies) to return to their villages, that in four days he and the young men of his village would go to the fort, and dance the pipe-dance ; ' and during the dance, other young men would go about the fort to examine every thing; — the number of the English garrison, that of the traders, and the hou.ses they inhabited. This design he carried into execution. On Sunday, 1st '>f May, about three in the afternoon, (the French then returning from vespers,) Pontiac, with forty chosen men, appeared at the gate, but the commander, who hi.d learnt .something of the conduct of the Indian.^ hud ordered the sentinels to prevent the entrance of any of them. This surprised Pontiac and his troop, as they expected to be admitted as usual. They sent Mr. La Butte, their interpreter, to tell tiie commander that they came to amuse him, and to dance the pii)e-daiice. 15y M. La IJutte's desire, their request was granted, and thirty of them repaired before Mr. Caiiipbell's Louse, (tlie second commander.) They commenced dancing and striking the post, showing Ibrth tiieir warlike exploits. From time to time they gave * ''" * ''" to the commander and the ofTicers who were present. Tiie Indians said to tiicni. to brave tlieiii. that tiiey had several times struck the English, and would do so again, anil linishing their di.scour.se, they asked for bread, toliacco, and beer, wlii'li were given tliem. They remained long enough to give their companions time to examine eveiy thing in the fort. Neither English nor French mistrusted them, it b(!ing customary for the Lidians to wander every where without any opposition. The latter, after having gone round the fort and well examined every thing, came to the dancers, who, witliout taking any notice, accompanied them to their village, then situated a little al)ove the fort, (ui the other side of the river, about E. N. E. To this place, according to Pontiac's orders, all the Indians had repaired on the preceding Friday. , hi' Culuinct. 248 TOPICAL HISTORY. On their rotuni to the vilhige, the spies rehvted minutely to their chief all they had seen, the movements of the English, and the probable number of the garrison. After this report, Pontiac sent deputies to the Ilurons and Poux, (Pottawattomies,) that they might know, through the wampum-belts, what was taking place in the fort. Mackatepelioit, second chief of the Ottawas, and another Indian of note among them, were sent to Yaka, chief of the wicked band of Ilurons. Two others, also of note, M'ere sent to Minivoa, chief of the Poux, (Pottawattomies.) who received them joyfully, and promised that he and his tribe should be ready at the first warning of their head- chief. Pontiac, ever occupied with his project, and who nourished in his bosom a poison which was to prove fatal to tlie English, and perhaps to the French; sent on the following da\', May the 2d, messengers to each village, Huron and Poux, with orders to examine every thing among those tribes ; for he feared opposition in his designs. Ilis messengers Mere ordered to tell those trilx's, that on Thursday, the 5th day of May, at midday, hIiouW he held a great council at the Poux village, situated half a league below the fort at the south-west. Tliat the three nations nuist be there. No women were to be admitted for fear of a discovery. On tin day appointed, all the Ottawas, headed by Pontiac, and the Ilurons by their cliiif Yaka, repaired to the village of the Poux, where the council was to take place. They tcok care to send away the women, that they miglit not know the result of their deliberations. To prevent interruption, Pontiac caused sentinels to be placed around the village. These precautions having been taken, the Indians sat do\\ n, forming a circle, each one being placed according to his rank, and Pontiac, as chief of the league, spoke to them aa follows : It is important, my brothers, tliat we should exterminate that nation which only seeks our death. You know as Avell as I do, that our wants are no longer supplied as they were with our brothers, the French. Those Englishmen sell us their goods twice as dear as the French did, and their merchandise is good for nothing ; scared}' have we bought a blanket, or any other covering, than we must think of getting another; when we wish to go to our winter-cjuarter;<, they will not give us credit as the French did. When I go and see the Englisli cliief, and tell l.im of the death of our friend.s, instead of weeping as did the French, he laughs at me and you. If I ask him for any thing for our sick people, he refuses, and tells me that he has no need of us. You may Avell see that he seeks our death. Brothers, let us unite to vow their destruction, we must wait no longer, there is no obstacle, their nundxT is small, we can manage them ; all our friendly tribes are their enemies, and wage war against them, wherefuie do we not? Are we n-'t men as well as they? Have I !iOt shown you the wampum-belts I have received fnnn our Great Fathers, the French, to induce us to fall on tlicm ? Why do we not listen to his word? What do we fear? Do we fear that our brothers the French, who reside here, may prevent us? They are unac-i-ha . dc-go-gi-no-lo-i-ha 1 _, . , . , . ^, . , . , , , . ... > riicy are tying hnn ana me. ' Kc-gi-na-lo-i-ha . dc-kc-gi-narlo-i-ha ) In these just al)ove, and in all that follow, the left hand form implies that the persons tied are tied fot/ctlicr; the right hand form, that each is tied scpurnteli/. > You two are tying him. > Ye and I are tying him. ' > They and I are tying him. • • • / ' > Ye arc tying him. They arc tying him. la . . 1 ■i-ha . i He is tying him and me. Skina-w-i-ha . 0-gi-na-w i-ha ' To-gi-na-w-i-ha Ski-na-w-i-ha . Ski-ja-w-i-ha . Go-gi-na-w-i-ha ' Ko-gi-narW-i-ha Sto-ya-lo-i-ha . Sta-lo-i-ha . . ' Ti-storlo-i-ha . 1 . de-ski-na-w-i-ha . dc-o-gi-na-w-i-ha or do-gi-norw-i-ha . de-to-gi-na-w-i-ha . dc-ski-na-w-i-ha . de-ski-ya-w-i-ha . do-gogi-na-w-i-ha .1 , , , . . , > They are tvmg him and me . ' de-ko-gi-norW-i-ha . j . de-sto-ya-lo-i-ha . I am tying you two. . de-storlo-i-ha ..■)„. ,,.,,., > He IS tying you two. . de-ti-storlo-i-ha . . ( J ^ j Thou art tying him and me. He is tying him and me. Ye two arc tying him and mc. Ye are tying him and me. ■ Sec note (2), p. 447. ' Sec note (3), p. 447. ' Go-wa-lo-i-ha implies tbat the person tied is the leading subject of discourse, and might be rendered : he is being tied by them. Also, the next form. M ' rl \m L A N (J U A (". E . 44» Sto-yn-lo-i-lia l-ts<)-ya-l()-i-Fiii OL'-Htii-lo-i-lia . ' Ko-Hta-lo-i-lm . I-gUrlu-i-lia . . ' Ti-j?iv-l(>-i-ha . Oi'-ga-It>-i-lift . ' Ko-ga-l<)-i-lia . Ski-ya-lo-i-hft . 0-gnrU>-i-lia ' Tt>-garlo-i-lia . Ski-ya-lt)-i-lia . Go-ga-Io-i-lia . ' Ko-ga-lo-i-lia . I-tso-ya-loi-ha I-t.s!irl(>-i-lia • Ti-tsa-Io-i-ha . I-tH(»-ya-l(>-i-lia Gt'-tsa-l()-i-lia . ' Ke-tsa-lo-i-ha . Ga-twi-ya-lo-i-lia • Ka-tsa-lo-i-lia . Go-lii-ynrlo-i-ha Or Ki-ya-loi-lia ' Ge-ta-li>-i-ha . Dc-ga-lo-i-ha . ' De-ka-lo-i-ha . • Du-iia-lo-i-ha . Ge-na-li>-i-lia . ' Ke-na-lo-i-ha . Go-stiirlo-i-lia . ' Ko-stiV-lo-i-ha . Gc-Htarlo-i-ha . ' Ke-sta-lo-i-ha . Ge-darlo-i-ha . ' Ke-da-lo-i-ha . Go-tsa-loi-ha . ' Ko-tsarlo-i-ha . (lo-dlo-ya-lfvi-lia . di'-(H(i-\ ;i-l(H-lia . fif-go-sta-lo-i lia dc-kf tta-lo-i-ha . (le-ga-lo-i-lia (|(-ti-ga-Io-i-Iia . . di'-gi'-ga-l(Hi-lia de-kc-garl()-i-lia dc-Mki-ya-U)-i-lia . do-t)-ga-l(>-i-lia . de-t(>-ga-l()-i-lia . . do-.ski-}iirU)-i-lia . de-go-ga-lo-i-ha de-ko-ga-l()-i-lia dc-t.xo-ya-lo-i-lia . di'-tsa-lo-i-lia . . dc'-ti-t.Ha-lo-i-lia di'-t.M<)-ya-l(>-i-ha . de-g('-tsa-l()-i-Iia ik'-kf-tt*a-lo-i-lia . di'-ga-t.xi-yivlo-i-ha. de-ka-tsa-lo-i-lia . do-ge-lii-ya-li)-i-ha . or du-ki-}'ivlo-i-Iia . dc-ge-tarlo-i-ha de-ga-lo-i-ha de-ka-loi-ha . dt'-dsi-na-l(>-i-lia dc-gc-narlo-i-lia de-kc-na-lo-i-lia de-go-sta-lo-i-lia de-ko-sta-lo-i-ha do-ge-sta-lo-i-ha dc-ke-sta-lo-i-ha do-gc-da-lo-i-ha de-ko-darlo-i-ha de-go-tsarlo-i-ha de-ko-tsarlo-i-ha Ilf and I ari> tying yon two. Tlicy and I art' tying you two. > They arc tying you two. > lie ia tyuig you (plural) and me. > Tlii'y are tying you and inc. Thou art tying tliom and nie. > IIu is tying thorn and inc. Yc (two or more) are tying tliem and me, > They are t^ ing them and me. I am tying you (more than two.) ^ lie is tying you. We (two or more) are tying you. • They are tying you. > I am tying tiiem. >Thou art tying them. >IIe is tying them. > Tliou and I are tying tnem. > lie and I are tying them. > Yc two are tying them. > Ye and I are tying them. > They and I arc tying them. I t i.1 ' See Doto (2) p. 447. Pt. II. — 57 • See note (3) p. 447. N 1 f 450 Ge-tso-loi-ha . ' Ke-tsa-lo-i-hii . Da-na-lo-i-ha . Go-wa-no-lo-I-ha * ' Ko-wariio-lo-i-iia Dc-darnarloi-ha LANGUAGE. de-ge-tsa-lo-i-ha de-ke-tsorlo-i-lia de-Orna-lo-i-ha . . de-go-wa-n arlo-i-ha de-ko-wa-narlo-i-ha de-da-na-lo-i-ha . :} Yft. ■ They are tying them. Modifications by Prefixes. The syllables ni, yi, wi, di, dropping or changing the vowel according to circum- stances, or two or three of them together, may be prefixed to the verb, modifying its meaning. And the verb thus modified is varied through numbers, persons, and tenses, like the simple form. . I am tying. . I am in the mean time tying. . If I be tying. . I am not tying. . I am tying on the other side. . I am tying on this side. Ga-w-i-ha . . . Ni-ga-lo-i-ha . . . Yi-ga-lo-i-ha . . . Ka-yi-ga-lo-i-ha Wi-ga-lo-i-ha . . Di-gOrlo-i-ha . . . Yi-ni-ga-lo-i-ha . . Wi-ni-ga-lo-i-lia Combining the preceding These pivfixef Yi-ni-di-ga-lo-i-ha precede the personal prefixes. Yi-wi-ni-ga-lo-i-ha . Modifications by changes in termination, may perhaps be termed "Conjugations." Garlo-i-ha I am tying. • Ga-lo-sti-ha I am tying with, (as a string, &c.) Tsi-ya-lo-e-ha I am tying for him. Ga-lo-le-ga-ha I am going to tie. I go and tie. Garlo-li-hi-ha I am coming to tie. I come and tie. Ga-lo-li-do-ha I go about tying, (in various places.) Garlo-li-lo-a I tie (am tying) over and over again. Ga-lo-i-si-ha I tie it anew. Ga-lo-o-ho-ska I am completing the tying. Each of tliese forms is conjugated regularly tlimngh number, person, mode and tense. Pusaive Voire. V-qua-lo-i-ha I am being tied. E-tsa-lo-i-ha Thou art. A-ga-lo-i-ha He is, &c. Thus through number, person, mode and ten.se. ' See note (.'?), p. 448. LANGUAGE. 4.51 Reciprocal Forms. {MUhlle Voice.) [A-qufirSo] (myself) Gardarlo-i-ha I am tying myself. De-narda-lo-i-ha Thou and I are tying each other, &c. &c. The same form is used to denote the act of tying without specifying the object Ga-da-lo-i-ha, I am tying [something or other.] Imperative Mode. Gttrlo-tsa or wi-ga-lo-tsa, let me tie ; ha-lo-tsa, tie [thou], &c. &c. Ga-lo-lo-ha, let me tie; ha-lo-lo-ha, tie [thou] [at some future time.] Subjunctive Mode. Most of the indicative forms, perhaps all, except those ending in e-sti, become subjunctive by prefixing yi [with variations] and throwing back the principal accent. Those in e-sti by throwing back the accent simply. Ga-lo-i-ha, I tie; yi-garlo-i-ha, if I tie. Garlo-i-he-sti, I shall be tying. Ga-lo-i-he-sti, If, or when I shall tie. Potential Mode. Yi-ga-lo-tsa, I can tie. Go-quarlo-sti, I can tie. A shade of diflerence in meaning. Another Mode — A-qua-lo-sti. I am to tie — It belongs to me to tie. Verb with Relative Pronoun. The syllable tsi, [modified by circumstances,] is prefixed to verbs in the indicative mode, with the power of a relative pronoun. Ga-lo-i-ha, I am tying ; a-yo, I ; tsi-ga-lo-i-ha, who am tying. Verbal Nbnns. The Agent. Ga-lo-i-hi, I a tier; giirlo-i-hi, a tier; u-lo-lo-hi, one who has tied, &c. The Object. Ka-lo-lo-hi, what has been tied. Ga-lo-lo-hi, what I have tied. Ga-lo-i-to, a tied thing, &c. &c. The Instrument. Givlo-sto-di, something to tie with. The Act. Ga-lo-i-ho-i, my tying. A-qua-lo-lo-i, my having tied, &c. &c. Adjective Verb. A-qua-lo-thi-sa-ta, I am apt to tie. " « " " " to-i, « " « " " [on such or such occasion.] " « « " " to-gi, I was apt to tie. " " " " " te-sti, I shall be apt to tie. ii W> 462 LANGUAGE. Infinitive Mode. A-qunrlo-sti-yi, nie to tio, for example. A-quo-lo-sti-j i, utiili, he wants me to tie it. I think there is an infinitive which lacks numbers and persons, but it is seldom used, and I cannot now recall it. 323. (1.) Not exactly so. But see on. (2.) No such variations in tkrmixation. But see. (3.) Yes. But some adjectives have personal prefixes, like those of ver1}s, and WITH those prefixes can only be applied to persons ; or, in the third person, to animals, exclusive of insects, &c. A few plurals distinguish objects of a solid form from those of a difierent shape. 0-sto, good. Go-sto, I [am] good. Ho-sto, thou good. PI. A-no-sto, good, [persons, animals, or things of a sound or solid shiijic.] PI. Tso sto, good [things of other than solid shape]. (4.) No. (5.) By U-tli, more, followed, in the comparative degree, by e-ska, than. When e-ska is wanting, the superlative is understood. (G.) See (5.) No want of precision. (7.) No. (8.) Yes. 324. (2.) No relative. That relation is expressed by an iuHection of the verb. Two personal pronouns, A-j-o, first person, all numbers, and ni-hi, second person, all numbers. They partake of a demonstrative signification, being used only or chiefiy when emphatic ; and in the third person only the demonstrative is used. Two demonstrative, Ili-a, this or these, Nii-ski-or, simply na, that or those. Also possessive and interrogative pronouns. (8.) No. (4.) No distinction of number. These answers, except as to gender, do not relate to pronominal prefixes. (5.) Only in pronominal prefixes. (6.) I do not understand this question. In our addresses to the Deity we never have occasion to include him with ourselves in the first person. If we say " we," of course we mean " we who are addressing Thee," and as He is not included among those who address Ilim, or those on whose behalf He is addressed, conseipiently the ejcchtsicc form must always be used.' 325. (1.) No variations for tense. The pronouns signifj ing self may be considered as one pronoun with all numbers and persons, distinguished by varying initial syllables. The possessive pronouns vary to denote the number and person of the possessor, and the numlier, and, to some extent, the person of the object possessed. A(pia-tse-li, it mine, Di-quartse-li, they mine, Tsi-ya-tse-li, he mine, U-tse-li, his, [one thing], Tsu- tse-H, his [things], Go-ya-tse-li, thou mine, &c. ' Tliis is not so in the .\lgonquin. Sec p. 400. llh LAN (J 'JAGE. 453 Pronominal syllablcH of \tnbB, &c., both subject and ob^ ot are i)ix'fixed, ntctr niijjijceil. 32G. No. The relations expressed by them in other hvnguagos arc expressed, in Cherokee, by the significancy of the vcrl), inflections of the verb, the use of separate verbs, adverbs, &c. In the water is expressed, in some cases, by a change in the termination of the noun. A-ma', water, A-nio-hi, in the water. By the rock, near the rock, Na-ii, adverb. On the tree by the verb in connexion : e. g., U-ki la, he is perched, he stands up on something ; then add the word tree, and the sense is clearly expressed. In translating from another language, however, especially scripture, the want of prepositions is an inconvenience. 327. Besides other adverbs, all such adjectives as in English would l)e formed into .adverbs by adding ly are used also as adverbs in Cherokee; i. e., tiiey qualily verbs as Avell as nouns. (3.) No such difference. In " stand up" and " lie down," up and down are implied in the meaning of the verb. " Tliere" is expressed by a separate adverb. (4.) V-v is yes, and Tla-v-tla, Tla-kno, V-tlarkno, each is no. Tla is no, and the other syllables, at least v, add emphasis. 328. No article. Supplied by the demonstrative pronoun when necessary. 329. I know not but conjunctions are nearly as immerous as in English. Ami, a-lo and hno, the latter of which is used only as a suffix, like the Latin que. Nvr, tld a-lo and not. NelUwr, nor, would be tla-a-le tla, not and not. But, a-se-hno, a-se-ski-ni, Urti-na, and others. The phrase ''chronological conjunctions" I do not understand.' 330. I have not noticed any particular redundancy in exclamations, nor any thing transitive, or much that is anomalous in their character. Some few are peculiar to women. No difference in "lo" from the object referred to. 331. There is a verb of existence. It is used to denote simple existence, or place of existence, but never miKle of existence, character, &c. We say, U-ne-la-n^-hi K-iiA, there is a God, or U-nc-la-no-hi go-lo-la-di E-iiA, God dwells iu heaven. But if we would say God is this, or that, or such, we cannot use the same verb. There is also an impersonal verb, i-gi, used in some cases, signifying (V i« — used only in the present tense; another, also impersonal, verb, used in the past tense, ge-srt-gi, it ivas [so or so], and future, ge-se-«ti, it tcUl he [so or so]. That used in the present, and that used in the past and future tenses, seem to be of different roots. Of the radi.v \KV I know nothing. A Cherokee says, / am ski; in a single verb — a-gi-tlo-ga; / am nrll, simply an ' In tlio Algnmiuin, ap pk is a oonjimolinn of time. \ 454 LANGUAGE. ailji'ctive — do-hi, lidding the pmnoun I, if nccofsary — do-hi a-yo, "ny// /" — am Ijoiiig implied. Iain ylatl, is, I ri'joicc, in one word; or I feel well, verb and adverb. I am norry — I feel badly. I use the word feel, here, to denote internal emotions, not sensation. 332. Tsi-sa-la-di-ha, I lift him ; ^-gi-sd-lardi-ha, I am lifted ; a-gi-sarlo-di-ha, he lifts me. Tsi-ya-l(vi-ha (tsi-yo-ni-lo-i-ha), I tie him ; a-quiirlo-i-ha, he ties me ; {Mpia-lp-i-ha, I am tied; a-ga-lo-i-ha (a-go-ni-ha), he is tied. Tsi-yivni-ha, I strike him ; tW£uo-ui-ha, he strikes me ; {(-(juc^vni-lia, I am struck. 333. No. 334. No. — There are several verbs, such as give, bring, &c., which denote the form of the object given, &c., such as animal, round (including all things in Avhich length, breadth, and thickness approximate to equality), long, flexible, liquid. E. g., wc-sa e-ski-ka-si, give me the cat ; np-ya e-sko-si, give me a stone ; ka-na-sta k-ski-di-si, give me a rod ; a-knu-wo E-SKI-N9-SI, give me cloth, [this form is applied also to an animal, iclicn dead,'] a-md E-SKi-NE-iifvsi, give me water. 335. I cannot think of any such. 33G. Yo-no e-ha, n bear exists; tsi-yo-no, I am a bear. So-qui-li e-ha, a horse exists ; tsi-so-fjui-li, I am a horse. U-no-la-no-hi e-ha, a God exists. U-ne-larnr)-hi na-ski, a God [is] he. A-qua-ne-la-no-hi a-yo, a God [am] I. — The name of God is a verbal noun, and therefore cannot be changed into a verb by verbal prefix, having that already. In saying, / am a Gud, we use no verb, but change the name from third to first i^erson, and add the pronoun /. He k a Owl, add the demonstrative pronoun na-ski. 337. Nothing of all this in Cherokee, unless what I have noted under 334 be analogous to it. 338. None. 339. " The verb agrees with its subject nomiiiiitlvc in number and person," in Cherokee AS ix Exgllsii. For in p]nglish walks is singular, and walk in the third person is plural, if properly considered as elements of agreement. 341. No. 342. A very few interjections. The word o-gi-lo, my sister, denotes the mutual relation of sisters to each other, and can of course be used by women only ; and v-gi-ni-li, my elder brother ; v-gi-no-tli, my yoimger brotlier, with their varied forms, denote the relation of brother to brother. LANGUAGE. 4r,5 and so are used by men only ; while v-gi-do denotes the relation of brother and sistei", and so in the mouth of a man means my sister, and in the mouth of a woman my brotlier. 343. Genesis, Matthew, Luke, John, Acts of the Apostles, Thessalonians, Timothy, and the Epistles of John and James, have been printed in Cherokee, with other small portions of scripture. The Baptist Mission may perhaps have recently printed one or two other whole books. In some of these, at least, I think a good degree of accuracy has been attained. The epistles, especially some of Paul's, are by no means as easy to translate as narrative. We have endeavored to express the sense of the original in good Cherokee, rather than to translate word for word, which indeed is an impossibility, though much may Ije lost by attempting it. Tiie Cherokee word lor maid does not of itself necessarily denote virginity, but recpiires an adjective to (pialify it. 344. The language is well enough adapted to history, except the awkwardness with which alone mtmy foreign names can be imitated. I do not know that there was any thing in the language which could well be termed poetry, previously to the translation and composition of Christian hymns. In these there is no rhyme, but meastn-e only. Rhyme cannot be appreciated. But the language is well adapted to lyric compositions ; and it is vastly easier to sing Cherokee words so as tt) be understood, than English. In regard to most branches of litkuature, as distinct from science, I suppose there would be no great difficulty. Many branches of science would introduce many new terms, which would create a difficulty. Yet the Cherokees have a pretty good knack at coining names out of the verbs of their own language, making verbal nouns expressive of the use or of some i)rominent attribute of the thing to be named. Names of things, too, may be borrowed from other languages, though it is in fact done only to a very limited extent. Our Father Who art in heaven . . . Hallowed Be Thy name Thy kingdom Come [make its appearance] Thy will lie done [take place] . . . [Here] on earth Ah it is done 0-gi-do-M •s-sl'a §5! |.&ii g.s eo 2 «> ^ US a M O" g O" a u> s ■< w (5 w w < !z5S!;^;z;S!i;z;;z;!?i ^ 05 I— H P5 m o g » cr » ii I $ i I I s -s 1 a -ia J o a 3 3 fc g o c? CD a s " •-> u » 3 S a a J3 P. 2 2, ,, 3 3 3 j3 a o* § «r S S ^ H H a H •» J3 S B ■§ •§ J •a •= * ^ g S)|-| toll O .3 V O 1 1 •a S S 5d v5) S "> 3 * g .3 £> » ^ & .M 'S .S » .5 ^SwWwW<5t?;g;z;ui;z;>5sz;5z;p r5 ;S a ^ ^ a -z % -s ^ a b a b ^ sT 60 S a 5, :££gm^ pq LANGUAGE. 459 460 LANGUAGE. ii H i I I :.' 5S S', I 6 J 1 5- 3 a u -a &> i 8) y' 3 q Shi* a a si -3 a,' •— S - " J3 »- ~ .— .-. ^ I& "2 a a § d -1 ^ 3 3 g ^ i bO 1 d a « a B U a> d 3 « 1 to M 1 J ^ a 8 a 1 o ^ 3 60 u s II e9 3 (5 o ^ a* a fc •3 5 o s §. i- s . I fc• a H O < b o o < 5s ea § 3 tn 1 I. rt to ■^ ea a e §) - o 2 j3 a -^ -a J3 " O 3 ■a u: 1 S3 a a a o 3 a ft t a 3 a >1 a a 1 O u 1 1 o I -I ^ ft ^ 5 to -M S » a 3 .a 3 "2 *i3 o fcO _B a M w a ^ ^ « <1 O p: a r2 ' i s ^ I a. a=t a a § a ij V V :3 < W S Ph ic o 3 <; 1* fn a - > 3 c3 a a ^ 8 g O o W O S J J i » » » 1 a g> a ^ a w) a ja ^« Is i i|i If ^i ri-r; a to U3 -a J< - i'' J c1 a j< - a 1^ 1 B 3 ?. s»-• « 7. a Ji 02 03 a A I I 1-; a n 1 « oa < ^S a •S g -a to •'* ^ 3 3-5^ >5 5?i 5. .2" — I LANGUAGE. 4tJl & I l! * 8 Si m a ^ ^ I I >r, vj < S K f^i (3 ^ a ^ j4 ■« « a 2 -^ 9 J< C I? P5 O ?! u* ea c ,11 ? fe ^ "> S. £, 5, B Si. ^ ^ t<: £ 8 JJ &0 ^ < S ^ & & < ;?, & & & i -^ S, ■s ^ _ .ja ja s4 u ^ ^ j5 13 ja i^ ^ ^j tod ^rt .S* ™ ■'^ '-' a> I § I I Pl, Ph crj ?^ ^ _a ^ ^ " S ? j3 .a fe T ^ •So -a -S PM S ^3 d* O M 60 J< 2 -2 :a -i ;s :s, Is. rS c ^ C O O •< O • - SP " -3 « rt " 3 «S *^ (i^O^aiH^UajWM J 2 S, ,1 I S W S ps ^ I 1^ » to 60 >> •?. ^„ t5 e ■V '5 ^ ^ -c !z; ij S ^ S g K '■f: 4(i2 LANGUAGE. m S a --B g> g, I Hi 8 J C" J< -g ■a I|J5 !• J 11.: •a '-5 ^ s -I .a S i'. H ft, g> o U c^ B -« 1« » £ S 1 J a>J a>.f s B i J i f s. J .8 .i a s $ ^ 5- o l-^i fcH6!i!;^;iS|SU!- g> ja .« •a :3 :^ ^ ii liC. CO PL| ft, -a o J =3 * Jz; H ft W ^ p: < ^ il :s ;° i ■bo '■as ii fl tgSaE-fiamcoSH; - 8 j< ►^ p: 3> ?5 H S 6 ^ i I s :s fe .^ SP § &> -C "3 S j» „ 5 a •" > I 3 3 ^ ^ I ^ ^ ri 5 J J> W S Ph f», S (§ 3 cc Ph in LANOUAGE. 4(ja I 1 1 § S 2 ^ 09 I CD •S. -g S • I li a & s § * r" ^ JT ;^, 5 i^ ^ «J0S(-»S0o ft -a •5 § g s ^ -s •§ •a ^ ♦. ^ -s •3 ^ ^ s a ft ^ .a eg ?^ -** -=• e> S', S-. S ;S o s I 9 'S 3 ■a := s o ^ >-> Z 3 E s, a ^ M M ^ -S 'f if % 'a i ft a,-^ a f I M !-a — S -^ -a ^ Li 1^. li", w' X »»■ ^ I! .S 1 .S i! ^ S < >'. 5^ ?! Jr a ■So ■s ^ :^ -s -^ M « o ■« " -^ 3 R O O S c« « ■bB t»|iSh^OStSOA^H?^Wm ^ " s (ft *^ a ^ OS n s> •5 .? < is S5 «1 <5 S g 1 : ''a is -/ •>- ft 3 ft III ^U)P=SU)^S?g to . •r S» "-1 r> "S . p. .... 1 I E" J J j I .N ;i J I I ►3 A O W r 464 LANGUAGE. 3. J3 ^ i^ ^ & M 3 & r -^ J a ■2 Sj ■<3 a J s -S « .M B S o ^ O f. P, S ^ ," tl (S 5 P-i I* |S < Es 11, 3 o to to S..6 s, 3 -a to 3 ^ to .^ ." J2 " ^ » - " -g ^OS5 5^. ?F;<1rs fr ^ 3 .a g S O S O P= -^ §3 ■3 & I JJ S) ^ -5 ^ JJ .3 •a 3> Ij s ■5 ^ I j .2 < ^ R n 3 4J c 4j ?; IS R c &;: ■B to to J s ^a .a . ■3 I o ss •3 O4 pa I* ■5 riS 3 » :b ^ & e. ^ Zi^ ?^ l,'3 01 .-i •s to I a a -rt ■" w .-J ;i) ^" ■■• Q '^^ ,_•- =N ?^ ?, R V. iS R <1 «5 IS p. ■i > ^ 3 '^ „« :§ .2 va 3 M O 6f p^ I •ii 1 1 ll-i'' jitr 1 m\. ■!'; |IJ|ii>1|jl^|l.i|=-ss H "o to 'S o ^^ o ^ &M P P X' :2i J) M •£ .a jd S P a S ° B h^ p^ S S »; rt O U4 ?=! S I LANGUAGE. 46,1 c o i« a .a JS -3 So -a -Q ij. ^ - ^ -^ •T* ^ CO r*^ ccotw;^SPQcOco?50SV< S »^ » a fe ^ a "^ o o o -a (1( E-l CO -a -a a, . to HI a ? fc s ra S "^ a "^ -? u c o p t* O a; j< ^ :g ^ i> a" «" "S 03 W pL, IL, lA 4-^^ 3 ° ■to ?% O W o 2 O t ,-g J3 3 O m H H 5) ^ ^ i 2 s > >^ a J to o is to PhISsoo^', ScCisfioS .2 o s ^ p; ^■^ o :0 g 13 Pr. II. — 5U R is < n K P^ •" So •a ji ^ o< s o. a. — 2 o 13 * .2 ^ I g I I I ^ ;3 M ^ §1 c. « s .a « fc a .a 9 j3 ° •= J3 -S -9 -5 { S W C-O a. J n ai 6, w ^ M S & !<5 &3 .2 § J^ rt cu 3 ;:3 SSNUJtsiO-«1Sts3 M .S* w 6 s fc -b re :e * ^ 60 ^ fe » &)! tsssoooou-sSoo S 60 3 ^ J ^ 60 j2 ^ s .a o -a 5= moaPHOPHi/jllSpMajWlSWrtOWt^tfai 5 J 2 ^ o pS LANGUAGE. 467 00 1 I S) ■s a I B 04 §} S) ^ ^ ^ ^ U a a a £ -5 i* fc If o ^ U5 >^ ly .- — ^ u: ^ o ! ,i: -s 3 IL b2^^ P c« ■^ :i. -^ 1 WoS2;fe!?;U)W O ,^ C3 -^ I •« • ; pj w » g it -g :£ * > > i_ > > fe:^USp:pJsc«^!2;SSS'>g CO X' Ph CO PQ _3 ^ O ^ -^ M H >H [S &S H H a> I' v s ■M W Vj VJ W ej c c- o g ^ ja .a .i: ^ H E^ H H H 1J 1 J ,1 468 LANGUAGE. 1 I- o o '-' 0-3 < -Ji .S fc: 3 ° B !S 3 o •<) se ■ N •s 3 a B; s 1^ .J3 03 w <; a o O «<; n J3 .a o ■5 £0 - 3 a a o to » ja S .a 3 s to o rs a to to □ V) ra E-a iSrsaj-g.a-OopI fe BJJ3J o "j: g-M '"ja -" k3 J^ U « « =5 .=5 .=5 .=5 >2 -a « ti a =1 « a a -a ^rt s .a a » & It ■4 a to J= a s a,^ J3 43 W-«!p:^^^^<;S^;^pJ S ^ -a j3 ,Sf a to « C3 CO S .5 ja •-^ o 3 -a to (>> 3 to "-» o ^■i S..a a to to ■-3 to :s-^S<6uJom .a j3 to^ .5 a a «> Eb-g to p^ a a a; wS > ,« U OQ O S IS H 52; (*:»;* -a g -^ c -" i" 8 f- = J to a d ja 'c„ to ' =- I I Ui ^ '. s ft '3 'a ■ - C ^ J J ^ ^ J -a ta k, t "2 -o 'a I .«"5 ja o ■§ "> to '3 to a :^ e4 M O M g -3 o "to 5 3 = S 2 "S ~ 5 "^ « H w c £ m LANGUAGE. 469 CO :5 e 1 ^-> Ml i. ^ Ci ^^ rS 1 ■a ji ^ 60 a ■*3 ''"^ Pn ^ 1 .6 :£ ti) s II .1" a 3 60 □ _ 60 a 'a J2 a a to a a s to a 11 WJ 1 to a "3 1 1 o a to a 13 3 a 3 1 « a C 3 i '•5 3 ^ ? ^ s 3 a 3 -a 13 8 a 1 u .a 11 g ^ u J a 6^ o ^ g,S a C3 P ^ 11 « 111 o 1) o « i> CI V o OJ « 4) (1) o O) n J ^ J3 .2 ^ J3 .2 J3 ^ j3 -a .r: ^ ^ .d ,«: j3 J3 .:a ^ u ZJ u '^ ^ U C-' ^ U u O O O U O U U O o O o u a 60 •3 .2 s. a a e .« g J J .« * to ^1 a.i o '3 J. -a S (S >^ t. o o « HHE-it-HHHE-iHE-iHE-iHHHHE-iHHHHHE-iWQf^OH^iWHH f ■! ni« jidU i ft; 470 LANGUAGE. a -^ - .3 2 ^ •-i :3 -a o a s S W Hi t-j d, |«! (KJ S) ^ t » ^ S ^ S ? J k !z;S5S5;2;»S5;z:tz;.;^^tE^^^ -3 - 4i St » JS S -^ a u .u ^ -3 3 S. •s ^ J s 3 4J ■S -^ ^ ■'' ,S 4J ^ -S -3 iS 'u ^ a ,S s s s ^ >» ^ i J J .H ^ •S i3 fe> i is -S S S >. c ^ j« -S 2 Ul » ^ w & s Js W Ui tS |i< J?; ?-. 55 1 -f -« J S g o & g g !> I i i f igj C) V CJ ^ ?!;!?; S^ STh o S .. •a a 3 (S < g ^ 1^ O a «^ .t "S fe *• s Is B 5^ ^ c s _ .. _ i» P f5 CO •< •< g ■if ^" a 5 ^ tu O 0) = s ^ « W ^ p: ^ fe O; pa w' LANGUAGE. 4V1 Kp to tu -S -2 r** - -s c &. .o -s I? K ^ O O !^, H -M ^ Z 6 4; o t2 o "O &: >< O P= ^ S '0 ^ •3 ^ -s " ?) S ■s -s ^ ccao><;pst^cS = ^ 3 tH S5 W IS S^ , .5 .5 rt « rt a .:« a t^ E^ t^ ■=" s^ = rt rt ca j3 j3 ^ <, li^i S O O O a 1=^ L», t^ O > >-, -a -^ S S I* O « -a S O i ^ o m J4 S O O S ^ II O O S c ^ j3 Jj J3 ^ I § si: V is S -2 W >?; El d, ;?; W § a & a 5 fi M W J 3 ^ M -o fe ■fi fe a Cl M H w W is a a fin !?; <5 o 1-^ O ?! .&■ -a a -3 M ;2; < pqWf^;^;MmH5;?;b.Wpi,HWpqSS?=w5S> •u -n w — .2 ^ :i2 2 OT fJH CO WJ 472 LANGUAGE. to -^ tu 1i « J< J a, 3 a .a J a to B. 43 •jj » Hi xt a ii^ < e^ a a -3 .3 H H •3 ,5; is ^ -rt ^ •:5 - _= -3 a J ■3 2 M to 3 -= -5 « » -g .^ :i S S I I fS t«j s p; s ^ I .3 3 i« ■2 J -a _a J4 ^ S g •£ o ^ ^ E.:i5 -a i3 -^ tS -3 13 ^ >^ t/j W 02 K oj » ■< O -n -n .3 o iZ, a a it -^ i; o o O O •a i » o J3 -? J3 3 :5 TS ^ O O I', s?; ^ u: hj /H ph - ja :3 ;3 s s ■S .3 -.3 -s - i ■S3 .g- 2 S> ohSSKOUSWWo t^ -a ■^ S^, I o i- a >» 3 « cr O >^ u ^ a J3 S o -a fs o ^; ^5 W o b _g .a '3 < o s >> ^ fc> b ft c w s w ic s. o en CL. .a -lOSjiiWW-slfHSSfriiii-alS^ I ^^^ i ^ = .9 5. « a " :5 «5 a .a a -a a a « i 5 l< U W -a << u ^ K M ^ O P-( to a PM 1 S- I-? o oj pa oj s fi L A N G U A G E . 473 ■2 J .rt Is ^ e .a ■ rS i< w a it ° c -3 -^ to -^ S -= to ^ fc -= -^ -2 c 2 * _ 3 -<= £3 t!Wri«iujfioe"^^(5»a w^Jt/jSr, ShSWWx s, v: i; < h^ o S « rt n to B -S ^ B fe rt tf u: (£ hS « fi o p. i I'T. I r.— B B S 3 ^ B o c" J, a "-I V >^ js .S J3 " rt n a. ;?; t- i1h ■2 ^ S5 ^ S >■ ^ rt' '^ B o B = s f? K u; u: ^ o is a. h^ <. Ph K B ^ E C P. u B rt rt — C Ss — to o is 5 ^. S E^ fr, 5^. t/, e, o ;:^ ^ GO ■ I I? &" S> fo (±, */; h5 e s s ?; <; K ^^ rjr s -c E s to 3 -S J3 S B S s ^- .£P ^ "rt \ < is ^ ^ S 474 LANIJUAGK. *0' !'/•■■ is :S £ a w s i< _M to Q ^ ^ S '^ ^ £ ^ ^ M % ■E, to a » -5 J I s -^ •i ^ .2." - 1 f a t 5< - « t^ :3 ^ J2 ^ s M ja : e ■i M a 1 1 1 1 i 1 >^ a. ,M « '?, a: .5 1 o J 'a O J Si a !s c ,J c k is a 1 c c "a i B. M .^ - »5 S ^ W « ^ ;= -a « - _. .- - _ 5 S 3 Jl -a i^ /; w c > ^ ;? i- i, >2 -e -« — -5 is s a » ■a -2 '^ i rt 5 « X " rt fe s c/j?%oS-3 « a t- » 4i 9 s- a ^ s -2 ?^ Sz; S .-g ^-g 0• " .a H ^ 3 = -a J: s -B .-"^ t- ^ -^ ?? &* « •^ ■^ ^-IKOOSOPSSSCOOS ^ ;2 ;5 « P EC o ^ hi- o is t£ ^ e to ^ ■i s. ^ « a. rt » fS (S ^ 8 I S -^ |s HH w oQ p.; s ^ i P4 CC I/} a •J — a "3 3 o » N-l WM ^ » ^ ^ S (1. h J5 ■r g a £3 O u; h3 o a a & o .s 1 1 1 a. ^ ic »/! !e S o rt o S « Spq^SKKKo^ilh^a -n 5r -: rt hS I .f |1< H P^ L A N (J U A G E. 3 I so « to -=» •So > ~ o 60 a X H " I i3 ■"* -^ 1 ir ,g :3 '= :3 ^ ° -i !=- £ -2 a 8-3-3 >', ;^ ^ »j ?• ij J I. n -8 .5 -= 'S 3 I d u: s ?■ j3 is -I" ■5 H is •8 - '^ ^ rt !« ^ — -" — o ?; >H ^^ ^ :3 ^ o "Si s, >'. ;s o fS K s t^ -^ -*. /-^ * c/j C O •3 is ^ ,M "^ -" < >^ ^ CI v S 3 ■^ :S -^ ^ 3 *j .K! - C -= i: a, fS ", , j< m a 3 R 6 s: u; -a >> ■^ ja j3 c « O 1^. !«. H O 4) "' - j( ■S 2 i' S o Ji .5 a » a I S » g ^ W «^ S a ^ i 4 S a 'a, O rt - ^ » IS c o ^ ^ rt J^ ^ ■Ji >> i« JS -< s Cm C W W h3 .24 o -a □ If & o ^ rt 5 -s ^ .3 o « 2 KB _ J .£ is -s J &, o. j: ^ ^ '^ 3 H - 2 3 g, » es o 2 .U S a - s 13 .a c> >, f= ^2 :^ fS 5 5 5 U5 &< Ph Cu pS H S o y, ■^ ^ "" a o ;a :_i »L^ < oi J S C K J^i t? E « ;5 s w fri n 476 LANGUAGE. •a i -a I :! 8 4i « 7- ■" -J* S -3 t .S = •« •= ^ ." ■." ao t- s^ '.< S'. 1-^ .w i> !t ^ -A ;£?;5fR{<:?=?:?=-^&^ S. J 1^^ !z; < ?. ■< C V4 >^ '^ <. O a. b p: w at*:?; ^ .= ^ fc -f >> i^ ■= s -^ ^ ; s ^ u: !% ? r i* ? ps M J4 ^ C i ^ 8 .a .a t C ^ ■=3 c fr s i & - 5 ^ fu ^ _ j: * ~ s ^ 5 n e o c? = ^4 taN 1.^ I-M — »^. <-, St r*. a. « -5 ^ - ° i -^ -S 3 2 ■S .| ^ £. i» .S a >? .2 I .5 5 5 :2 (iY. ujc^Ph?; ?;iiit4o< IP * ^ ^ g te fe S S ■" 5 c^ ;2 p: ,:;!?; p: 6 fe g B * B. p-a.t*;!?', H5pps„^fc< Up » p; r? i I ,S c =. « ,^ -;■ h-* M •£ -M Ji S ^ t ^ i to fc-- ^N L— h-t ta* ^ cu 4i 1 i ir '^ *-_^ .f w^ i_l ""^ ~ ^H ^ •-- hii^ ^H ^^ b^ k^ "— -c "^ ^^ fc^i •— ij. C&.FSC.a;Si-iP.SSpL,SSpHt5Ci:c,Kfc^t-a.^JP^ LANGUAGE. 4T7 o a O JZ. j: - 2 C a -V ^ 'I ~ J js -i r' ri .= "^ s ^ 3 3^ K a '* 7, a o P- 2 o - <* O- x - S ?: •3 S a o ^ ■3 " o -2 ~ .3 J — o Ui ^ .9 jj, M -^ M i, % ~ ^ *~r n .-" - ^ ~ ^ -'!'.= ~ .3 i rS -^ < £ ■^ -■ -5 a t? ^ § 8 I -i J » ^ ^ fi r^, u ^ — 5j s ■2 J4 a. 3 3 i it iL CJ ft si B : -9 1 i w ; j< 5 ft S ~ -* B J "^ -f J -g .C -5 .2 '2 ~ S s ^ <-. H cj <-. < w i, Sh ?- i^ f , e- i^, /^ •< >', i^. ti I -3 o S. B O ■i -3 -5 2 s -i fS =0 W « h3 E-1 ?f Ph S s: -<: » H b =" J J := S = O « ? O ft 1) Zi '. ft ft ft g = "6 o -^ ft rt v- --^i vj?H?-i?-i?H^wp:; I! S, J "S b ft »f h l< 478 LANGUAGE. M a .a cu -0) -d •" ;5 •s = P=i3w!^^o9oSs^:^ 3 ^ £ -' 3 _ •!>< 'w ,— __ _ -s f S -a 5 .5 -= — -= _ ^ >^ S bo E to E •,= -= •£ " ** ^1 — - ^ J j: : o .2 ^ "a 1 •= it : J3 'e is c S a r J 5; j: S t I -R 1 i3 !5 "S S rr & • = .S fe !?;;?■. c <, ?, U) (i< o s s js ^ u, ;5 tr ^ r> > E. ? « V -TT >» -^ fe ^ " ^ « ^ g § wooKb^H^f', H^^fsWpM .« 1^ -3 5 ;5 >2 >, -S -2 fe fe 2 ~ &> ^ i? «• B -? c >, .a § -5 s S- a I. 2 ^ !?; &r. c k, K_ <« ,_i: /; " 1.— ." C3 rt C3 w t. 1. w t" ra n, ^ p^ ;?, u; ;<: ^1 c3 (£ n to -2 n ^ to = to .. M D ei O O "^ W O C a - ^ k A .=3 n« -5 it 5 I di s: 5^, SS fi »:; fi !^ ti ;;^ ^ W ps 02 (i^, ft| g § g J "S I oj pa p; p: Pd c — w g S jj X !/. -3 C C pq to ;= A s 3 ^ M b s a o CO LANGUAGE. 479 ^ a 4i -o ^ « M .1" :S S ^ -M -T! -^ p; ^, W ;z; S?; >?; !z; ;?. t', pc ^ ;?, ^, O ^ -B t'' „ 3~ ^ ri if ■^. -^ ri -2 S> !?;?. t5, Iz; ;^, o ;?< 5^. ;?; ° ~ o ■" :2 — . ;r, H En "^ - J3 ^ 3 ° is S. ■a -9 a is fl .s >: J << P- cc ■—' — ►-- ►> cc t/j !^, » ?: M W O <1 S p XI fe> 'I s s o o ^ J3 < < < < < < <. !^ a is e i! is -5 J3 o 6= fe g ^ fe ^ S & g 5 J ^ ^^ ^ rt - - ,^ w ^ ,y — " ►-' CJ O C O O W W O O K O is o w ^ Is ^ O ^ c3 w ri w lyj p^ cS S 3 ^ /-N ,-^ '^ a a d 1-1 M (-« _"5 =1 o - -2 • -5 lS ^ ^ 6 ."^ t-i H HI OJ H t« r- ■a -a ^ ^ P^Ht-iHHHE-iHH :;3 r^ '-- si ^'i P^ H •il! 480 LANGUAGE. in' bO 5. u -s A S, -i •a SI. ° 3 ,J< < 2 « ^ •" s ;** ;5 S ■« Pk « H H d S ^ o C* J3 H '< O iJ S -3 ^ o o W « H ■g .§ ^ ,3 P a 5 -s 3 „ :! i 3->| <5 W B ^ a .a g S a S a Pk S S _ -fl ■M ^ .O o ^ m a ^ I . o 2 W h; <1 o -3 1-^ Pk m H -3 t = o 'S ■^ M J3 a -M O J i* (1, < ^ •^ - i -a 'to fe -s -5. S 1 I I J oj as w E-i 1^ C3 O ^ ^ ^ fL, < w p o S o p o ■/J c .a ^. p (£ W S « ^ .2 e p is := - t^ !2 K* <, < ^ g-J2 is a !>> tfl n >> I - tS (A ^ J ^ a : g Sag O S p p " ^ -a X S < -fl a g ^ !s rt -^ p « a N -=" o js p W J5 S O £0 .s. — > : 5 p o fc c B ^ I «j tn u "^ c « >» o o c> o H >H P5 >^ >^ Ph ^< 'H ^ 2 S ►:3www', 0>=^;Hi5Ch5MHHHHHH =1 o iSBI fif^'" LANGUAGE. 481 a " " o .5 S '? IS 2 g -o is a ■a d a 3 J J h3 t^ 3 a 9 s -o 7S ^ ^^ M M < -li w o W :?; us S5 o C3 '^ a a o ■" -a a s o S o '^ -^ '^ g ;?, !<5 W Slh S ^ s ■° S -a a .n ^ a t^ o to c a ■g ^ is ^ J8 oj IS k; f- t', -^ ._ -, a !?; cj ;?; <1 1^ ■< t-. "^ W a fe ^ !>-§ ^ J3 •S^aja «jja feja « m "5 ."i '5 '5 rt m a .J3 s a p< a a o o o Cm P. ja t-> ja .H i ^ -a g M J3 ^ M a -a S- a -^ H5 -M c o o o o o s li- fe ^ •^ HHE-iHHHHHHH 3 •= "« .> Pt. II. — CI to =- .5 to M e2 3 i to •.= H H H K O hJ C o 1 1 482 LANGUAGE. B i ^ III mm i < s < o o 2 .1 4 -3 .a n o f) .a ic .'£ w o I 1^ J •I « S " S ps a J g ■^ g c, o P-i O OQ c? !?; o ;?; M -sj So J * * s to U) ^ o 7^ p- h4 O Ul h^ >< Hi a 9 J?, o » ^ o o « « « 'rH l3 W a C3 O 60 a o o '' rt a .a " a a o a H a a •- -a -g "^ .a e3 60 a w 6 -^ ^ ^3^ " -s ■« "S a £i. h5 H H? cc S O O S S -2 S J3 -a r! !?^ 2-1 ^ tJ, w«>:9e-iHmU5-'1«10 w a a c "S 2 o 5 a a 60 o o o 3 :3 o o o O C >H o o o -8 I ^ ^ f2 ^" - •£« ! rl. c a ;| - sp ■3 S; »y -s -2 3 la .3 ^ t; J^ Li. ^. ^ r^ Cr'h3CiH(«=iHHt^r/3 5o *^ a O W O O .a . " ^ a - to 02 <1 C C O C C •2 rt 2 rt J: ^ -s i' wwoooooMooocV-otSooooo fc ^ S) 9 o to ;— ^ H 5 60 o ja E-iOOOEhOOOOOC t>H >H oooooo>H o WJ 1^ o o ,.S IP "3 a O O ■a .ix O O o "= O O O O to to m o o o d o ?. ^^^(§;^^-^tSg^^^^-^g^ I K « K O K §13-3 ;j fc; ^ pq p; ;tl ;! 4,i h 484 LANGUAGE. A ■[. *ii ? 43 a m to ^ H j3 — tS !« O « O O !* « O •3 S a o a a 3 3 W Ui ?: a 3 " S 3 i4 Ui a TJ — > 3 J> c9 :=,:=,» to St 5 =3 " — ■r> "tn it 1* ii 0OO0O0h^^»^H<0-«10 rt o a a Ui Ui s .a o 'u 'S - -^ -2 — ^ tu 2 9) n3 •: g a % J4 • o e o o •< o u X o •s 1 ■§ I J B, U) te ^ a O O O O to to 3 3 2 5 >, (-> -To .a ^ = o c c BO"" Fo Tc & O C O •^ tn a o 3 rt » ^ c rs a r} — 3 -a — o = C 3 „ O 3 3 •- " 3 to £ 2 & o '' ■fo - O O • - .E O Ui c H >• cS fc -/: as K (S 43 a 43 f « o 2 6 « W to 5 p:,^<H W W ?: H C ;-i g s s ■3 tu 3 -^ o rt rt t)j ■a -?, * S ■* ,a _- , o to OWWWOK*^, fcH .!*> :S O l>H to 60 >, J To - -1^ ^ /^ ^ ^ ^ ^ £ s b so -== — -a E 2 '- i & ■a to to a ja s a 3 o u; Uj u: ui — .a « w « « us u; c K rt £ So rt « B -P, W . i-!Oa.P3xSPH;SfriiyjajS3aiSa2fi>?;K!M — .X^ ri ® •O -3 IC S <• N^ t«^ <•< W 1-4 a; !/j «! PJ 486 LANGUAGE. 1 a a c S 3 o •V a a .a a a o w a j3 _ * o o o O « u: J3 * .s a s a a it 5 o a 1 o dug wun zhi ag Kuh ha go ja a o o a d 1 a 1i 1 !? S5 1 s a 3 a s a O a a a a a a C3 5 ja X '5 a ^ 1 a "a fe 5 rt !4 a o 0:2:=, 000 » a o « ^ o ea a w a >. ooo«wu:ooE^o .a a 6»J "^ e "El. rt -^ -^ — ' " d a«y'_g«.2g''j- •2 2 cs e; " " ij a "' B <* e! a a •«! S ST. o 3 .- a ■n J2 5 a -• « a a g S to .2 d Is d o J d a "O d d a a a a^^"^" pfiO *-"a a « S c o £ .2 § ■« a rH O >i r" a a .a 1| 8 - 2 "^ T= -a M a g a J a ^ a § -a ■3 = :^1 .to _ 5) a s^aoassaa a a -I a £ •^ a ~ ■« c Eo a to .2 o o a a •" J a a d o u: ui ^ ;>i 1-. rH tH bS O O 3 to Sot. w :s g .y .a •3 § K P ,ii W vj 1-3 P^ a s = a ." S wS K* W S PM F:^ ?1 B hS cc to a a o a 2 .a .2 '^ d fe "a a a S O t to -2 •C .2 -C a to a UJ O « a a US s. a O a O a O 'S 1 I aj o =2 J C5 S LANGUAGE. 4S7 .a o o o s Ui - ._ o « o •« o « « w a o o w o c o :=. Ai3 060 tH O ^ -a ^ o a a " o a ^ O I d UJ t^ M ^ § -E s; ^ « M S CO pq H to a o .S h4 ^ O •S 3 » ■B -a ^ ■S -? 6s Se oMWbooooo « vrf 3 c •* — — o jSgMotDC-O oowoooo-!fi;ce>'. Hi^Ert -a rs tJ s i: J3 t! := ^" ^ K^ ,- M ■:»• C; r-r rT ■>] i ■\ w 488 LANliUAUE. .1 i! n I it /, ■; : t'.] ■ I e o u tr, O US a ■d to I J3 O h! ■a J3 o M o O »j J a 1 J1 g ■a o e -f j^ o fe ^ -a j3 ja to !/j oj B H H O a O o : B 8) g — ' a O O O O O H h; o to O 3 'O " o 1-5 1-5 H a. ■ •3 £ g ■" 3 &^ S o <: o » M a O a <1 a n 'a _ is 3 8 1 '9 "TS -a _ J a 1 3 ^ T3 .4» fJ 5 o 41 ^ O Ci 4) !?■, W W E^ ^ & » a 3 g O ^ B CJ " « ^ a -a -« ;g S o o W W ti! H H :a a. :/l to 3 W ;« o 3 a •a i5 .2 to a r. b P^ pL, p; p p3 a 4,j g ii M o — ,5 ^ o p; w ?=; c s^ sSOflSe-a^-g^tpt-is (=, c/l 3 1-5 P^ s LANGUAGE. 489 rt (3 a -a » o § M O o o o o t<< .a .t. V 3 •« -a Jl o « -a * to J a •a Z " ja M a o •- it JS -s ^ i J3 ^ ' O H 55 M oa H H v: 400 LANGUAGE. : i '■ \ m •s -s ^ •a s g S3 c o H H 8 .a 3 o a u: >^ u: •a ^^ ■a < 5= f a •a -S 1 ^ S o t-< o o QJ .a u; EC ** 5 g 2 -a ■c - o ._ a ft (^ W S5 US rt a a Z -c a. o c ^ a -^J o 1^ « a C l# O s ri I • SI tC H ^ H f« I :i I ^ I ° p, ij; C o n cu a ^ » d a ^, w < w c i4 -a _rt B ills? W ii< KH •«; B-i 3 ^^ >< (U Q^ *j *- CC Ph X PS ►^^ « ^ W 5 & " a " o o -3 ^ ^ ^ S S ^ "ao S = ° ! "^ w o o ■< o >^ w 5P .3 to 3 S S 3 B ■S -3 § pel 5 a S a B S -a . e ■s - PC H >5 O s e o -a .g : •5 - g S »-; B5 tH H LANGUAGE. 493 :l M g. H a J) s 3 a M V a s 3 -a a t Si >> ^ 1*. HWWtHK-i«lMW o rt to £0 w t^ ps r-i >H ?: (-1 a ^^ e o •a a ^ o o >1 t-. MHHHMHCiqn ■3 ^ S ^ .5 o o o o o H H H H H ^ e u o o o H H H o o H H ■a -a ^ •3 -S ^ o o o H H H H3 rt -t-i 5 o a ° o ^ .a 3 ■> c" -a ■2 ^ ^ M e3 f: o o is 1-1 a a to a O ;^ C3 cs cs " rt W W H W I," a to 3 tJ o o o H H H 13 a o (s a §0 •c a o Cj X; to •2 ,a = a •a a to ,^ .2 ^ o o 1^ O O O O - ^ *, fc, ._. - ^_ .- HHHHWfii-:iUH;-^Ki-< 494 LANGUAGE. ill. i- I* f ^1 m- (^ h^ t3 PP -el O o m o •<1 2: m CO a o .2 s ^ -3 .9 a o ^s .^ g g ^ .2 3 s I-; o pLi 1-3 iz; *^ .id .2 "3 o -5 ° O O B p: S o o a en V. =■ l-H ] J J : S J SKUHOI-Jh^O o 1^' X .3 M c "x '^ s° g c at g .w c P -< S -U C< » c <: .a S, la S. o >-, •a a -1.11 O W ;z; 03 a 3 o s a ;r kS ►S :^ r .2 j« ° s s o S •9 "S « " i2 g St *• o 2. HS?;>^!^>'. f^!^!?; e- -a \J 63 53 .-^ H Pn P^ ^ a S J ^ a > ^5 r. ^ ^^ U* HH C^ hH F- W3 (S M K -! < P « o es rt S ^5 ^ H (S a ^ Si ^ •o — >% T J^ kS ,=J .-T O i-H o O t) H w o p; H o O i~f K O U i o a g. •- :s £. .« 3 2 -s £0 g to :: S ;z; 6 o e s 3 ij J a £, El rt fS Ph h^ 1^ O -4-1 o M _S U a n l-H 2 o h- H H ?; a -w F^ .*j f5 O 6 o o h5 S o ^ I'M ^ si o o c o ►^ a 8 " ^ O oj C ;z5 H <; H el d 3 o o o o t_^ a g S S§ H ^ o. a, a, o. J5 -a ^ a -a ;£hh5?, J>;j^^;^E^ U3 H w !?; -3 a a ^ i ^ bo 1 « i O t» CC Ph (1< H S ?P 1=1 2. hj ps x ?; S 496 LANGUAGE. o H U f '! , u § 8 a a S a o i^ 3 " U C> 5?1 03 a o o < §1 = 3 K S « fi a 3 S o ^ .a s < •< O O cc o P< H H Ph M 2 s d .9 ■« S o i a K < K § - -£ (-1 a ^ a s -^ ^ » 5 j3 o a, Ph PL| Ph !2; S S iz; S |5 c3 »S ^ ^i^ 3 g, ** S <* tB o ?; s -1, " o "3 3 « C M O O a 3 a o a .a a .eg a a a wwww^^w^^(2w .S a J I 1 - s n hS ; a o o w «« (S &: !2i ^ W U! < « ^ CO ■< a I?! » ° a :s 3 a ._ o" « a K VJ <• O pH OS LANGUAGE. 497 S ill! si S (In OQ O 8 n3 13 a C3 a -3 :a -« — O Ai H s Eh >< « K s?; 3 < ^ < o 5% O H t> w <, ^ K I-; to S •i i a, 3 c S 3 •< I? K" ^ ia ,/ m 498 LANGUAGE. 4 w n u » ^6 J E 5 e ^ ^< ^^ » ^. ^^ S £ c o o B r 5 5 ■3 S 60 S t;iOfiH(aii h5 O ?5 i!M LANGUAGE. 499 1 I a 2 ^ a 3 E a !0 f s & -5 'a &< c S 6= Eh Ph ( 02 h^l p; o ^ > -2 J H fS fe « liM- 500 LANGUAGE. ^x & u M I a o a ^ -8 H m to J« '^3 .^ ^ § S- a 5 ■&. s OOOufXiUS-tJiMtiJCcB-^O^i-H i. c J ^ s rt o >" ^ "^ o H >i S < W H g. s». c" O *- tn C5 S E < 6 & ,^ o c;> H d, c _« M -t; • ■^ o ^ to "5 M ■£ ^ J4 5 £ HjKH;&,?;fi,fqfip;p;ws>cii;FJ(=i!^w,5'f2sse?^s^fta6 ,1- ^ %Mi-B .2 'u LANGUAGE. 501 ■^ S ^ ja H X in -2 3 & g 2 — « a " o .. cu s o H pq ;1h p:; 4 I li s, ■'* 3 a ■2 § a ;^ 3 H H Oi k5 g "5 >» s w "2 £0 o ;?. K. M .in to P -1 m K t; c « i» o ^ ?H ;i, ».. .i -al ^ >-, -^ LANGUAGE. M.\ ^ .9 8 g ._ » I ic B u "4 02 O s a 1 ■g-3 i i -1 ^ ^ O « - t^ E-, ~ S S >^ E-i oa ^ 2 -2 a a a .2 -C = 3 3 >^ u s K n H H < CO H I?; U> t) S O K tz; P w 3 __2 ^ ..-^ .= «, ^w' S- "= .£ o it Ch .s il QoSa.aipHC«PQf-;HSKH>< -a ^ _T c_. rri rv HHHHHHH^ ?H ?^ f- K- I ! LAN»;(-A(JE. SOS ^1 A ^ ■o ■¥ „" S „ W ft S E-l 3 •a fe P a 5 O O -"I ■g ja o •- 3 3 i/( ^ s a -^ 4.°< >< c i 3 = g ^ t: *C ,« hhhe:;^^^^^^ E^HHHKftHJC.E5t-Sw - a w U 506 LANGUAGE. ■i 1 if; 1 |i- 1 i r I- ^'': 1 1 1 im 1 1' ll 1' i^i ^ n I: NOTES TO VOCABULARIES. COSTANOS. TiiK tril)o» (if Iiulians upon tin; Hay of San FranriHcn, and wlio wore, after its cslaMisIiiiioiif, iiiulcr tlic suptTvisiou of the mission of Dolores, were live iu iiuiiibor: tlie .'l!t-w(ish-tc.i, Ol-hotifs, (ealloil, in lr-nnns, and Tu-lo-mns. There wore, in acklition to tliesc, n few small tribes, but all upon the laud extending from the entrance to the head of San Francisco Uav, spoke the same language. At the time of the establi.Oiment of the mission these tribes were quite numerous. The information contained in this was obtained from an aged Iinliati at the mission of Dolores, named Pedro Alcantara, lie is a native of the Ilomonan tribe, and was a boy when the mission was founded ; which, according to llumbolt, was in 1770. The language of these Indians appears to be entirely irregular, and governed by no rules or analogies. ' Tliey had no name for any of these, knew nothing of their origin, nor had they any tradition in regard to it. They knew only they were born, and that they would die. * The sliin, or lower part of the kg. " All the bones of the foot arc thus named. * Knife made of stone. ' A sort of raft made of " tule," cr rush ; the only boats used by these Indians. ^ The only clothing worn by these tribes was the breceh-clout ; usually made of rabbit or niuskrat skins. ' The " large stars," or planets ; the small and nebulous stars were called 5Iooch-mooch-miss. * Ijiterally, sun-set. ° For the seasons there were no names. '" Shc-ka — Dust. ' AH the metals were called by the name of K-rcck — Stone. " Had none. " These Inrlians knew nothing of agriculture, but subsisted by hunting and fishing. '* Hiead made of acorns. '■' The establishment of tlio mi.^sions, in which these Indians havo been taught the Spanish language, is sufficient reason why the names of animals introduced by the missionaries should be only known by the Indians iu Spanish. CUSIINA. This language was obtained, in general, from the tribe " Cush-na," on the mountains of the So\ith Yuba. It is, however, common to most of the tribes inhabiting the upper portion of the Sacramento ^' alley. I have found great difficulty in getting at the true meaning of many of the words. For instance, in sjieaking of the arm — they call it "yim" o. mus-e-wah — it is difficult to ascertain whether they mean the whole arm by one of the terms ; if so, which term, or whether they mean the upper or lower part of the arm : so with the leg, fingers, &e I have never foimd an interpreter who understood much more than enough of their language to trade with them or do common business with them. I have found several who professed to understand the language, but none who really did. I have therefore had to obtain this language as I best could, and of course expect some of it is imperfect. I havo some blanks, and shall endeavor to corrixt any errors iu this as rapidly as possible. W, », 'i f\ LANGUAGE. J07 WORDS AND S i: N T E N C E S. Kycwinkcrs "Bok bok" Eyebrow Wis con Jiittlc boy IIu c no To sweat Loop kit Forcbcad Tchim Elbow "Puc eus CU3" Belly "Cur do" Shawl L;iu CO Smoke "Shook" Stone-coal "Cot" Wild onion "Wob ro" Pine seed "Ton c" Peppermint "'Ilcsh ah" Lean "Do lah" Kaecoon "Och" Mouse "() oss;iy" Stiuk "Toe taw" To sleep "Au co" Expressions of surprise or astonishment To labor, travel, or any effort or exertion Pood Sum mack To gamble "Hali" Dead "BIulu" To cut "Ho na' To shoot f " Darco,' I " Niir wa or r wa bah" This lied dam This place lied da da Where Ilab mode What is it lies hah What do you say Ha zem Give Wa ma Give it to me, or hand it to me ... To po Take it :Mip Come hero O lop pa To buy IVe.alde Lazy Huek i Dirt Pitch c " Ah mo ' ' and ' "Towb hal" Solam en] pain The following must be words of rooont formation, as thoy (•ould not have known any thing about Iho ailiolo? to which thoy are applied until recently. Coat Capot4i (iun Co pattii Powder Pul pul Candle Man to ka Hoards Top la ISuekot Su wat le lieads Hoito Paper Pap pile Vest Cliar lac co Shirt Cam o sa Hat Sonilioi Saw Har so Ox horu Mo N U M D K U S . Tiiis is the extent to which many of the tribes can count. After this they count by teii.s. If they wi.sli to count lifty, they count five tens; if one hui-.difd, ten tens, &c. One Wic tcm Two Pan im Three Sap u im Four Tchu im Five Mark um Six Tum bum Seven Tap u ini Eiglit Pont chiin Nine Pol lom Ten Matcli im PUOPER NAMES OF A FEW INDIVIDUALS OP TUB T lU It K "C II SUN A." Ma hi CO Gsh da In aces Coo die pe Colin, thc'r chief Cam mu la Hock la Put sha Pan tu She col Mou ac no Com o liii ll* ' I f ^ 508 LANGUAGE. Wo mo te Wis o ma Lu wassio Mat tuck Sar rap pa Horn pella Whco lock On em po lo Yap pa Penne wato Draper Oo can no Mo a wa i Ca bote lum Ya cbu no Will yo Sbcn do ' In none of the tribes of the Sacramento have I found a single individual who seems to bavc the least idea of cither God, angel, or Devil. ' Know nothing about it; do not scalp their slain. ' Penis, "Tche km;" Testicles, "Su-ig," or "Su wig;" Female's penis, "Pus scy;" the act of connexion, "In week ;" Female's Breast or Teats, " Min ney." * To sit down. ' Know nothing about it. * Nothing known of these things in the Indian language. ' The females alone wear them. Tlie males are entirely naked, unless where foreigners have con)e around tbera and given them old shirts, &e. ' The whole of the stars, " I'u eu li les ta." ° In some tribes "Shu," others ".Shushu," and others Coyote. '° Had neither hog nor horse in California before the establishment of the missions. " No cows, but milk is " Lee chce." NoTK. — The vocabularies of the various groups of tribes in the United States are in an adv.anced state jf preparation; and their publication will be resumed in succeeding volumes, and continued until they are complete. t"' y ! i> U X. STATE O:^ INDIAN ART. A. 609 1 II (If ir r. :^' SYNOPSIS. I. Ancient Art. (Vide Antiquities, vol. I, p. 70. ir. MoJern Art. a. Existing Handicraft Skill. 1. Pipe Sculpture. 2. Ornamented Pipe-stems. 8. Canoes of Bark. 4. War-clubs and Hatchets. T). Cradle. C. Musical Instruments. 7. Various Domestic Arts. 8. Apccun. 9. Muskrat Spear. 10. Dressiiig Skins. 11. Forest Embroidered Sheaths and Cases. 12. Wooden Implements: Ball Sticks. r ♦ : (610) II. MODERN ART. a. EXISTING HANDICRAFT SKILL. 1. Pipe Sculpture. AiiT, ill the Iiuliivn mind, .appears to have had its germ in the peculiar species of sculpture which is evinced in the stone carvings of their ancient smoking pipes. The ancient forms of these arc shown, by the disclosures of their graves and altar-mounds in the West, to have been very elaborate. The specimens figured by Mr. Ssed of the fd)rons r-building of bark is |K'culiar (o the Algoixpiins, who evince skill and taste in the construction. There arc canoes of all lengths, from a hunting «:an<.K' of two fathoms (12 feet), nuuiaged by (wo p-r.-'ons. to i\iv <h' iiKiitiT, (he largest known («» the fiu' trade, which is ibirty-six leet long, and re(|uiivs Iburteen paddles. The lightness of this vessel is one of its peculiar properties — a canoe of the Ibnner kind Ix'ing ivadily carried by one pcr.-on. Figures 1, 2, ;>, 4, Plate 72, exhibit this fabric in various |K)sitii>ns and conditions. Fig. 5 exhibits (he ordinary wooden cau(X>, made I'roin an entire trunk, such as is employed by the more southerly and wes(erly trilK's. 4. Wak-€i. UBS AND Hatchets. The various six'cies of war-clubs used by the western trik's a( the ])resent time, are depicted in Figures ], 2, 3, 4, "), 0, 7, S, Plate 73; and 1, 2, "), tl, 7, Plate 74. Figs. 3 and 4 exhibit the forms of two siwcies of hatchet. 5. Ckaole. The construction of the Indian cradle is the subject of considerable care and ingenuity. The olyeet is to .spread (he spine of (he child, while i( is tender, on a stout flat surface, and enclose it with wraj)pings, to prevent hurt or accident in a forest life, subject to ju'riK'tual danger. To do this, the child is deprived of all nu)ti()n. It is lM)und down with a band, and its head protected by a wcKxlen hooi», Fig. 2, Plate 15; and it thus learns its first lesson of that endurance inse[)arable IWmu the hunter and warrior life. This subject has been mentioned under (he head of iMainiers and Cus(oms, and is re-introduced here to exhibit the mode in which the skull is distorted. Figures 3, 4, Plate 15. Pt. II. — (35 il 614 STATE OF INDIAN ART. 6. Musical Instruments. Plate 75 exhibits the various musical instruments of our western Indians. Nos. 1, 2, 3, depict the heavy and light drums used in war, religious ceremonies, and amusements. The gourd-rattle, the she-slle-g^vun of the Alg(m(iuins, is shown in Figs. 5, 6, 7, 8, the latter of which is distinguisheil as the turtle-shell rattle.' In No. 7. the war-dance rattle is shown, which is mode by angidar pieces of deers' hoofs, Busjiended to a stick. The pib-lxj-gwun, or pipe, (8 and 9,) consists of semi-cylindrical pieces of ceihir, glued together. Oflen they are further bound together by rings of i»ewtcr. The Chippcwos frequently draw a snake's skin over the cedar tube. It is blown as a flageolet, and has five, si.\, or seven key-holes.' In keeping time in their songs and dances, a point in which the Indians are very precise, a notched stick is sometimes drawn on a resisting medium, being supported by a reversed pan (Fig. 11, Plate 75) or the shell of u gourd. 7. Various Domestic Arts. In the adaptation of implements to the state of the forest-arts, the Indians exhibit much ingenuity. Bone, horn, stone, and native cop[jer, which in the ancient state of the tribes were relied on to give point and edge to implements requiring hardness, have been suixTscded unifonnly among all the tribes on the frontiers by the use of iron. Knives, siiears, axes, awls, needles, looking-glasses, tweezers, and a variety of u.seful fabrics, are as well known to the trade, with even the remotest tribes, as guns, traps, kettles, ilints, and guniwwder. The tendency of opinion in the entire race, as a race, is to resist the introducticm of any £uro])ean arts which require conformity with plans of civic labor. We now see some adaptations very ingeniously made to facilitate the forest-arts, which were laboriously or clumsily lierformed at the discovery of America. The currier's knife and block are not intro- duced in dressing skins, but a species of adze (Figs. 6, 7, 8, Plate 7(5) is resorted to for removing the liair. The ice-chisel (Fig. 11, idem) is a vast improvement for the application of manual strength and efficiency on the native aisiikun, which it supplants. Even the whip, where horses are possessed by the prairie tribes, is modified to a lash adjusted to the Indian arm, as in Figs. 1, 2, 3, Plate 77. ' This rattle is fastened to the leg just below the knee. The motion of the dancer causes it to rattle. ' The Dacotas make this instrument from a single piece, i !' t jif 3 # "-^^^^ ■^*6' W A H <: L U ii i ^ioQ^^QO&S>eti^o&^^^^\ >y A h '■:> J. )) :i; -s I i:ii..i, HK.r ivi I :i I IM •• rr. ;i •mi ^..^m z^OiSL mm MM STATE OF INDIAN ART. 8. Apecun. 515 Horses, which are observed to be an element of civilization in all the tribes where they are introduced, have not become so general in any of the more favoi-ed bands as to relieve woman from her toils by the ancient apecun, or carrying strap. This bodge of a degraded state, the test of barbarism, is still common among them, particularly as respects the forest tribes. Fig. 10, Plate 76. 9. MusKRAT Spear. (Figs. 1 and 2, Plate 76,) arc strong iron spears, used in the winter season for spearing muskrats, (see Plate 5, Figs. 3, 4, 5, and 9,) varying somewhat from the fish- spear used by the north-western tribes. Figs. 3 and 4 are used for spearing fish from a canoe ; see Plate 8. Fig. 5 is a short spear used for spearing fish in winter through a hole in the ice ; see Plate 6. Fig. 9 has a very slender spear, usually a fish-hook etraightened out, attached to an arrow. This is fastened to the bow by a string. Boys and young men shoot this arrow into the fish, through holes in the ice, or along the shore, (see Plate 7,) and draw them in by means of the string attached to the bow. 10. Dressing Skins. All the native arts depending on the dressed skins of the bison or deer, are practised with a degree of ingenuity which demonstrates that woman, however long she may have been parted from civilized society, and subjected to hardship and degradation, retains many of the domestic arts, even in her lowest state, and is prone to rise to her original dignity. She provides the hunter, who has determined her condition in woods and forests, with many little conveniences which serve to reconcile him to want and hardship, and do much to make amends to him for his dreary lot. 11. Forest Embroidered Sheaths and Gases. His knife-sheath, (Figs. 4, 5, 6, Plate 77,) is ingeniously ornamented. His looking- glass (Fig. 7) is imbedded in wood, and provided with a sheath, to carry it conve- niently with his personal paraphernalia. His choice feather of honor is furnished with a wooden case, (Fig. 9,) and his garments provided with fringes and beads, by the use of a little hand-loom, (Fig. 8, idem,) which appears to be the unforgotten germ of the JlG STATE OF INDIAN ART. weaver's art, in a former state of society. This contrivance is formed by the knife from a solid piece of wood. It embraces a reed of eighteen strands, which i)ermits a small shuttle to be passed between the warp and woof 12. Wooden Implements: Ball Sticks. The ordinary domestic implements which are fabricated from wootl are depicted in Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, G, 7, Plate 78. Figs. 8 and 9 are instruments employed by youth in playing a game on the snow which is supposed to represent the motions of the serpent. Nos. 10 and 11 are ball sticks. >^5-ill Mil f J 1' JJ " y y. A H .'J . i-i A I i.'. A f J :i >: , ■" k j ri o a /, a .'j £ i', 3 > jf-?, rMjt r.Kji /\rjL' D ij i,uj K ri .:5-rjiA.H. I - I-. 1 II- Hi 1 ... i\ ." ■: ! CM W 1! s- ■■ run '.' • hr ! Pintell L - « U"- II. i I /Mr: H« ;V;j,'f /A ^tr N. \. I J 'J glia^Hj :'ii--- • 1. ■ l-..!l: .' ! r.-t 1 t,; r i.ii- .r i ivj fj I. ..■■: IW I 1 'IC ' 111 XI. FUTURE PROSrECTS. A. (517) FUTURE PROSPECTS. SYNOPSIS. I. Importiinco of the Pastoral Stnte on Races of Men. By II. R. Schoolcraft. II. Moiin!4 of Melioration. By John Johnston, Es(|. III. Moral Questions relative to Practical Plans for Educating; and Civilizing the Aborigines. By Rev. D. Lowry. IV. Present Geographical Position, Number, and Means of the Iroquois. By W. P. Angel, Esq. 'W^OMAA^^^^^^^^^WW^A^^^ 1. IMPORTANCE OF THE PASTORAL STATE ON RACES OF MEN. The cotulitiun mid future prospects of the Indian tribes of tlie United States present questions of tlie liij^hest moral interest to the government and jK-ople. In many resjwcts the mon and his prosiK'cts are alike peculiar. The history of the world lias not had its exact parallel. Other races of hunter-men, brought into civilization, had an intermediate tyj)e, namely, the pastoral, between the hunter and the civil state. The wildest Arab trilx's, the nomades of Asia, had the camel, horse, cow, goat or sheep ; but our Indian trilios had no dome.stic animals when the continent was discovered. They had formed no manners resulting from such cares and discriminating duties ; and the ferocity of their character was not in the least meliorated by this imp FUTURE PROSPECTS. 629 years they will exhaust the country of game, and in less than ten years there will not ramain unoccupied country between the two oc i sufficient to subsist our present Indian population ; and they must before that time adopt the habits of the civilized man or perish. It is, of course, too late now to correct the error, if one has been committed by our government, inasmuch as the Indians are all now moved west of the Mississippi river, and will soon meet the tide rolling eastward from the Pacific. That oftrrepeated and gloomy prophecy, that they are a doomed people, will be fulfilled, or they must be civilized. Then do we not hasten their supposed destiny by driving them from the heart of civilization, and keeping them upon the frontier. The philanthropist and missionary find, in this system of continually changing the location of the Indians from year to year as our frontier advances westward, obstacles insurmountable to human efforts. The temptation to the Indian, even if he should have made some progress in improvement, and been "almost pcrattaded" to be a civilized man, af*er his old location had failed to afford him subsistence by the chase — at his new home universally abandons his semi-formed habits, and yields to the temptation offered by a fresh hunting-country to return to a hunter's life. And the missionary or agent of the government not only loses the assistance given him in his benevolent and arduous task, by the example of that good order which reigns in the older settlements, resulting from the operation of wholesome laws, but the dark mind of his pupil is brought in contact with, and under the mighty influence of all the vice and depravity of that filthy scum of civilization which everywhere floats upon its border. Dis. heartening and hopeless is his task, so long as we keep the Indians moving — place them beyond this influence as far as we will, and like hungry wolves upon the path of the wearied fawn, it will follow them up. In keeping the Indians continually in a new country, we do but perpetuate their savage habits and hasten their doom, by rendering them an easy prey to the avarice and cupidity of a pack of rapacious wolves, who, unfit to live in orderly communities, and outcasts from every society where law is known, hover upon the Indian line. Facts are believed to be the most reliable arguments on this point, and they exhibit to us examples of the best farmers in the State of New York, among the Indian tribes Avho have been suffered to remain at their old homes, while the corrupting, and to the red man especially, destructive vices of the frontier floated out beyond them; and uniformly, where the efforts to civilize Indians have been successful, they have been surrounded and aided by the influence and example of Bible and law observing communities. Habits rooted for centuries, and environed by that iron wall of darkness and superstition, cannot be changed, except by necessity. Mere instruction or argument will never demolish it. Necessity must do it. Keep the Indians then on their old Pt. II.— 67 580 FUTURE PROSPECTS. worn-out liiinting-groundH — surround them by scttlemontH, and wo fumiHii pliiliin- thmpy with this great lever: the savage hunter is forced to become a tiller of the soil, and the Avay is opened to the introduction of the arts and sciences. The benign influences of Christianity are brought to bear upon him, and the superstitious savage becomes an enlightened man and a Christian. But, as remarked above, the Indians who still retain their wild habits, are oil removed west of the Mississippi, and all that remains for our government to do, is now being done. The withering influence that keeps pace with the border line, nnint Ixi counteracted and restrained hy the presence of energetic laws. That foe to which the Indian so soon capitulates, must be conquered and driven from their country, and the red man's doom may yet be averted, and he take a position with intelligent beings, assigned by heaven. 104. The moral and physical evils resulting from the trade with the Indians, which is sanctioned by our present laws, have been referred to in the answer to (95.) The evils of the whiskey trade are notorious, and are incalculable. Every other obstacU^ to Indian improvement is in some manner connected with this one, and it is indec d the most potent and effectual instrument of woe and destruction that diabolical ingenuity could invent. The physical evils flowing from the licensed trade, as it has been permitted heretofore, are to be found, for the most part, in the suffering and want produced by the encouragement which it gives to the prodigality and improvidence of the savage, who, not able to spend his money when he is in need, is tempted to squander the whole of it within twenty-four hours afler its reception upon toys and useless trinkets. The risk is too great for the trader to trust hii.i for goods or provi- sions when he needs them, and he and his family must starve or steal, while he has ample means coming to him from the government, if they could be judiciously antici- pated by him, to subsist and clothe them comfortably through the year. And to this cause — want — may be referred a large majority of the depredations upon the stock of the frontier farms, of which complaints are every year made to the government. It is believed that the introduction of gunpowder and fire-arms among the Indiana has produced the same result that it has been found to produce upon civilized warfare, rendering it less frequent and bloody. It is not known that any definite influence upon their civilization can be traced to its introduction. " Finally, can this trade be placed upon better principles, and what are they ?" It may appear presumptuous to suggest an entire change in the laws which have been adopted for the government of the Indian trade. But the errors which have crept into those laws are such os time and experience alone could point out, and it is impossible for the Avisest legislation to foresee the effects that may result among a people so little understood from a law good in its operation upon society elsewhere. FUTURE PROSPECTS. It is intended, no doubt, in posting laws for the protection ol" th nornnt sfl^ itfc, and for the regulation of our Indian trade and intercourse, to e.\t • all iiiiHgi.|H»r persons from any connexion with tiio Indians; and that the iieraous cnrrving <»»« the trade, as well as the manner in which it is conducted, should, so far as practicable, be rendered auxiliary to the cause of civilization and moral improvement. The errors in the present system have been attended to above, and it has been shown that it fails to render that assistance to the Indians which might be rendered. To suffer the Indians to anticipate their annuities upon the national (tribal) credit, without any check upon either the trader or the Indians, has been found to oik'u wide the door to fraud and corruption, and it has been very properly prohibited by law. The Indians, having no accountant themselves, may Ix) imjxised upon as to the amount of their debt ; and even if the chiefs were aware of the fraud, they may lie induced in many instances to become parties in the imposition upon their own people. Though the Indians were by this system often enabled to supply their wants in anticipation of their coming annuities, and thus have less money to spend for whiskey, the system was a bad one, and it needed correction. The alternative mlopted has been to distribute the annuity pro rata to individuals or families, paying no regard to any debts that may have been incurred or obligations entered into by the chiefs of the tribe ; and it is confidently believed that this system may be so modified as to make the annuities from the government comfortably clothe and feed the Indians through the year, and render them as efficient an instrument of happiness and improvement as the misuse now made of them is the cause of woe and degradation and destruction. A modification of the present Indian regulations, something like the following, is suggested by many years' observation and intimate connexion with the Indians of the north : — The agents or sub-agents should nominate to the Indian Department such persons of unexceptionable moral character as may apply for license to trade with the Indians, until a sufficient number are licensed to satisfy the wants of the trade, with sufficient capital to carry it on and iio more. It should be made the duty of each person to whom license is granted to do every thing in his power to forward the efforts making by the government to civilize the Indians, and likewise to use every effort to prevent the introduction or traffic in ardent spirits in tlie tribe. Each trader should receive his license to trade at such points in the tribe or tribes, within the agency or sub-agency, as the agent or sub-agent should designate, upon condition of his paying five hundred dollars, which sum should go to constitute a national contingent fund for the benefit of the tribe or tribes included in the agency or sub-agency. In addition to paying the sum above mentioned, the applicant for license should bo : \ Mi FUTURE PROSPECTS. n>quired to give bond, an heretofore, with security approved by the judge of the district where he may have resided. And any act in violation of the regulations of the Indian Department, or in any manner directly or indirectly opposing the efforts to civilize the Indians and promote the cause of education among them, should subject him to a forfeiture of license and a penalty of two thousand dollars ; and any oct of this nature, by agent or employee, or of any other person, by direction of a trader, should subject him to the same consequences as though the act were done by liimself. The agent or sub-agent should be required to take a correct roll of the Indians within his agency or sub-agency at the commencement of their fiscal year, getting the names of the heads as well as the number of each family, so as to ascertain the precise distributive share of each individual of the money due the tribe from the government at the next payment. The agent or sub-agent, either alone or in connexion with two of the army-officers of the nearest military post, who may be detailed for this object by the commanding officer, should form a council to examine the traders' invoices, and fix upon them a tariff of prices at which the goods should be sold to the Indians. A copy and list of prices should be kept by the agent, and a copy given by him to the traders ; and any violation of said tariff should subject the trader to a forfeiture of his license upon conviction before the authority empowered to revoke licenses. It should be the duty of the agent, when an Indian needs any article, to give him an order which should be payable, by either of the traders to whom the Indian should choose to take it, in the article or articles specified ; and the agent or sub-agent should by no means be authorized to give an Indian or family such orders to an amount exceeding that of the distributive share belonging to him or them of the annuities due from the government at the first ensuing payment, aa shown on the roll. The agent or sub-agent should keep a correct account with the individual Indians or heads of families of the orders thus given, so that he may be able to tell, at any time, how much of his annuity each may have taken up in this way. The traders shall be required to fill such orders of the agent or sub-agent when presented by the Indiana in favor of whom they may he dratcn, and keep an accurate account of their own, corresponding with the one kept by the agent ; and upon his presenting these orders at the annuity payment, they shall be paid by the Indian disbursing officer out of the amounts due the several Indians from the government, and the balance shall be paid to the Indians severally in hand, provided that the agent or sub-agent shall by no means cancel these orders when presented by any one other than a licensed trader within his agency or sub-agency. The agent or sub-agent shall be permitted to select and appoint a person suitable for a clerk, to assist him in keeping the Indian accounts, who should be paid $600 out of the national contingent fund provided as above. The balance of said contingent fund should be applicable to any national purpose FUTURE PROSPECTS. 683 (losirod by the cliicfn and approved of by the ngciit of tbo triln', and the bulanoe that iiii^'lit ri'inuiii on band at the end of tlie year should be added to the education funda for the tribe. The objectH which it itt confidently lK>Iicvcd would be attained by a change in the Indian laws in unison with the alxivo HUggcstions, are the following: — The Indians woide8. My opinion is, that those sent either by the government or the church to labor for the benefit of savages, should have full liberty to adopt such plans, and modify them, as circumstances and experience might require. No one thinks of trammelling a general in command of an army with specific laws to FUTURE PROSPECTS. 535 govern Iiiiii in the field of battle. Mind is more difficult to conquer than botly, and he wlio would mould the former should, like the officer in the fieKl, be allowed to exerci.se some discretion as to the plans to be adopted. To elevate the condition of the Red man, our chief concern is with miml and heart. To exert an influence upon these much often depends upon little things, and a thousand opportunities for making favor- able impressions will occur which can never be anticipated or provided for by instructions drawn up a thousand miles from the Indian country. Ijet competent persons then be employed to labor with and operate ujion the Indians, — persons of integrity and conscience, and having full liberty to avail themselves of all the advantages which experience and observation can affi)rd. Such has been the unsettled state of the Winnebagoes since the commencement of their school and farm, that no mode of treatment or policy adopted could be fairly tested by its practical effijctd upon the nation. Many of them have applied for aid in building houses to live in; but in view of their expected removal, no such assistance has been affiirded. 259. No beneficial eflbcts, either "physical or intellectual," are perceived by an "intennixture" of European blood with the Indian. I should suppose about one eighth of the Winnebagoes possess more or less white blood. 2G0. The numerical strength of this trii)c is advancing, and has been since they removed across the Mississippi river. 202. A visible change in the cleanliness, both as regards the " costume " and person of the Winnebagoes, has taken place within the last fifteen years. 203. Females still perform field lal)or, though not without the aid of the men, as heretofore. The wife of a chief observed, not long since, that it was not now thought a disgrace for a man to work. 204. The Christian religion exerts but a feeble infiucncc upon this tribe; indeed it may be said that Christian teachers have never been introduced among them for the purpose of preaching the gospel. When I first entered their school, no interpreter could be had to translate religious instruction, and before any of the children learned the English language in the institution, I was requested by the government to take charge of their agency. This withdi-cw me from the school, and filled my hands with other business, though I preached every sabbath to the white community belonging to the establishment. On accepting the agency, I resolved to appoint persons from the difierent churches of the country, to teach in the school, labor on the farm, and have an eye to the religious improvement of the Indians. The object in selecting from I i j FUTURE PROSPECTS. the different denominations was to enlist the sympathies of each, and to give satisfaction to all. The persons thus selected were formed into a religious association before the Indians, called " The Church in the Wilderness." Never have I seen more harmony in a Christian community, and the deepest solicitude seemed to be felt for the Indians. Many of the children of the school became interested on the subject of religion, and the prospect of influencing their tribe was most encouraging. But, in the midst of these favorable cirv;umstances, I was removed from office, and an attempt made by my successor to place the whole concern on a sectarian footing. Against this course the Indians themselves, connected with the school, remonstrated ; but the plan previously adopted for religious operations was broken up, and the interest on the subject of religion among the children, passed away. Since my return as superintendent of the school, I have not deemed it expedient to resume the organization of a church, but have preached every sabbath to the white community and to the Indians understanding the English language, as they were disposed to attend. We never can succeed, however, in introducing the Christian religion among the savages without employing Christians to do it. I am aware that it is a delicate matter for government to act on this subject ; and, to prevent all cause for the charge of partiality, it was my policy, as before stated, to employ professors of religion belonging to diffijrent churches, with the understanding, however, that they could associate in the capacity of one church before the Indians. This policy I would earnestly recommend noio. It is the only plan that can be adopted, under the auspices of government, that would not be liable to objections by some religious denomination. To place the school and farm in charge of any one denomination, and to exclude the rest, would give oflence. To divide the funds among several Christian parties, and suffer them to go before the Indians with their denominational distinctions and predilections, would greatly retard, if not defeat, the object intended. But form one Christian community before the Indian, drawn from the different churches, and 3'ou have the good feelings of all, and, at the same time exclude those petty distinc- tions of SECTS, so injurious to religion among the whites. I repeat, this plan is practicable, for I have tried it. I am not without solicitude on this subject. Government has placed me among the Indians with the expectation that I will improve their morals : this I cannot do without introducing among them the Christian religion, and to succeed in this, I need the example and aid of all in the employ of the department. The task of converting savages to Christianity is by no means an eaay one. Think of the slow progress of religion among our own people, with all the facilities enjoyed ; yet the obstacles among us, opposing the gospel, are not half so numerous as among the Indians, while the means of grace among the whites, perhaps, can never be mode fully to bear upon the Lidians. To convert our own people, we have only to overcome the objections of a depraved heart to the holiness of the gospel ; but to convert the red FUTURE PROSPECTS. 537 man, we must first convince him that his own religion is false, and that oura is true. This being done, we must still encounter the corruptions of the human heart. The white man who haa no religion is convinced, in judgment, that the Christian religion is true, and yet for years rejects it, notwithstanding all the Bibles and other books and religious privileges surrounding him. In view of this fact, what can we hope from the Indians, with the public means employed for their conversion ? Yet embrace the Christian religion tlwy must, or perish ; for it is one of the solemn records of inspiration, that *-the nations and kingdoms that will not serve God shall perish." 265, An effort is now being made, with a prospect of most pleasing success, to induce the children of the school to sign a temperance pledge. But few refuse. The cause which operates upon the minds of Indians, leading to intemperance, is simply a love of excitement — the same that operates upon white men. To reclaim the Indians from the sin of drunkenness, the same means should be used which prove successful with the whites. It is not known that any further legislation on the part of Congress would be of service in checking this vice. The late law, rendering the Indians competent witnesses against whiskey-sellers, will do much good. It is very desirable that the States bordering on the Indian country should pass a similar law. If the change proposed in the system of trade should be adopted, I would have high hopes from that quarter. Pt. II. — 68 4. PRESENT GEOGRAPHICAL POSITION, NUMBERS, AND MEANS, OF THE IROQUOIS. BY W. P. ANOEI., ESQ. New York SrB-AGENCT, EllicottviUe, January, 1848. Sir : — In pursuance of the instructions of the Department communicated to me in May last, I have procured the census and statistics of the several tribes of the Iroquois within the limits of this State, so far as the same was practicable, and here- with transmit the returns to you. As there are some matters of general interest which the tables do not exhibit, I have deemed it proper to present tnem in this communication. The Senegas. The Senecas are, at present, by far the most numerous branch of the Iroquois. They now occupy their Reservations in Western New York, and a small party are still located upon the lands of the Corn-planter, in Warren county, Pennsylvania. The Alleghany Reservation, belonging to the Senecas, is situated wholly within the county of Cattaraugus, upon both sides of the Alleghany river, averaging about one mile in width, and extending about forty miles up the said river from the Pennsylvania line. An accurate survey, made for the Indians a few years since, gives something over 33,000 acres as the area of this Reservation. It embraces almost the entire extent of the level lands bordering upon the river, and a considerable portion of all that is susceptible of cultivation in the valley. The bed of the river is very much depressed, and the lands on either side reach a great elevation, and except at occasional intervals, where small streams find their way through the hills to the river, are so steep and precipitous as to forbid all attempts at settlement and cultivation. The lands of the Indians were formerly covered with an extensive growth of white pine timber, which has been the object of the cupidity of the whites ever since the settle- ment of the country. The removal and sale of this timber have heretofore afforded to the Indians a considerable means of subsistence, and as it has always commanded a ready sale and (588) FUTURE PROSPECTS. 539 fair price, they have rehed upon it to the neglect of agricultural pursuits. The soil is generally of good quality, producing readily large quantities of com and other spring crops. Winter wheat is not generally successful, though I apprehend this is owing more to the climate than to the incapacity of the soil to produce it. The more hardy kinds of fruit are produced in limited quantities, and, with proper attention, might be greatly increased. The Indians have two large saw-mills upon the river, which they rent to white people, and which yield them an annual revenue of about six hundred dollars. Other premises are also leased by individuals for ferries, and for depositing and rafting lumber, and the entire amount of rents paid for all these purposes must reach very near the amount of two thousand dollars per annum. The Indians upon this reservation, with few exceptions, live in circumstances of comfort, and some have accumulated a considerable amount of property. They may be said to be advancing steadily in their eflTorts at social improvement, and nothing is wanting but proper encouragement and protection to render them prosperous, and place them beyond the reach of want. The present population of this reservation consists of about eight hundred Senecas, one hundred Onondagas, thirty Cayugas, and twenty Oneidas. The Cattaraugus reservation, also the property of the Senecas, is situated mostly in the county of Erie, on the Cattaraugus Creek, and extending from Lake Erie inland about thirteen miles. It embraces about thirty thousand acres, with a level surface, and a soil equal in richness and fertility to any tract of land of equal extent within the limits of the State. Considerable attention has been paid by the Indians on this reservation to agricul- tural pursuits, and a very great number exhibit evidences of prosperity, and even wealth, in the appearance of their houses, barns, fields, and crops, and stocks of cattle, that would suffer nothing in comparison with a white population of equal extent in any of the interior counties. Many of them have of late paid considerable attention to improving their dwellings ; and on passing through the principal thoroughfare of this reservation, a stranger would scarcely be reminded of the presence of an Indian population. Large frame houses painted white, and in many instances furnished with green window-blinds, comfortable barns, and extensive and well-fenced fields, would be presented to his view in as rapid succession as in any other farming community. It is true that this state of prosperity is not universal. As in all communities within the reach of ardent spirits, there are to be found some who are idle and dissolute ; and there is still another class here who occupy the remote portions of the reservation, whose pride and prejudice still cause them to regard the pursuit of agriculture as a condition of servitude and degradation. Yet the prosperity that universally attends those who are diligent in the cultivation of the soil is fast overcoming this feeling ; and the example of the thriving and pros- perous, with their comfortable houses, furniture and clothing, well-filled granaries, and their horses and cattle, is operating powerfully upon the judgment of the proud hunter 540 FUTURE PROSPECTS. I' < to the removing of his prejudice, and stimulating liini to undertake the improvement of his own condition. In the progress and prosperity of this people the friends of humanity have every encouragement to persevere in the task of reclaiming them from their original state of ignorance and barbarity. The lands they inhabit are capable of producing in profusion all the necessaries and many of the luxuries of life, and they only need to be made acquainted with the science of agriculture to Ixicome an important branch of the producing ix)pulation of this section of the State. They have now upon their reservation two churches, one council-house, several school-houses, and one saw-mill u^jon the Cattaraugus creek. Many of the Indians residing here have received a good English education ; two have regularly studied the profession of the law, and one is a regularly licensed physician, who practises among his people, and each of whom is a valuable and useful man. The population of this reservation consists, in round numbers, of about twelve hundred Senecas, thirty Onondagas, and one hundred and seven Cayugas. The Tonewanta Reservation, also occupied by the Senecas, but which is now claimed by the Ogden Company, under the treaty of 1842, is situated on the Tonewanta creek, in the county of Genesee, and comprises about fifteen thousand acres. It is in the midst of a rich wheat-growing country, of a level surface and good soil. Any of the crops common to this latitude are readily produced, and as the land is easy of cultiva- tion, the band find no difficulty in supplying their wants, while many families annually raise a surplus for sale. There is a saw-mill on this reservation, but the possession is in constant dispute between the Indians and Ogden Company, and neither is able to derive any considerable benefit from it. The progress of this band of Senecas in moral and mental improvement is materially retarded by their unhappy difficulties with the Company, though the necessity they feel resting upon them to sustain them- selves and meet the expenses of the controversy, has already stimulated them to considerable activity in all the departments of productive industry. Upon the issue of the contest this stimulus will undoubtedly be turned to good account, in the benefit they will derive from the results of their experience, and the demonstration of the success that has followed their eflforts to make the cultivation of the soil minister to their comfort and wants. The present population of this reservation consists of about six hundred and seventy-five Senecas, nine Cayugas, and six Onondagas, including one of their chiefs. The TuscARORA tribe occupy a reservation in the county of Niagara, about three miles easterly from Lewiston, and seven miles northeasterly from Niagara Falls. The reservation is one mile wide and three miles long. By the treaty of 1838, the Ogden Company purchased this reservation, but, owing to some disagreement with the Indians in relation to the valuation of the improvements, the contract remains unexecuted, and the Indians retain the occupancy of the lands. Adjoining this reservation on the FUTURE PROSPECTS. 541 south, tl»oy also own and occupy five thousand acres, which they purchased of the llolhind Company and hold in fee. Both tracts are good quality of wheat lands, and the raising of winter wlicat is the principal object of cultivation. One of their chiefs, Mr. John Mountpleasant, informed me that one thousand bushels of wheat were raised on his farm the past season, eight hundred of which he raised himself, and two hundi-ed were raised upon lands which he rented to others upon shares. Another of their chiefs, Mr. V/illiam Chew, informed me that at harvest time, last sununer, he still had in his barn three hundred bushels of wheat of the crop of the previous year. The principal chief of this tribe, William Mountpleasant, is a wealthy man, living in a fine stone house, and besides the farm which he occupies himself, rents to white jxiople some three hundred acres of improved lands, from which he receives a large amount of rent. These are by no means solitary cases, and I mention them as exhibiting gratifying evidence of the progress this band arc making in husbandry and improvement. In this band, I found not a single person who now adheres to their ancient superstitions, the entire mass professing or acknowledging the Christian religion. They are sober, temjjcrate and industriou.s, and in the scale of social improvement occupy a high place among their alwriginal brethren of the State. They have one meeting-house, which they also occupy for a council-house, and one school-house. The present population of the Tuscaroras is alx)ut three hundred, with whom also reside about twenty Onon.dagas. The OxoxDAGAS occupy a reservation in the county of Onondaga, about six miles south of Syracuse. This reservation contains seven thousand acres. It is situated pi'incipally in the Onondaga Valley, and the soil is of the best quality and well adapted to agricultural purposes. Wheat and corn are easily produced, and many kinds of fruit are already cultivated to a considerable extent. The Onondagas also own a saw- mill, from which, together with some portion of their lands, which they rent to others, they derive a large revenue. They are generally industrious and in comfortable circumstances, though their proximity to a populous village, and their facility for pi-ocuring intoxicating drinks, is manifest in the conduct of many, who indulge in idleness and dissipation. They have a council-house, school-house, and meeting-house, with an organized church and a temperance society. The chiefs and principal men arc making considerable efforts to suppress intemperance among them, with gratifying success. The present population at Onondaga is about two hundred and .seventy. The OxEiDAS are located some two miles south of Oneida Castle, in the counties of Oneida and Madison. There are but a few families remaining there, who own and occupy their farms in severalty. Their lands are good farming lands, and are generally Avell-fenced, and under a good state of cultivation. They have a meeting- house, in which they also hold their councils ; and a school-house, in which a school is sustained by the Missionary Society, a principal portion of the time. Their present number is alrout two hundred. Hi 542 FUTURE PROSPECTS. The St. Regi.s band occupy lands in the northwest comer of the county of Franklin, N. Y., and in Canada, and upon the islands of the St. Regis river, where the boundary line between Canada and the United States reaches the St. Lawrence. This line divides their village, leaving the principal part of the population in Canada. Indians of this band, who acknowledge the jurisdiction of the United States, and receive annuities from the State of New York, are on either side of the line, and improve lands both in Canada and New York. The same is the case with that portion of the band who are subject to the jurisdiction of the British Government, and who now number about 600 souls. It was impossible to ascertain the quantity of land under their control. It is mostly of good quality, and bears com and other spring crops in abundance. These Indians all profess to be believers in the Christian religion, and many of them are members of the Catholic Church located in Canada, and employ a priest, who resides among them. They have a good school-house, built with funds furnished by the State, in which a school is regularly maintained. They are generally sober and industrious, with occasional instances of intemperate drinkers. The number under the jurisdiction of the United States, or who belong to what is known among them as the American Party, is now about four hundred and sixty. The number of Indians from Canada, or from tribes not belonging to the Iroquois, now living in New York, is not as gi-eat as is usually supposed. Upon this subject the New York Indians are jealous and sensitive, and will not permit the intrusion among them of Indians who are not entitled to partake of their annuities, or occupy their lands. The few that have been found living here are mostly connected by marriage with the local bands, and are allowed to remain as a matter of favor. There are yet remaining on the eastern extremity of Long Island, a few of the old Montauk tribe, who live principally by fishing and following the sea. In the town of Southampton, Suflfolk county, there are about fifteen, and twenty in the town of Easthampton, of the full blood. They have but little property, and seldom anything beyond a temporary supply for their present wants. Very respectfully, Your obedient servant, W. G. Angel, Sub-Agmt. Hon. Wm. Medill, Commiasioner of Indian Affairs, Washington. Xn. STATISTICS AND POPULATION B. (US) SYNOPSIS. I. Period of 1850. Official Report of the Commissioner of Indian AfTairs for ISfjO. A. Statement of tlio amount of investments for the Indian tribes in stocks drawing interest. B. Statement of interest appropriated by Congress for the several tribes, of which the government is trustee, in lieu of investments. C. Estimate of the current expenses of the Indian Bureau at the seat of government. D. Estimate of the funds required during the fiscal year (1st July, 1851, to 30th June, 1852) for the payment of annuities and fulfilling treaty stipulations with the Indian tribes. E. Estimates for sums required, during the present year, (to June SOtli, 1851,) for the seivicc of tho department. XL Period of 1820. Letter of Hon. W. II. Crawford, Secretary of tho Treasury, 1820. A. Annuities due to Indian tribes in 1820. B. Appropriations and expenditures *br tho survey ond sale of public lands. C. Schedule of sales before the organization of public land-offices. D. Statement of the amount of sales, from the opening of the land-offices to the 30th September, 1819. E. Estimate of the number ov acres of public lands which have been surveyed and sold, and the number which riMnain unsold, 30th September, 1819. F. Estimate of the quantity of land purchased from the Indians to 15th October, 1820. in. Topic of lands purchased from the Indians. Message of tho President, 1840. A. Statement of purchases of land mad? frn>n each tribe since the establishment of tho present federal government, chronologically arranged. B. List of tribes, alp'iabetically arranged, who have ceded territory, since the establish- ment of the present government. C. Aggregates of lands, compensations, exchanges, and names of tribes, from the origin of the government to 1840. Appendix to Statistics. Population of the United States — Tenth Census. (644) : i I STATISTICS AND POPULATION. Skventy-kive years liavc i-liipsi-d since tlic United States, with the assumption of sovereignty in 1770, In'gan the nianuffenient of the diflieult and complicated siihject of Indian Aft'airs. In taking up this topic, with the view of exhibiting the several classes of statistical facts which belong to its consideration on an enlarged basis, it is deemed proper, as a starting point, to introduce it with tlu Annual Reiwrt of the Commissioner of Indian AH'airs for iS.jO. This paiti'r denotes, with clearness, after a brief view of the current tnuisactions with the several tribes, the amount of their vested fund [A] ; the interest annually payable thereon [li] ; the current official expenses of the Bureau [C] ; the current expenses of tlie Department at large, and the payment of annuities and expenses of fuHilling treaty stipulaticms for the fiscal year commencing 1st July, 1851 [D] ; and the estimates of the special sums asked from Congress to complete the fiscal obligations of the office for the year ending 30th June, 1851 [E]. From these data, which exhibit the point of exiKsnditure at which the Department now (1850) stands, a vie .• of the same classes of facts, as completely as they have been obtained, is thrown back for a period of thirty years, when the whole annual sum asked for, by Mr. Crawford, for treaty expenditures, was but $152,575. The same class of payments, including special estimates resulting from the operation of former treaties, stands now at $2,299,272 G5. This is wholly exclusive of the current expenses of the Department, which amount to $121,500. Notliing could more conclusively show the progress of this branch of the public business, since the Indian area of the Mississippi Valley began to enter freely as an element in the estimates, than the liberal sums which have been paid to the Indian tribes for th«'ir lands; the exact and punctual manner in which their funds have been managed, and the continually expanding importance of this department. It is a documentary history of our dealings with the Indian tribes, Avhich will outlive all accusation ; and must serve to convince the world, that they have been treated, under every question of the conflicting trii)licate jurisdiction, lx)tween tiiemselvks, the States, and the United States, with justice, a high regard Pt. 1I._C9 ^-^^') 646 STATISTICS AND POTULATION. fur their naturnl rijrlitH, and a tlogreo of patifiit magnaiiiinity, Ik'voiuI the alM)rij,'iiu'H of any jn'ople whoso liiftory has Iktii preservoil. The iMjlicy of a removal of tlie tiilK-s from positions within the limits of the States, where they not only felt the conflicts of jurisdiction, but their e.\|)osure to annihilation iK'canic evident; nnd the policy of their removal to the west of the Mississippi river, where they could concentrate in masses under their own laws, and colonize under the protection of the government; were hrougli forward and suhmitted to Congress in 1S25, by President Monroe. Under this system, many fragments of tribes have been i-escued from destruction ; others, arrested in a course of rapid de|K)pulatIon ; and entire tribes transferred to scenes of fertile territory and prosixjrity, where they have advanced in all the elements of civilization. The statistics ladonging to this topic arc submitted in tlieir order, and will continue to l)e exhibited in the progress of the work. The quantity of land sold by the trilx's ; the prices paid for them ; the application of the amounts in annuities, or otherwise; and the general eflects of the disposition of their surplus domain, and their concentration on smaller, but ample tracts, constitute another branch of their statistics, the publication of which is now coinmcnccd. Connected with these olyects of deep statistical value, aro the data showing their varying population from the earliest dates. II. R. S. I. PElllOl) OF 1850. I. OFFICIAL REPORT OF THE COMMISSIONER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS. DkI'AUTMKNT ok the IxTKHUtll, Office IiitUan Affairs, Xovniihvr 27(/i, 1S50. Sir: — Before prooooding to submit for yoiu nonsidcration a general view of our Indian affairs and relations during tlie last twelve months, I would respectfully refer to the accompanying re[x)rts of the snixjrintendents, agents, and missionaries, in the Indian country, for moi-e particular information in relation to local operations, and the condition of the various tribes, than can bo fitly enibodied in a report of this description. Among the less remote trilx>s, with which we have fixed and defined relations, and which, to a greater or less extent, have felt the controlling and meliorating effects of the jMjlicy and measures of the government, for preserving i)eace among them and improving their condition, an unusual degree of order and quietude has prevailed. It is gratifying to know, that amongst this class, comprising a large jKirtitm of the red race within our widely extended borders, there probably has never, during the same period of time, l)cen so few occurrences of a painful nature. All have Ixkmi peaceful towards our citizens, while, with the exception of tlie Sioux and Chippewas, they have preserved a state of peace and harmony among themselves. These two tribes arc hereditary enemies, and scarcely a year passes without scenes of bloody strife between them. From their remoteness and scattered condition, it is difficult to exercise any effective restraint over them, while their proximity to each other afford.s them frequent opportunities for indulging their vengeful and vindictive feelings. Each tribe seems to be constantly on the watch for occasions to attack Aveaker parties of the other, when an indiscriminate massacre of men, women, and children, is the lamentable result. (547) 648 STATISTICS AND POPULATION. I *■ During the last spring, niiitiml aggressions of an aggravated character threatened to involve tliese trilx-s in a general war; hut the acting superintendent, Governor Ramsey, aided ami assisted hy the connnanding ollicer at Fort Snelling, promptly interposed, and hy timely and judicious eflorts j)revented such a catastrophe. Such occurrences are not only revolting to Inunanity, but they foster that insatiable jiassion for war, which, in combination with love of the chase, is the prominent characteristic feature of our wilder triljcs, and presents a formidable obstacle in the way of their civilization and improvement. We know not yet to what extent these important objects may be accomplished ; but the present and improving condition of some of our semi-civilized tribes aflfords ample encouragement for further and more extended effort. p]xpericnce, however, has conclusively shown that there is but one course of policj', by which the great work of regenerating tlie Indian race may be effected. In the application of this policy to our wilder tril»e8, it is indispensably necessary that they be placed in iMisitions were they can be controlled, and finally compelled, by stern necessity, to resort to agricultural lalx)r or starve. Considering, as the untutored Indian does, that labor is a degradation, and that there is nothing worthy of his ambition but prowess in war, success in the chase, and eloquence in council, it is only under such circumstances that his haughty pride can Ix' subdued, and his wild energies trained to the more ennobling pursuits of civilized life. There should I)e assigned to each trilte, for a permanent home, a country adajjted to agriculture, of limited extent and well-defnied boinidaries, within which all, with wcasional exceptions, should l)e comiwUed constantly to renuiin until such time as their general improvement and good conduct may supersede the necessity of such restrictions. In the mean time, the government should cause them to )x' supplied with stock, agricultural implements, and useful materials for clothing ; encourage and assist them in the erection of comfortable dwellings, and secure to them the means and facilities of education, intellectual, moral, and religious. The application of their own funds to such puqioses would be far better for them than the present system of paying their annuities in money, which does substantial good to but few, while to the great majority it only furnishes the means and incentive to vicious and depraving indulgence, terminating in uestitution and misery, and too frequently in premature deatli. The time is at hand for the practical application of the foregoing views to the Sionx and ChipiMJwas, as well as to some of the more northern trilx's on the borders of Missouri and Iowa. Congress ha« made an appropriation for negotiations with the Sioux for a jiortion of their lands, which should, as far as practicable, be conducted on the principles laid down in the instructions given to the commissioners appointed for that purpose last year, and which were comnuinicated with the Annual Report of my predecessor. Those instructions contemplated the purchase of a large extent of their territory, and their concentration within narrower limits upon lands remote from the STATISTICS AND POPULATION. 549 white settlements and the Chippcwas — olgects of primary importance in view of the general }K)liey already stated. Since the treaties of 1S37 and 1842, with the Chippewas, a considerable portion of those Indians have continued, by siilTerance, to reside on the ceded lands cast of the Mississippi river, in Wisconsin and Minnesota, where they have for sonic years been brought into injurious contact with our rapidly advancing and increasing population in that quarter. Ilavinsi ample facilities for procuring ardent spirits, they have become much injured and corrupted by unrestrained indulgence in the use of that accursed element of evil. To remedy this unfortunate state of things, it was determinad at r.n early period of the present year, to have these Indians removed northward to the country belonging to their tribe. Measures for this purpose were accordingly adopted ; but, in consequence of the very late period at which the appropriation requisite to meet the necessary" expenses was made, only a small nuniljer have as yet been removed. Their entire removal, however, will not sufliciently relieve our citizens from annoyance by them, as they will for some time have the disposition, and be near enough, to return with facility to their old haunts and hunting-grounds. Nor will the situation of the Chippewas, generally, then be such as their well-ljeing requires. They own a vast extent of territory on each side of the Mississippi, over which they will be scattered, following the chase and indulging in their vagrant Ihabits, until the wild products of the country, on which they depend for a subsistence, are exhausted, and they arc brought to a state of destitution and want. Efforts should therefore be made, ' at as early a period as practicable, to concentrate them within proper limits, where, with some additional means beyond those already provided, effective arrangements could Ix^ nuide to introduce among them a system of education, and the practice of .agriculture and the simpler mechanic arts. The best portion of their country for this purpose is west of the Mississippi river ; but it is not owned by the whole tribe in connnon — a considerable part of it being the exclusive property of particular bands, who are not ))arties to any of our treaties, and receive no annuities or other material aid from the United States. This circumstance not only excites dissatisfaction with the government, but produces nracli jealousy and bad feeling towards the rest of the tribe, which may hereafter lead to serious difficulty ; and as the game on which they mainly depend for tlie means of living must soon fail them, the government will be under the necessity of interposing to save them from starvation. A wise forecast and the dictates of a benevoleii t policy alike suggest that timely measures be taken to avert so disastrous a result. This may easily be done, and at a moderate expense compared with the importance of the objects to be accomplished. In order to enable the department to carry out these views in reference to the whole Chippewa tribe, I respectfully recommend that Congress be asked for an appropriation at the ensuing session, to defray the expense of negotiating a joint treaty with the different bands, for the purpose of acquiring so much of their country on the cast side 5o0 STATISTICS AND rOPULATION. of the Mississippi as we may require for a long time to come ; to provide that the whole of their remaining lands, together with their present and future means, shall be the common property of the whole tribe, so that all will be placed upon an equal footing; and that as large a pro^wrtion of their funds as practicable shall be set apart and applied in such a manner as will secure their comfort, and most rapidly advance them in civilization and prosperity. With such arrangements for this tribe, and the adoption of a like policy towards the Winnebagocs, now located in their vicinity on the west side of the Mississippi, and the Menomonees, soon to be removed there, the Avhole face of our Indian relations in that quarter would in a few years present an entire and gratifying change. We should soon witness in this, our northern colony of Indians, those evidences of general improvement now becoming clearly manifest among a number of our colonized tribes in the southwest ; and which present, to the mind of the philanthropist and the Christian, encouraging assurance of the practicability of regenerating the red race of our country, and elevating them to a position, moral and social, similar, if not equal, to our own. There are two evils in the section of country referred to, operating injuriously ujwn the welfare and interests of the Indians in that quarter, and our citizens engaged in trade among them, which require prompt atten- tion, and which must be suppressed before our Indian relations there can be placed upon a safe and satisfactory footing. These are, first, the immense annual destruction of the buffalo and other game by the half-breeds from the British side of the line, generally in the employment of the Hudson's Bay Company ; and, secondly, the intro- duction of ardent spirits among our Indians by the traders of that company. The embarrassment and injury to our Indians resulting from the devastation of game by these foreign depredators have justly occasioned much dissatisfaction among them, and, if not soon checked, serious difficulties may well be apprehended. The introduc- tion of ardent spirits among the Indians, by the persons referred to, is not only an aggravated evil, but is derogatory to the authority and dignity of this government. Our laws and regulations prohibit the introduction of spirituous liquor among the Indians, as well as the ingress of foreigners into their country for purposes of trade, or indeed for any purpose, without permission from the proper authorities. A strict compliance with these laws and regulations is required of our traders, while the traders of the Hudson's Bay Company, in contemptuous disreganl of them, frcquently come over on our side of the line, and, through the nefarious means of ardent spirits, carry on a corrupting traffic with the Indians, injurious alike to them and to our licensed and bonded traders. Suitable measures should be promptly adopted to put a stop to these abuses ; for which purpose, the establishment of a military post and an Indian agency in Lhat quarter will be indispensable ; and, in the present state of affaii-s, this cannot be done at too early a period. It was expected that the Menomonees, for whom a location has been provided between the Wiiniebagoes and Chippewas, would be removed this year; but before STATISTICS AND POTULATION. 551 the exploration of their new country by a party of these Indians had been completed, the season was too far advanced for the tribe to emigrate before the approach of winter. The President, tl.Lix'fore, in a just spirit of humanity, gave them permission to rcniain in Wisconsin until the first day of June next. The Stockbridge and Munsee Indians, residing in Wisconsin, having, in 1848, ceded all their lands to the government, are expected to settle somewhere in the same region of country. The treaty which provides for their removal stipidatcs that, in the selec- tion of a country for their future residence, they shall be consulted ; and they liavc expressed a preference ft)r a site in the vicinity of the St. Peters river. As soon as a suitable location can Ije found for them, and their removal effected, Wisconsin, like most of the other States, will be relieved substantially of the evils of an Indian population. As usual with the Winnebagocs, in whatever situation placed, a considerable number of them have been restless and discontented in their new location on the Upper Missis- sippi, to which they were removed in the year 1848. This has arisen less from any well-grounded objection to the country, than from their own reckless disjiosition and vagrant habits, together, ijossibl}', with an omission on the part of the government to do all that might have been done for their comfortable settlement in their new home. There was considerable difficulty in eflecting their removal ; and a portion of them, eluding the agent of the government charged with the superintendence of their emigration, remained behind. These, with others who returned to their old haunts in Iowa and Wisconsin, gave serious annoyance to our citizens by their threatening conduct and actual depredations. Tlie white population became more or less alarmed, and strong representations were made to the government of the necessity for their immediate removal. The urgency appearing to be great, there was but little time to make the necessary arrangements for the purpose. A resort to military force was considered inexpedient, as it might have tended to exasperate their feelings and lead to actual hostilities. And it was gi-eatly to be desired, that they should Ije taken to their country under circumstances calculated to all.ay their discontent, and dispose them to remain. My predecessor, therefore, with the concurrence and approbation of the head of the department, entered into a contract with a gentleman, recommended for his high character and great influence o\cr these Indians, to remove them in a kind and judicious manner, and to make suitable and satisfactory arrangements for their com- fortable and permanent settlement. It appears tiiat the measure has thus far been attended with corresjxjnding results, and that the contractor is entitled to credit for his energy and success in the prosecution of his undertaking. In examining the reports of my predecessors for several years, I find a measure of policy strongly urged with reference to the tribes located on the borders of our Western States, in which I fully ccmcur. It is, by a partial change in their relative positions, STATISTICS AND POPULATION. to throw open a wide extent of country for the spread of otir population westward, so as to save tliem from being swept away by the mighty and advancing current of civilization, which has already engulphed a large jwrtion of this hapless race. To a large majority of those that have been removed there from the States, we are under obligations of the highest character, enjoined alike by contract and conscience, to secure to them their present liomes and possessions for ever ; and, ere it be too late, wo should make all the arrangements necessary and proper to a faithful discharge of this solemn duty. Below the most southern of our colonized tribes, we have an ample outlet to the southwest ; but another of higher latitude is required, leading more directly towards our remote western possessions. A beginning will be made in carrying this measure of policy and humanity into effect by the purchase, as contemplated, from the Sioux of a large portion of their country ; and it may be fully consummated by the removal of a few tribes between the Sioux territory and the Kansas river, with whom we have no treaty stipulations, guarantying in perpetuity their present jrossessions. Suitable locations may be found for tliem south of that river, where, secure in comfortable and permanent homes, they would be stimulated by the salutary influence and example of neighboring and more enlightened tribes. That the border tribes in question are in danger of ultimate extinction from the causes indicated, must be evident to every well-informed and reflecting mind ; and it is equally clear that the adoption of the policy recommended, is the only practicable means of averting the melancholy fate with which they are threatened. If they remain as they are, many years will not elapse before they will be over-run and exter- minated ; or, uprooted and broken-spirited, be driven forth towards the setting sun to perish amidst savage enemies on the plains, or the sterile and inhospitable regions of the Rocky Mountains. Such a catastrophe would be an abiding reproach to our government and people, especially when it is considered that these Indians, if properly established, protected, and cherished, may at no distant day become intelligent, moral, and Christian communities, fully understanding and appreciating the principles and blessings of our free institutions, and entitled to equal participation in the rights, privileges, Jind immunities of American citizens. It is among the tribes of our Southern colony that we find the most sati.sfactory and encouraging evidences of material advancement in civilization ; and we need no better vindication of the wisdom and humanity of our Indian policy, thus far, than the gratifying results among a number of these tribes. Surrounded in the States where they formerly resided by a white population continually pressing upon them, and without the natural enterprise and energy, or the intellectual culture, requisite to enable them to contend with a superior race in any of those employments and pursuits upon which the dignity and happiness of man depend — discouraged and depressed by their inferior and helpless condition, they, with a fatal and ruinous facility, adopted STATISTICS AND POPULATION. 5r)3 only the vices of the white man, and were fast wasting away. In a few years, they would have become extinct, and, like other once numerous and powerful trilx's, their names would have been preserved only in the records of history. Removed from this unfortunate and to them unnatural position ; placed where they have the assurance and guarantee of permanent homes ; where they are, in a great measure, free from those influences arising out of a close contact with a white iwpulation, so injurious and fatal to them in their untutored state ; and where the elements of civiiizatid in this connection would involve elaborate detail, they will form the subject of a special communication. Respectfully submitted, Hon. A. H. II. Stuart, Seo-ctary of the Interior. L. LEA, Commissioner. ~~ 1 S2 11 pi 3 ^- i ^m en o «ii l^^44E24 t 4 4 dec •a -a -a . W ■ . C/J _ H '|..<|Ulllt S 8 1 1-. 1 H H ^ ... _H ninii |»i|l«Hl ►jcodood d d d 6 © d "T Ts -o -a ~j ^ -o -a -o -a TS "o 13 d e d c d do d -.111 -\ I-.U.MIM -o -o -a T ■o -a -o na H "Ml ""l.tt '.t|l(ll{Mlf N| H.1JJ1I11 •■111 *■•"!.« h > y i :^^3^is 3 1 ^ ^- H 1 ^ S'l tj ^ ^^1 -^ 3J^ 1 f^^5«S? 5 *? 6 6 ? 6 d dec » 1 1 4 o a7^ -o •= -a TJ -o -3 -C ^ gi ' < ^1 ,jj O" •;•; pi i S : —• o M : : ••? H-t '• 1- \ ■n cT • t ■ CI C) fcj -.5 CI XI • co PS o 5| MS 1 1^ §§§§ isS 1 ^' s f t c It: f CI 1- o ■s O 2 co" S 5S 8 CI O CI CO i s CI : 1- : v> s :?| : : iS i U ; -f o ^ s 5l. ss ^ \ * • gsi-SSgS CI ^« •— O !« M X X O 5C o 2 J s ^ 5 -g ! Isi O O » tC O -.3 O -- 1- ii: l-- s s *5 O -i '■C = o -f ! Cm c = o -t-f 'r. lO ■ra o o- CO in 1 11 ;c m e , o 9 1 a I- tft O X o »rt » M K ^ t oc CO •— ^ l = ° -f 5t lO eo (Ti 1- 1-1 e cs r^ «»p^ -< .It :S •IC i s w ; . .ui O • CJ * 1— 1 •CI o CO • U-i : cs ; CI : X) o : 1- :s . oo . 1- ; = © "1, • • "-L n • cs • X/ •M • t.- • i-H j: to ■ • ■ • O = C 55 OO O to M C5 O O -f ,_, !=■ CO cc "?® r H N o = o r; o o o •»»• 00 cs o o in 1^ o o o ■n X 1- = i ^ o ^ ^- o x> o O 1^ .- 1- O ift !0 s o •V* -" o ■^ !i = c. =. -o o « o lO CJ c I.-; O Cl uO o 1- ; K S S'^ O C ^ 1 - o — o_ X 1- c- '^ O i.C ir: — I- n- r: o 1- = ^ -c' o o -f — s~ o ^ c X. iS in ^5 E-2 -. '-•^ O to -f rH TO CI ■:'. o < «»TI r5 ^^ 1 1 3 X -}a80i3ad)«u U^ O .- O -J miC M^t t; lO in :o to o in ;3 O ^ '« ?o lis Iii|.ll1 — -^ a OS 2? 2 H J2j Jli2; H ii^S'rls'.i s^=^^2-^^i cc2 ;|a:ix i 41^ v:« b|^/ (25 UJ^-<15;5^? ', <- : :su) s & £ii t >s < U :^«s |l ^1 l|2 i i|i — ' J> a H 1 Icl I kit ? ^ o a ' 5 c ?, en ii ^ :s » B c J it S 3 § 3a ^ jfi i« o c; O ►S u 03 Pt. II. — 71 661 ■' ■ «s ire «^ [ OS 6 CO o 1^1 Hi iff ■:■> -JO s 1 i ^ 00 p-t f. 1 6 6 1 13 13 1 o .i'5 >» fr»> i^ ^ H ■E n' 1* CC sis £i 2 2 h H E- i H H H J < inun i.-nc'Hl ■^ 6 6 ocoooood 6 6 6 6 6 II -.M'<*nw.u,Mtn "r -^ -3 rs n3 "^ 'O "^ 'B 13 '^ 13-3 TJ 'O -a II H fc5 0I|1 ,u.Kiw H HI ■Jd.Uftllll !^ do o a ©^'^ 3.2.2 i-J J3 "^ ° c9 .2 .2 H -"U •"■^i|A\ ^ '='= 'O ►^ 'O " »-— K^ 'w *w Iff '^ !> ^;'0 ^ -^ n= i . y, cE d a Ui ■SsA •? 6 6 6 66666666 6 6 6 6 6 II o c V"* 1 -' •13 TJ'O'O'a'TSTJ'Bra •r: 13 i: TS 13 11 o o is- CK •< e-Ji o • t 0( ■ -J QC f » o CO : '^ CO ^ is . O ire o '. m o <; i* i o 4 1- (^ 1 ?-x ire ; Si 1- 1— 1 Q 1 = 5 II -t~ 1— 1 1- 01 • CO £ " 1 ^ *. o 1- 1- o ire 1- "o C o oc CO OC cc c 01 C3 1- O OO cc O t- (T CO O 1^ •^ r-t o c -* CO CD O •tiT-s C' ^ c? o to 1- o ^ c- -f f— 1 O c: CO CO (^ - £ 3 cr. Tl o — o 01 ^ 1- c O CO c o oc ^ c j;i oc ^- I- o^ a; 1- -t CO o_ t^c -f ^ 1- n- rw C ~ "o ire'i- cc" ckT r- o ire CO c- of ire" CO cc oc co" E * t— 1 1- 01 1- r^ ig <8 „ o . i£ 1 1- • 1 rH ^u o o l_ 3 o o 01 Ol CO invest: «; 1 5 i (il .y 5 J ire co" o 01 co~ .^._ __^ "o~ "~Tre O C c: 1' C: 1" (T 52 ~ o o t— -1- CO c o o O ij C o O 00 CC CI oc -t CO ■* 1 1^1 O iS CI O IT ir o o ire CC o oc oc ire Ol b O 00 x. o c c: o ire cr ire yi c- CO o Is Ot CO 1— t o 1™ Ol CO ire Ol QC 1— co" e: c- 00 t3 o -1 ^l?l • -^ . f-H 1 1 o c 3 • 1^ . CO I^ o o : -<" • CO r-H o II ; oc •ire CO 'If o ^ . o • "^„ co_ < Iff ^ r 4 . 1- • 01 l-H £1 • I— 1 l-H j= c o ■^ o tr o o o cc QC o o o 1- 1- l- H N o o o o c c; o c CO OC T-H o o o o •t c 2 o o l-H O C: (^ -*• c 1^ f I-H o o OO cc -f ^ O o o ■^ o -n -t I.H Ol o o CO OO 1- c*-; c_o_ o_ o ir 1- -t c r" 1-^ co__ o o CO co__ '<< 3 o c - o~i-^ ci" o" I- (T •*' 1- CO CC l-H i-Tco CO CO I"" H 1—1 " 01 1^ r^ rH P3 l-lrl ..w 1^ *1ll.)JJ<>ila}U}| ira ire ire o ■re c; in CO ire ire CO CO ire CO ire CO o ~iiir i CO li^ §c ic. 1 o i^^ "li J 5 a goi a §1- c * _-3 — -I< ~ -t — -f i — -t — -*< " -t — -fi H E5 5-^ 1 g.l'^s St»SS oiSS r/ '» e '^^ £ •/Ji m'^ ^iS II '/5 x5 v:s i?l- ui us;^ -1 s& U' D u: LJ !_) 'hJ Ui? _P__ D Ui •^1 : ^ ; o : [4 J.S . -a • « H 5|^ :=" .2 1 : •< ■ 'S s « I H c« i 1 ( 1 1 |i l« t;::^ U1 502 VI m ;w ^•■72 H M' H £2 -S ■-;3 1^ — o ^. s l5f 1— o o -f CO CO « d 13 1—1 a CO l-S r-l If? d 00 QO i 1- d . CC 00 ^ &» . 1?. < s> Hi >^ >^ >» >> t*» > >» t>* - « » rt c; rt c K « gia 2 £ £1 2 £ ^ J H H H H H _.H_J- H H -p<>)tl)'H aj niun (►.h!-«k( •^-3 TJ d c o c d 6 6 6 6 o o d -.Jpsj l^v.tj.tillj ■3 ■c ra -3 •3 -3 -3 -3 -3 •3 •3 -3 .1111 iu-mvv H mI(|U.Ch.I ri] iK.u.iiii! d C 1 ^ d d d d d C O d ■3 f •3 •O -3 '3 -3 ■3 •3 ra a ^ ft) a a -■i-S =? d c d o o C d d c d d C O o tl~' ■= -T3 T= -3 "a "3 -3 -3 F3 r- -O -3 13 -3 ■3 a If" C) •/. -H O 1- C O • (X CI C -f 1 C'j * 1.-5 O Tl ut . ■^ ,x -t< -t 1 ■'- 1? . • 1.-; o -1" ._^ : to o 1- cc ~* t- !! o o -r . f CK •/J 1.11 -t o ^ . i- O cr. 1 ***■ =r o~ cT ,- O" • cT lis oo ?- V y, • X li a ■ra -<5 1 TI « ox c M -t -.O tr O i.'i is. o-* c O 1- 1- © 1- 'S'?! O 1- c 00 -t ._- O O C5 =.!! o z -t r- TC 1- = -t oc o_ -t '"'v -; = io Try." M 1' X B 5 X (M P- o CI O r^ •< _ „ *» L- — '-X) 1^ ire C5 1- C c_ .•=M o M 1' ■ CI f -t i-C t* ' t: <- i 'C — X O 'tl ^ c c •^ 1 i'f-=J ..-^ 1-. ^ i^ cr ex £i r 3 i- < = a «- *' r If: ^ f— 1 'v '^ -!<" c; ■/ a 1 5 S*- _ ^ - "" «o CC :': r— c^ ^T Js •.y 3 o c ur > I-l c > -t -t -t re ' 1?:. c ^ — . -f ■■ e- C o sf o I_; o ^ *' lit CI s X "L ■^ " X ?<■ cT 1 r -fT c i-T .x" < X 71 t- -f CI <; Hoi •)«A)a.)J.)HitI in m If s «o If tf If i CO «o « ) >ra CO ir IT >r 5 H i ""J-s»'" rt.- s" _- £ o" £3 a a a a a c" a q" ?I5I - I'M • — -r 3c -^ -t • 3 CI ■ — -f S2iS% 1 ? « c 1^ C M i? Ji; i:? y. ■/!■ '" to ■':- to to . v. i X * to to c/;2 'i- to s ^1 1:^ • a P w J. 2 ' ii H X-i tfj • "^ :3 H e-| J * *- S "2 = c £■" o = ■5 rt .=1 ^1 li S to - rt M 6 ■ 3 1JI 5 -M a ^i S^ = ^ ^- ■— ' ■i:' f' * ' C6:3 1 st day 2. To Indian 1 op c c C •2 1 o o oo o o o o o o o p oo o o o o o o O 1- to .* Ol 11 dl O CI o CO r-l r-l rH 1< Cl ,-, (j) rH C| CI L. LEA, Commissioner. Office Indian Jiffairs, November 27M, 1850. c. Estimate of Funds required for the fiscal year, commencing the fir of July, 18i>l, and terminating the thirtieth day of June, 185 wit : Office Expenses, Compensation to the Commissioner of Affairs, and to the Clerks and Messengers in the Office of the C 1^? o c CO OCO o aa occ j o c CO oco ooo occ s O 1- O 1< »»< CI CI O C C CCIOO £ orr-r-rHr- ^ rH—l-ire rH Q 1 £ o. i s < c o f^-^'^^ - ■ - , ■ ■„■■■■. 1836, May 9 uses of the ofiGce, to wit : inding, and stationery- g "O tJ p a DOB "=" S .." .'^'o"co ■2 ,'E t^ do ^ to^ 2 s». 1 OC 1- O OC aa i < f OC c i 1 c > e Resolution of the Senate, May 27, 1836. Treaty, September 29, 1837. Treaty, October 21, 1837. Treaties, November 1, 1837, and October 13, 1846. f Treaties, October 21, 1837, I and October 11, 1842. Resolution of the Senate, Ja- nuary 19, 1838. Do. do. do. do. Treaty, November 23, 1838. Treaty, May 20, 1842, and law of Congress, June 27, 1846. Treaty, January 14, 1846. Treaty, June 5, 1846. Treaty, September 27, 1830, i and Uws of 1842 and 1845. Department of the Interior, Office Indian .affairs, JVovember 2~th, 1850. 1 MJ)U| J ■paiHIJd n«niiii« junouiv 12,000 15,000 8.770 59,250 50,000 7,S75 3,456 17,.500 3,750 10,000 32,150 43,600 ■n in in" ■JUO. jod ami UT o in in lO lo iQ in in in m m in -^1 po 00 oo «(- «« 1-5 1-5 03 S i§ .pi E iS'C c 3 g M g ill li to " 1 «s S 3 « s tr«a a S .2 3 a « 3 b m rf. a a 3 aj J3 C J J i3 ,=u c c to c ci ^ &p .r 'K'SiS 3-^ c >>■? &•!» £>>» ■ 3 « T • S'S^'S £ S S ' CO I— t *t rH O M O I- r-l CO O 11 51 f I— I— I PH I— f— t f-( CC 00 1" to to -t ■ s- & 3- 3 W~ ■= : ^ 3 - rt !/3 Ph 565 U' J f/)! w 18.34. iw 30 leag't. vv law 1834. -> o— « " T f ■" u , £ - •3-S l-^l s.S'^-ii I— 1 >» tL-^-^^s^ 00 ii -Si ■sl-s ^ .a - S"'-?'-' o CO b Wt» a-K CK— — o O O . , o ... o o o o o o o o o irs 1-, ■^ ^ o o = -l< -f W CO o -r -r C5 O (W -t< 5^ I'- r-t w^ P to • • • d^ o o o o o o o c ocooo^oo c c o = o o o i-s o o o o o o o o ooooocoo c- o oo o o o B o o o o o o o O C' O O S lO o o o oooo o o O o o o o o o o O — iC O >(C CI O CI O O O O -f I-- CO 5 O O CI o o o o o C '.3 r- iC 1- ;C CO ire c: O' o 3C CI o ;«^ -; O ri r-i Ct C4 CO 1-1 c; CO o i-i CO r O 1-1 tr> CI rH 1— 1 o w < (» d I k 1 1 Si:; GO CO l-H 6 Nov. 1805 18 Oct. 1820 20 Jan. 1825 Jan. 1825 27 Sept. 1830 27 Sept. 1830 18 Oct. 1820 20 Jan. 1S25 ^^ . tj . • " c 5 c CI CO CO r-1 -3 ?5 CI o 'Si 1 ^^ ^ 1 f ■-< £>£'•' S-*:^. >, >. . >^ >^ >i rt *-" ^ r: ^ £i g i: £! £i 1 w < i.. .it ^ h*^ rt fcj s S r3 1— I ■V -3 -rl l! IS CO O -O i.C -H •S t3 •5 Ts ■£ ■£ •£ CO s H ^ t -f CO ^ CI — — CI — CI --s — -f TI -^ v.. V" 1—1 r— *— iS • ,— ^— , ^ ^ 'B 'r> « ?2 a vi o • • 1 O Q fe"? e-2 i 13 "a -g o 3 a o _3 b4 ■fc s l-H .1 <5 g a 2 SJ a I. M S t "I 1 • c .1 t liJ : '« 'a gJ 5 ^ a s o 5 <1 s a a 3 .S > s ■* i: :: -> chief 15ob nuity for ed three distr one Wayn ovision for b ., for shop . > ■» >. = .2 •- S £ /•■ t, a : ;25 ^ -£ P ^ ^ e* " i^ ^ x^ '^^. *-» *- tS O *2 O Tenth of t farmers Tenth of t provisio Fifth of fi Fifth of f C c t Pennanen Life annu Pennanen Life annu Permanen Iron, stee' e ^ r -^ ^ S c .H s - - .^ §— s a = ?J !h e-.« hi fi- t^ Ttl ■* -f -1< -1< CO CI CO o CI ire -- o o ll ci -f cb qc cc CO r^ i-H l-H CI l-H H C0 CO CO •— ' •— ' CO o J. tr /: v. -.3 <1 a- CI CI CI CO CO CI CI CI CO CI CI CO 3 1^ t^ t^ t~ < b- t- l~- t- t- 1^ l^ 1-- w 1- w 1~ 1- 1- 1- 1«^ GO H to 1^ f ^ & & M ^ ?" i ^ f w ir 5 ^ h 9 1 ^ "S 'ft ly tl 13 Wl .) QJ i i- i 3 3- ^ ^ ^ s :: :j 9 i 3 2 3 t» (1( t/ 3 02 !» 5117 H f^ a p^ P3 03 fC4 H CO 608 i-O 00 » H i ^ 3! M ■^ J §* o >.'■' _ . . a -o a a ^ -3 :g o o o o o o o o o o o o O 11 11 I- O I- Ct I- o o o o o o oo O CO© O O lO o © in I1 11 OO p-i 2 ^ ^ ^' 02 (^ w S Pt. II. — 72 1 3 4 s S, 1 f* . 1— ' oil o ^^ 5 i '^ c-:s; tuM ;i X II -^ = 56 '© -s -i eS rt t- n « J ^ lO J3 .^=« ~ -g -3 -r -^ 3© O £^.2 ^.2^-2 'S .a •*! .22 "^ .-3 4 g • •-0 u • o . to "S. : . f— « to • * Cm a * • O ■c • • " 3 • -3 • u o, ■ • O. • « ■a • C*-i • . « t: : : a ^ • &■ ; 3 . . > : ^ ■s s e c-3 a S u in fe O 5^ S5 ^ ^_-Z^'^l- a - -a =' Si's - qj OJ U i-a i^O 3-; » ■^ ir; o >* m m to 1— iF-ti— IT-I ^N©r-t f-^ ©oios© c: "ncii © CO T^ rH CO T™* ^ ^^ CO r- b-t- t- rH f- -i- so 51J9 t li' w ^n 1 ax CI CI . " W 6-. o CO ^ -^ 'J — ' :2 £2 ,"-=» § g '■ g •i< . o '^ a: -f • irt S5 W H -t CC • <^. C! >^ t- oT ' iC w CJ U? . C) » St § ■ Zi 8 § g s s g go g g i g ggS ^ ^ o © 0000 <- oc a 3 c 0000 <-. ■ .-5 <=<=<=> S c M C CI -t I— to CI c c -r w = 01 ;<5 •< o ;? r- »n CO HI CI 1- >" CO c CI ^ CI 1— 1 Q an ^. .... ._*^, ^ CI ^ i s g P^ J « ^H J g g" - « 1 a S* -• 3 s . .. g . . . . ' <1 a 1 >. ^ 3 9 '" •Sec >> 3 to 13 3 3 9." b W •< t4 i" I-H 1 r> ,,—_*---,— ' — . — .--^-. '--'-. --^ — ^ /— '^-^— -\ * -i £ 1 •a a § S P5 Ft 2 2 S : $ : .^^i :^ :^ -.^ :'3 g^: ;! = 3 ft O Q 1— 1 P J 1 c < c 1 > to Cm to 'C 3 ■o ■3 a r physicians so long ir reservations ments for the purcha a* .2 i " " " for 100 barrels of " " « for 500 fish barre Three blacksmiths and a.ssistimts for twenty ye and during the pleasure of Congress Iron, steel, &c., for shops, for twenty years and d ing the pleasure of Congress Gunsmith at Maekiuac for twenty years and d ing the pleasure of Congress Iron, steel, &c., for shop, for twenty ye.'i-s and d ing the pleasure of Congress Two farmers and assistants (during pleasure !" SliO.liO, being the valuati of land .set apart by trca )r education purposes . . . instalments as annuity . . fir two smiths' cstablisfin stalmcnt for pay of two m B d c eg ? 1 c * 1 s a S,S.S • 1 ^a Q P o s >> a :i"s 0% Vaccine medicine and the Indians remain Seventeenth of twenty of provisions Seventeenth of twenty fi500 Ihs. tob:ii-fc) . President) Two mechanics Interest at 5 per cent, of tiftj--four sections of •2d June 1825, f Fourteenth of twenty it tt " fifteenth in 1 ■ -f-r-r -r -r -i> -i" *t* 1.1 I.* h- 1 ;3 »- ■ t^ 1- t- 1- r- i^ 1- 1- j^ 1^ i- r~ I' 1^ t^ 1- H j! '•0 %> c» ( ! M H ^ 3 1 j i 1 1 i 3 571 1 eo 1 ^ ■ ' • s ^y 1—1 ■S T- 1.0 .a la a 00 1-H ■5 S'"' o 62 (£ S ^ g s g 1 f ^ 8 00 f-1 g « oe S _ 3 gg g g ggggggggggg 'W t g gggg •i o o o c ssgggiiggfg t^ c = O 1 Sm o. g Sz; ^ F- 1 i-T TicT o'o' cT-f of eP i-T ^ rH . ■s'ir'i^i' iMr i^i^ «?? >> >% >> 5| 2 ^m 11 II, 53 X 1 1_ J *^ si....^ li ■3 t 3 a E» U "9 si s -3-3 -3 i il O ^_c^ -r '7 -f cc« 'M _ 71 TO ^ r? «___ Ol _ «0_OI_ 1 i -t-9 ) o S '3 11 i >> ■3 a a 'A • 3 •J 11 tij-5 ." i 1 (2 £ s o a d • S c D a PS a P5 ,1 •1 a s •< c 2 1 1 oil •3 : 2-1 ' IX 3 s 1 .2 1 1. %- .2 a J ity instalments a.s a nty instalments as !fs ■n C 1 B >^ S li — .a g-g, a a lie pleasure of Con n for blacksiiiitli ar n f(ir iron, steel, &( be pleasure of Con Amount 1 >^ a>^ >^ .;i-^2-aao.= V c M CJ .■S J .-s o o g fe j: 33--: 03&0'*-"" ^ ;!i '7 tC'x '7 SD II 3 ^ 'E. © * = a T- T c o fl " .§ "^ i t«^ 'i'i "C c ■ = a c a .«jflt^,]c^o-** c C £. ?5 t t. - ^ S •3 ■*= ?■ * i:,^ °.a »^ >. -fl £.a,„^ co.^ S c ■t- B B ^ S = B C p a 3 "^ c a '3 c "5 'g ■S a '3 B c i^ oc' o C-. c. ire 11 CO Ol Iff » ts := -.c Qc u^ C > -t* c •re T-« oc — -« 11 1- 1- C-. CO CO -1" w ^ c: c. ;: •- < -i< ■-i^cocoeocococof-* -* 01 01 0101 cr i «- r- i~ t^ h- 1- i- i~ i~. t^ r- 1 1 i«5 > 1 1 H S) & to & §3 cc M 7 1 M M 1 W * i 1 7 ! 1 1 1 2 M Oi L — _ . , . _^ 1 572 CO CO H a PJ 05 » » ta J .^ J s: o o o o o c Tl Tl Tl -M i 71 II C — 1 1— ^^ ^^ I— I i- s u a . ^A 1 •■'J '-5 : - '? = ? 71 £":• .1 •z C % . -z ^ - ?•» O = c; ti :: -a ■"' -e r-2 •.71 =^ lU ■e t; n^ -s 1 * * * * \ Ifr %•% §-1 :^ - o X -n >^-^ 41 1 r \ 11 2 3i -^ .-'-a .w> • d *- 1 X ^ II o § ^ ft* o c i 11 s ^ - i^ ^ l-^ c C a s - ^ :1 » '>>_! S.-5 3 g d a - = s s a, I1.2.SN K J o) s-i CI CI e< ■f 1 . < i-4- CG 00 OO « 1— >-l O I— I- ^ " — 11 'M Tl O II M CO CO to CO sc -t 01 Ol 01 01 ' 1"^ ICO O O t- (^ I- l^ 1^ I- I- I- I- 1- I- jc^o Ob S. ^• - ^ 11 I 573 w M P^ H ■s.a U^ 3 1b^ CC^ » * ■*, «c ft n *t« 4 o '/i 3 3 ^ .'< rA >> • : s S *^ *2 : •3 ^ u :;2 a ;3 a § • a • "3 a 1 : a ; • f^ S> F r:> • i^ .a o o o 1. - -t ^^ -a o : ^, 5 % ? S.S. Vi ;, ^_ . **^ ^i ■• w &. • c SJ S'-^ ^ *- . tl": s 'c : ^•3 .s a • :::>■« ! 1 £ S : cc il a-H e " fe ■ H .3 " I S " «.■ I- 1- 1- I- 1^ t~ i~ eo rH t- r- r- h- 674 p< u H S Ph M f^ •S'S ■a M CI ll ft" i! s ?5 .-t^ S 25 •a ^-3 -= — -i „ c a. 3 «yi. c£=^ ".2 •I"., i 1 - ?1 ' -f! I- •< rt rt n -i jJ £ 2i «ri TS '^ tS -M '^ 'A ^ , i; t/s JO ^ >^ >^ >^ >> >» ?i fl :: n :1 .^ -a^ 2 - •- s--y ■ - P O iA "B •^1 a-z o-s -3 2^ a i!.2 « o 3 S 2 o J . e g •B&s « *t3 ^ ■ := — "S c ^ -2 o •rS La ^•2 .Si; ^1 .*=i.<^.2.2.2««.2t2 .,r' rt i2.n ^ ^ •- wj« '2 5 O I- C V. I-O , 3 !.l :: -5. S e e ■S = ? *tr ' .■t: -jr a 32 KJS I .- § i :: ^ ir-B i- pa hSSi £1.34 -s c -5 o ^•= ci - » ic is EC rs OSOCCCt OMCi;M-rU5 CO CO rH ^ CO ' I- -1" -f rs Cl-t ri-MTIrt CO — OTCOIl-f-^-r — Tl Ol 1- 71 Tl I- Tl 01 Tl I- 1- cocococococococotoco I- 1^ 1^ t- t^ f_ ,^ o o o o ' * I— I p^ p^ r^ . I- I- I- 1^ 1^ I- l~ t^ t^ I h t3:3 h3o ? !3 a 5 j)i.'> E. SPECIAL ESTIMATE OF FUNDS Required for the service of the Indian Department within the present fiscal year ending mh June, 1851. OIJccls. 1. For fulfilling treaty with the Wyandnts, viz., invostiiicnt in United States stock — per 1st article treaty 1st April, 1850 Payment of debts, itc. — per 1st aiticle treaty 1st April 1S50 Kxpcnso of negotiations, &c. — per 2d article treaty 1st April, 1850. 2. For fulfilling treaty with the Utflhs, viz., purchase of presents, agricultural implements, &c. — per 8th article treaty 30th Dee. 1840 Expenses of designating boundaries — per 7th article treaty 80th December, 1840 3. For fulfilling treaty with tlic Nuviijocs, viz., purchase of presents, agricultural implements, &c. — per 10th article treaty 0th Septem- ber, 1840....... Expense of designating boundaries — per 0th article treaty 0th Sep- tember, 1840 4. For arrearages of compensation (from 1st October, 1850, to 30th June, 1^51) of three Indian agents for the Indian tribes of Cali- fornia — per act 28tli September, 1850 5. For expenses of holding treaties with the various Indian tribes of California, in addition to the appropriation for the same object made 30th Sejitember, 1850 ." 0. For expenses of removal and subsistence of the Chippewas of Lake ' Superior and the Mississippi, from the lands ceded under the trea- ties of "iOtli .July, 1S!!7, and 4th October, 1842, in addition to the appropriation for the same object made 30th September, 1850 .... 7. For expenses of the removal of the sub-ageney for the Chippewas of Lake .Superior and he Mississippi from the old site at La Pointe to the new one at Sandy Lake, including the erection r' the necessary buildings at the latter place 8. For cnnipensation and expenses of the committee of Old Settler parly of Clierokees, their clerks, &c., for services rendered in jiur- suauce of the provision contained in the 5th article of the treaty of 17lh August, 1840, in addition to the appropriation made 30th September, 1850 9. For this sum to enable the Department to ^ati.sfy the claims of the Creek Indians for mills stipulated to be furni.«hed under the 3d section of the treaty of 15th November, 1827, and 5th article of the treaty of 14th February, 1 s.'i3 10. For compensation to the three special agents and the necessary interiireters for the Indian tribes of Texas, including the purchase of presents, authorized by the act of 30th September, l85tl 11. For expenses of holding treaties with the wild tribes of the Prai- rie, and for bringing on delegations to the seat of government .... 12. For collecting and compiling the necessary information, construct- ing, engraving and printing maps, showing the Indian country and the position of the lands of the different Indian tribes within the limits of the United States 8100,000 85,000 2,000 10,000 8,000 10,000 8,000 6,750 r5,000 25,000 3,000 1,500 5,400 15,000 200,000 10,000 »187,000 18,000 18,000 0,750 75,000 25,000 3,000 1,500 5,400 15,000 200,000 10,000 ~"g76 Jli [CONTINUED.] SPECIAL ESTIMATE OF FUNDS, &c. Otfjects. 13. For interest on the amounts iiwurded (^lioctaw claimants under the 14th article of the treaty of Dancing Rabbit Creek, of 27th September, 1830, for lands on which they resided, but which it is impossible to give them, and in lieu of the scrip that has been awarded under the act of 23d August, 1842, not deliverable East, by the 3d section of the said law, per act of 3d March, 1845, for the half year ending 30th June, 1852 14. For expenses of the removal and subsistence of Choctaws from the State of Mississippi to the Choctaw country west of that river, in addition to former appropriations for the same object 15. For payment to the Winnebago Indians of this sum erroneously charged against the fund of 810,000, set apart (out of the consider- ation to be paid for the lands ceded) by the 8th clause of the 4th article of the treaty of 1st of November, 1837 ! I. 10. For payment to the Cherokee nation of the amount due under the 1 Uth article of the treaty of Gth August, 1840, as ascertained by the! proper accounting officers, pursuant to the resolution of Congress of j 7th August, 1848 ] 17. For the amount paid to agents and others employed by the govern- 1 nient in carrying out the provisions of the treaty with the Churokees | of 1835-G, and improperly charged to and paid out of the treaty j fund as decided by the Senate 18. For interest nn the aggregate amount of said sums, viz., 8724,003 37, at the rate of five per cent, per annum, according to the award of the Senate of September otli, 1850, under the provisions of the 11th article of the above-mentioned treaty 19. For the re-appropriatiou of the following sums (carried to the sur- plus fund, per warrants numbered 13 and 10, and dated respectively 30th June, 1846, and 30th June, 1847 ) under the following heads, viz. : " Fulfilling treaties with Kanzas" " Fulfilling treaties with Wyandots" " Support of blacksmiths, &c., for Osages" " Payment of claims for Osage depredations" " Purchase of cows and calves for Osages" 20. For continuing the collection, and for publishing the stati.'.tics and other information, authorized by the act of 3d JIarch, 1847, and subsequent acts For supplying deficiency in the amount appropriated at the last session for the same object 21. For the expenses of an agent to collect information to enable the Department to execute the law of Congress providing for the per capita payment to Cherokecs under the treaty of 1835-6, so far as relates to those Indians cast of tho Mii issippi 22. For the removal and sub.-.istence of Indians 23. For liriuidated balance found due the Creek Indians for losses sustained during the lust war with Great Britain by that portion of the tribe that wius friendly to and co-operated with the United States, in i.ocordance with the promise of the government, and pursuant to the report of the Commissioner of Indian Affairs to the Committee on Indian Affairs of the Senate of May, 1850 Office Indi.vn Affairs, Nov. 7th, 1850. "ptTii. — tT 21,800 20,000 0,228 28 627,603 95 96,999 42 8,707 21 355 28 0,500 ,59 14,375 50 312 10 21,800 20,000 6,228 28 724,003 37 30,256 74 19,301 ],.500 52,510 37 110,417 90 81 ,.551, .327 60 L. LEA, Cunimii'sioner. '577 ) n 578 STATISTICS AND TOrULATION. E. — Ileeaj)itulation, Amount required for current expenses $121,500 << " fur annuities, &c 747,945 « " for additional items 1,551,327 66 812,420,722 60 Office Indian Affairs, November 7th, 1850. L. LEA, Commissioner. li EXPLANATIONS TO GENERAL ESTIMATE. (A.) The items for pay of superintendents and agents are greater by 816,000 than for the same objects the past year, owing to the employment of one additional superintendent and six agents, authorized by the acts of 5th of June and 28th September, 1850. (U.) Item increased 8750 over estimate of last year, one additional sub-ngent being employed within the State of Talifornia, under the discretionary power vested in the President in the 5th section of the act of 30th June, 18ii4, organizing the Indian Department. (C.) Item increased 8;!,500 over estimate of last year, additional interpreters being necessary for ew agencies established. (D.) Item additional to the estimate of last year, because of there being tlicn a euflicient balance on hand from previous appropriations. The extension of our Indian relations in California, Oregon, New flexico, and Texas, makes the appropriation asked for necessary. (E.) Items for tlic Choctaws less by 832,500 than tlie estimate of last year; that ainount, being for annuity and education, having expired by limitation with the appropriation for the fiscal year 1850-51. (F.) Items for the Scminolcs less by 81,000 than for the last year; that amount, being for agricultural imple- ments, having expired by limitation. (G.) Item for the Menomonees less by 8000 than for the last year; that amount, being for pay of miller, not required, the Indians not removing to their new homes as was expected. (II.) Item for the Quapaws less by 8240 than for last ye.jr, that amount being for an arrearage due to the assistant smith for the previous year, viz., 1849-50. (I.) Item for the Stoekbridges less by 82,000 than for last year, it not being required; the payment of this annuity being conditioned on the removal of the tribe, which has not yet taken place. (K.) Items for the Senceas less by 8100 than for last year; that sum being for the purchase of supplies for smith-shop, being reduced in consequence of the re-establishment of the shop for the Senceas and Shawnces, ai'thorized by the act of 30th September, 1850. EXPLANATIONS TO SPECIAL ESTIMATE. Items 1, 2 and 3 are now items under treaties ratified at the close of the last session of Congress. 4. — No appropriation having been made at the last session for the payment of the salaries for the California agents autliorizcd by the act of 28th of September last, the amount asked for is to cover a deficiency for that object arising within the fiscal year 1850-51. 5. — It wa.s originally estimated by the Department that the .miount required for holding treaties with the Indian tribes of California woidd be 8100,000, and that sum was solicited at tlie last session. Congress, how- ever, appropriated but 825,000; a sum wholly insufficient 'n the judgmoi t of this offi.-e, to cflfeet the objects contemplated. As the views previously entertained on this subject have umlorgone no change, but, on the con- trary, have been mucli strengthened by information subsequently derived from reliable sources, tho application is renewed, and an aprropriation of the difierenco, it is hoped, will be made. STATISTICS AND TOPULATION. 679 6. — In the cxpliination j^.v i\ to a similar item tor the same object at tlic late session, it was stated that tlio amount then asked for (and w : :!• was appropriated), 825,000, was based on the best data then in the possession of the Dt'paiiiiient, and on part al information received from the (iovernor and Superintendent of Indian AtTuirs for Minnesota Territory ; and tl; :it that office had been written to fur further information as to the sum requisite ; and if, when received, it should be such as to render a change in the amount asked for necessary, it would be communicated. The communijatioim received from Governor Kanisey on the subject exhibit an amount far beyond that entertained by tlie Department for the aecomplislimont of the object, and it is even greatc ban it is now thought can be requisite. The Department has therefore fixed the amount at 8"jr),000, which, added to that appropriated by the act of !JOth September last, makes the sum of 850,000 for the purpose. 7. — This is nn expense rendered necessary by the removal of the sub-agency, in view of the removal of i!'e Indians, and is one-half less than the amount reported as necessary by the sub-agent. 8. — It was found on an examination of the report of the committee, that errors had crept into it, and, on representations made to the Department by those interested, it was deemed proper to direct that tlie Board .should be again convened, and a revision be made of their previous acts. It is to cover the expense of this second Bitting of the Hoard that the amount is solicited. 9. — Tlie treaty of 1S27 with the Creeks sets apart the sum of 82,000 for the erection of four horse-mills — that of 1833 stipulates for the erection of four railway mills, for grinding corn. Neither of these provisions ha.i, it appears on examination, been carried out, exeeiit to the extent of building one mill, at a cost of 8000. For the erection of the four mills under the treaty of ls;i3, it is estimated 81000 will be rcfjuircd. In order, there- fore, to satisfy these claims, an appropriation of the amount end)raced in the estimate will bo necessary. 10. — As a temporary arrangement, until Congress could legislate upon the subject, appropriations have from time to time been made for keeping up an agency among the Texas Indians, and at the last session two others were added. It is proposed to continue the arrangement, as no legislation has yet been had, placing our Indian relations in that State on a more permanent ba.^is. 11. — This item formed tlie sulyect of a spe !al estimate to Congress at its late sessidu, was passed by the Senate, and its eonsidoratiim by the proper committees in the House was postponed until the next scssimi — tlie season having so far advanced, that nothing coidd ' o effected. IJelieving the attainment of the objects enntem- platcd to be of great, if not vital importance to the peace of the frontier, the subject is again respectfully sub- mitted, reference being had to the communications that accompanied the previous application. I'J. — Like the foregoing, this item was endiraced in the estimates of last year, and its consideration by the proper committees postponed. It is, therefore, re-submitted with the same explanation that accompanied it last year, which is in the following words: "The constant endjarrassments to which the Department and the Indian conmiittees in Congress arc subjected, for the want of proper maps, showing the country inhabited by the different Indian tribes, and the position of their lands, has induced the submission to Congress for its favorable considera- tion of an item which, though eonjeetund in amount, will, it is believed, be required to accomplish the work in a satisfactory manner. It is dc.-igned to place the work under the direction of the Topographital Iturcau; and the maps to endiraco an extent of country running from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean." 13. — The appropriation made at the late session covers the interest due to the 1st January, 'l^o-J. In order to make the appropriation conform to the fiscal year, the amount required for the last half of the year is endiraced in the present estimate. 14. — The favorable reports from the emigrating agents induce the belief that the remnant of the trilie yet in Jlissi.ssippi will soon remove West; and that there may be no impediment in the way fi.r the want of funds to meet the expense, this further sum, it is deemed essential, should be placed at the disposal of the IVpiirlnient. 15. — As explanatory of this item, a copy of the communication from the then Commissioner of Tiulian Affairs to the Secretary of the Interior, dated 'Jd March, 1S50, is herewith submitted, marked A. The Secretary, it will be perceived by his eiidoi'soment on that paper, opened the case and referred it back fnr the reconsideration of Commissioner Hrown, who decided that the charges against the fund of the Imliaus were erroneous, and that they were entitled to be reimbursed the amount. Ui\der this decision, an appropriation of the sum asked for is necessary to satisfy the demand. It), 17, and 18. — A reference to the accompanying printed copy, marked 15 — of the report of the Commiltco on Indian Affairs of the Senate, made August 8th last, to which is appended that of the accouving olEccrs, dated 580 STATISTICS AND POPULATION. 3d December previous — will explain, with sufficient distinctness, the fairness of these items, and the propriety of the requisite appropriations being made. 10. — These amounts were carried to the surplus fund; but having since ascertained that they are needed to meet objects for whicii they were originally made, re- appropriations are solicited. The objects to which these sums arc applied are as follows, \iz. : That for the Kanzas to agricultural assistance, being balances of appropriations made under the 4th article of the treaty of 30th June, 1825. That for the Wyandot'' for unpaid claims for improvements arising under the 5th article of the treaty of 17th March, 1842 ; and those for the Osagos, for tht objects expressed, arising under the 2d article of the treaty of 11th January, 1839. 20. — These sums, as stated in the estimate, are required for continuing the collection, and for publishing the statistics and other information authorized by the Act of March 3d, 1847, and subsequent acts. The second item being a deficiency in the amount appropriated 30th September last, for the fiscal year ending 30th June, 1851 ; the first being the amount rcffuired for the year 1851-52, as follows; — Salary of person charged with tlic work 81,600 Copyist 720 Drawing materials for draughtsmen, and for travelling expenses in visiting objects connected with the StatLstics, kc 480 Engraving and printing drawings, liliioi^raphs, and maps for the second part of the work 8,000 Printing, stereotyping, paper, presswork, and binding for the same (1200) copies 4,500 815,300 21. — The object to bo accomplished is fully expres.-!ed in the item. It is to ascertain what Cherokees are east of the Mississippi river, who arc outillcd to participate in the per capita payments to be made under the treaty of 1835-3(1. 22. — This sum is requirclus fund 125,051 14 The payments for the surveys of land, from the Declaration of Independence to the 4th of March, 1789, were 1,670,489 00 24,227 00 $4,243,032 00 Statement C shows the n mount of land sold, before t'le opening of the land-offices, and comprises a period from the Declaration of Independenoo to that time, amounting, in acres, to 1,536,552 in money or publl' debt ....... $1,944,244 00 Statements D ;'.ud E show the total amount of lands sold, i'c the several land-oli'cc?, from their institution to 30th Sept., 1819, . . . 18,001 ,930 sold for 44,054,452 00 Total sales, Acres, 20,138,482 $45,998,090 00 — t>l STATISTICS AND POPULATION. 583 The said statements also exhibit — The total amount of lands surveyed, in the several land-ofTice districts, at Acres, 72,805,092 Whereof sold, « 18,001,930 To be sold, « 54,203,162 And that there have been sur\'eyed for military bounties, Acres, 12,315,360 Of the sales made to the 30th September, 1819, there had been paid by purchasers, $22,229,180 00 And remain to be paid, 22,000,057 00 The Commissioner of the General Land-Office, in his statement marked F, estimates tlio whole amount purchased from the Indians, under the various treaties and cessions, at one hundred ninety-one millions, nine hundred seventy-eight thousand, five hundred and thirty-six acres. This statement exhibits the date of the treaties, and the places where held, the tribes with whom made ; the estimated number of acres ceded by each tribe, with remarks in relation to the cessions. I have the honor to be, sir, With great respect. Your most obed't and most humble servant, JOSEPH NOURSE. Hon. Wjr. II. Crawford, Secretary of the Treasury. 'v 1 1 J-s -4n -« .«l 'a £2 M C to n s M SO e^ 0 OO 1(5 1- IS f ir. ©, PH CI Ofr e<5 © I<5 eo « © ec eo -? 2 il cc (3 © © ec eo •^ s i ' ec © © ec eo CO 3 a ^1 X 1 c © ec ©"pp-ec ^ ire" M c S o S « It S3 I-^ "Ji ec e§ >> ^ 1— I g"^ 1 1 a c C ^ Treaties with India Htals or 2>resent value 1 1 9 d s i * a 1 ■3 i A. F ALL AN before the 3d Augus •ecember, annually . just, annually fovember, annnally . •a 3 - S • o ■* eptember, annually . uly, annually eptember, annually . ►ctober, annually . . . )efore the 1st Augua > O K 2-1 1 < » ^ a^j 1-5 W O ^ H s ^ O V. -a l-H -a 'C -.1 iS © o e C ^ fs; M ^H ci m 1-1 — o_ ©_©_© C>, © ©^PH © pp ir: u^ B a ^ 9 •S » 'I' •^ . ir- ^> ^ i-.i^ « III s H '3 a 1 > _> ^ :S 3 1 'i; •1 §1 i^ "^ p HH "J 'r S a r- 3 3 -T* 'f p 1 * HI - 5 c 3 n ;3 c '- r C 3 3 C U 3 a ■f <1 W »*H a a -3 1 s a - J a a\ 1"= 1 HH i >'. -: J3 ^ /^ ;*r 5^ O ! ■<^ ri « CO rH 01 rH Ol 01 C ^^ :r JO c ;; X ;> i) W fi <— 4 iJ i3 .'s : i 01 eq ll ^' ;-! ■tJ • r — • o o : ■40 ^ _^ _^ -« .03 ■« 0> _^ c c t c c S c "s c c ^ fl -A a» ry c c & ii m — o — c CJ << " J t- c t- c c c c « - - ? ^ 5 i" c fl ; ■b S :5 n - r e « c e e3 {^ = ■3 '^ a .- "» f 1 £ § =, 3 t 3 1 : 3 <3 c M w ^Zt^ S- c t -■^ c o 1 C 1= = c lo c c c c c o o o o © C ■= o o c o l-H * ^— . — ,— 1 o c c c c = c o o o o c o c'sl 1 >rt ^ -^ c iT C -f =• O CO 1- o^oi tl^ o c S a -= a -Tr-'co-c ?; o V ' & 4 <:. \ Zj kX i y c ^ Pt. 11—71 " v^MMn im^m ««•»«:••« NR>«it«lMn Hn«4nf««Nr* 1 p«« 1 1 t s CO :e cc 3 S SI SSItg S CO SISSS CO CO •3. SI 1? § IS :| g S Si s :5 5j ?f 2 1 Sf 5 S 5 u CO — — -^ cc ( 1- ^•"3 t «c "J2 tC':-'S'- «c « -^ -r «. ^-r r- •0 3 1— CQ p^ »-i rH ij r-« ^^ Ft rl ^l *^ ?! „ _'* l! §s 1 Ifll §f § ? §:?:?§ 1 •a •X. I* "S C X w^ C^ ir; ^ 1 ; * ^^ M C 9 ac «t< "ef i-T f-'— in 1 s 0~ i-H « cc ^ s? < 1| •*0 *-lc^nm ««-<« ••Ps-*^ §? ??;§ eSi 5§il Sit 3 TiSiiS i? ft e it; Si -- -J ^ M er M '^ CO P ^* — — *-^ --^ 1! i-i'i :■> cc ct ec '.7 c: -z -z -z H c M CO tj cc (C cc o:_— _— ^ir ff.? ^ •■ — f- aC'-C c^ "co" w~«" cr M Cfct'Tj-'t-l c/^ >. "3 3 ^ H 5S -J ^ M i « f- •,0 H -t to 1-1 o7 Et ^ ._i» 06 ," " Oi 1 Q i H _>. _>^ >>^ >>i> s^ d ^ '3 15 3 ^ 3 11. 11. 1 u 1— 1 a s c > ■» > .a t^ = = lL = i3 t^ a U) c 3 a ^ 3 a -=^ S a — s •A H 8 u B X s ■0 1i 11 C u r •■3 -S rt n 1 ill III 1. :- H 1 X •< J ■"'■=•5 ■£ <^^^ < - J Vi *-* &: c t: ^ S "a 1^ c; i~ 1' •. -t ^ ,- Ct TC n cc- 11 — c? ^ 11 ■; CC 'M CO cj CI c-3 ■/. W c3 — a I— 1 hJ &• M C5 <1 «1 i -w •*j -^j -*J -w ^ a C3 E a c a = fl <1 l^ en & a C c i. ii p !l rt 2 c 3 rt a rt e rt ;- :j :2 1^4 g E -1 g CJ Q. «u >r* - « iC aj jy ^ oi ft a, IS- cl, Sa. (Ih . ^ c c: c= C C' C C: = C c c c <: c: = i • c c C ■= c c c If: 1.-: <= H- 1 ? = i <= iC c UO C ^0_ <=_ C_Qtj =_■.- co_ o_^x O.C CC Ut ■?! CI r- c S-— -< c (K •^ in" I- "ct m" p^ i-Ti- -r ^ pH I- co" f-i 1 1 1 d «3 <3 s ? ,£ < 5 s 1 ' n ^ 9 • a < 1 s i c c E 8 1 c r ? - 3 |. . . ■3 ■C *^ Id 'o y. P a 1 u M >«G CO cc W e ^ *^ S 1^ 1^ ■i -3 0? w QC ^ ^ u s ^ s s § g s <5 t A •s ■a ■a o ::; M ! li M Sf3S J? |S 3 3 5 ;^ of — "3 5 ■/- 5 ^ = o 3 S Ti o ;5.-s -4n to e^ TO O CO :o c- CO CO «c o CO :o o c^ CO • O CO CO o CO to e CO CO o 00 1-M to w Ot CO o ■3 1< CI SS jl B i a 3- -■S c o c c o c o c c c C ■.t i S 1.0. >r: 01 1-1 CO oc; , id.^ •£ ■« : 3 -- ' --= = c; .i _3 .C _3 .S _3 . •= J S'S ""m S""^ £ w j3 « 23 WIST MAIN STRUT WEBSTIR.N.Y. 14SS0 (7l6)t72-4S03 °^"^^ ^ 588 i \ B. Statement of Approprialiont and Erpenditurct on account of the Surveys of Public Laiuh, from the 4th March, 1789, to the 'ilst December, 1819; furnMid in pursuance of a Jteto- lution of the Senate of the United State*, of the 3i April, 1820. Apprnprl»> tlouK. Amount npprt>priHteil. Amount mrrii-I lo iiur|iluit luiiil. Balance orai)pro|>rlation. KxiK'iiilituren. Amount i'X|N'Iii|«<(I. 17117 »2(-,000 8.:7,O00 1797 85,9f)4 20 1708 10,000 10,000 1798 0,tm 4t) 1799 11,519 e.5,731 41 5,780 59 1799 12,7t)9 93 ISOO 4,000 4,00t) 1800 11,910 94 1«01 28,200 2S,200 1801 17,723 27 1S02 42,190 90 42,490 90 1802 18,3S« 3ti 1803 29,743 500 29,243 1803 18,091 74 1804 55,900 13,150 50 42,449 50 1804 27,438 05 1H05 9(i,400 725 20 95,074 80 1805 1)9,187 02 IKOC. 140,400 2,942 17 143,457 83 1800 10«,S!»5 02 1S07 79,580 3,494 18 7I>,0S5 82 1807 98,115 59 1S08 0O,H74 2,315 04 5s,.528 90 1808 73,229 39 11 1S09 34,040 29,711 28 4,928 72 1809 52,903 01 1 islO 30,400 70J 00 3.5,095 34 1810 64,:!50 99 ! 1811 14(i,900 303 30 140,530 70 1811 85,031 49 1H12 5S,020 401 10 .57, til 8 90 1812 40,431 71 ISl.J 7O,5()0 13,793 91 5ti,7(iO 09 1813 3.><,370 01 1S14 (i7,000 25,03s tin 41,9til 31 1814 33,770 94 1815 39,700 20,174 70 13,525 30 1815 47,083 98 IHKJ 175,700 ! 50 175,.').50 1810 113,099 47 1817 22S,-J00 .32 1-5 228,141 32 1817 232,408 43 1818 177,541 177..i41 1818 175,034 51 1819 175,300 175,300 1819 237,418 49 1,585,223 10 Balance unexpended on 1 91,205 98 81,070,4S!) 08 the 31st Dec. 1819 81,802,140 22 8125,051 14 81,t;70,489 08 Treaslry Department, RtgitUr's Ofice, .VoremLer 8, 1820. JOSEPH NOURSE, Register. c. Schedule in relation to the Sales of Public Lands, bifore the Land Offices were opened. Years. To whom Mid. Arovember 8, 1820. JOSEPH NOURSE, Register. 590 « s :* =0 »»♦ MN »♦* Hf* -*» -^X -^1 n- -^^ .«* w jif! r- 1- fh « -i X « ;■. — 1 1- "i r. -r — I- n 1 ^ •^ i'5 j-r •-• r: ?? ?c r. -r «e » o C-. X 1- -ri •» 11 -i f 1- If; 'rt 5 1^ -»• •^ t X -< us c. 1 - — ?: ^i =■ i— f? iS CO •* >« OS II t X 1- ..•? X ca uc •I a * x^ 8 £ Q 1-^ 3 ^ '^5' i -*• ,4»-»*.*i M* rmrm-^ 1' < ^^ I r i- i '^ T ? « s' V '"^ n - - '~ ' ' ^ ' * •*- - 5.-: iiT -r — ■ri o -M .- — r '^ X — r. — 5 = r". 5 hJ ~s *? 1- 1 1 , •= •^: t -f 1- :r -J -T c c r. = -/ -r vr 1 - r. r. = •; = O S,-? '^•'v'l =. '•:'". '-1*1 '■" -.'•".''. ~.>-.~,~'.''.'z. 0" < p^' 1^^ 1= c"; fi n'-^ 4,^.^ '- •■-' '-^ = ^/^' £'|!-.|^' s 1- t "^ 1.7 o tx i_7 -t 71 X -J 3 Q ir n cc 1 if if Jl'i^f-t x" ••. ^w i !• -^ nH •** -*t -*T -^t HM -*♦ n« •*! r»t P^ C ^ o -ri C-. ■-: = -c — ri 71 -^ -c x x .-: ;■: 71 x r. -« o II i X I* "^ •* 1- •* »* ii X -r -T • "^ '" -t /. ^ '— 1.-: X) f w -^ 1^ c t- X -M 1- 1- r: — X ■-: 71 71 71 'C X -c :7 -. X — X 71 / z. :7 ;7 "C -c r. M j> x_ =;, 7 n - x_ — c^ • I T '^ L —. ' ": — , t "''^ ' " -. "^ H a ** H 3 'a C :7 77 77 '7 — / ~ 7 ^ "i 7^ -t r7 — 1 - fi »-3 <1 1 i 71 -. '- '■■\77^77_-t :7_ :7 71 7) '.'. :7 ~^ X •7_— _^ *'i-'''jr-t''>-'''i->"— '•-< !-<' if"' 4i CO 1^ erj . o ^ 1 t —T-^M -*t^N-^M -*< n« -*I r»f M H i •^ 1.7 -^ c ■- 1 - '7 X 1- -r X 1(7 "C X r: .-7 ■■: o r. X -r 71 C C I- X — r. '7 C •7 1- X -T 71 \D 5 >^ C-: ^^ 1 X " : 'I'-i ^H 1- .d o •«1 C_ 7 J >\ l~ — ^ :7 Tv "_ -c, ;i =_ 77 7 1 x^ — ■'t^ -r — _ 3^^f7l^7i^"''"'^'"' ^"''IH''7i7'l 1-^ ■^r • ?■ "" I; a 1 i 1 ":^: E.2 S.3 ?- S H 2. — IM -w -^N p:^-+t-*f «^ N^ X r; r: 'C * c * ^^ 1- — '7 T t. t^ x -t- 71 -+ — ^ H ,5j •fit ■^ 1 X » 1 - c 1- 71 C- *. » X- X /. • -^ »* C :7 '-7 ■/j ~ — /^ — — ^ -5 ^ tj •A C •- il '7 — X 1 - -I- — t7 '7 — 1 - -c — -r Tl «*- "* O -w 1 - -t w X r: 71 1 - ^; ~. '7 t7 •— C ^ X l_7 ^ ~.' B 7j -a •" I b CO a:; ■^ C rt n es •- •* tu O 1 ? jt ^ S i~ r- X -t c_ — _^ X r- ~ x" — ;:_^ 71 ^ -.r *£ c -3 s >5 ? "3 ^ 9 < *" if m'iC — 71' 71*71''^'" >->' 1— '7f if x'-r 71 X ^3 ,. !S in^ ^ ta w s § 6 •g H Sf u" 0. <1 ^^ 1 tZJ 1 1 s < 2! s » * • 8 • nJ 1-^ s II •c ^ 41 ll B 9 :5i ■5K = 2 u s h' fllil j'i K Ettiinate of the number of Acres of I'uhlw Lamh which have been turveijcd, the number- gold, and the number which remained unsold on the 'Mth Sejitember, 1S19, pursuant to a Jtesulu- tioH of the Senate, dated 3(i of April, 1820. Murietta Cliilieotlio Slo'. Viivillc ('iiR'iniiiiti Zuiicsvillc Wonstvr Dvlawaro l'i(|ua VincciiiieH •Tefforsiinviilc Tcrru Haute liroiikville SImwnri'town Ku:-kaskia Kdwartlsvillc I'alestiiiu Vund.'iliii Detiiiit >St. Louis Franklin West of Pearl river Kiust of Pearl river Iluntsvillc Cal.aha Tuscaloosa , . ( 'oiioeali OpclousaH New Orleans ('upc Girardeau Arkansas Davidsonvillc, Lawrence Co. . . , In Ohio, prior to the year 1797 . NiimlKT of acrea nurTpywI. Numbvr of Bcru aolil. 5711,000 2,ll.'S,4!S0 i,o:ii"),atio :i,70!»,4-IO i.sm.xso 1,244,100 (l,i>00 70!»,00(» 3,018,240 2,18S,XOO 2,(i2ri,!M;o 3!»1,(;ko 1,105,920 2,078,(W0 0,777,700 3,SOI,600 !!,7S7,H40 5,25:i,12(» 5,4,030 l,44(i,018 2,733,088 880,295 889,514 none none 1,380,771 1,218,757 none none 502,290 407,027 394,730 none none 58,450 470,990 002,434 1,124,280 951,131 1,427,407 1,208,319 none none none none none none none 1,530,552 18,001,930 * But subject to various private claims and reservations for schools, &c. Estimate of Lands surveyed for Military Bounties. In Ohio for bounties to soldiers of the Revolution In Illinois do do. do. In ^lissouri do. do. do. Id Arkansas do. do. do. Survoyed. 1,380,000 5,7tiO,O0O 837,700 4,337,000 Rt>niainln{t un- IcH'atwI. 87,500 2,41 1,520 ) 348,440 J the whole The lots being too large or too small, or otherwise unfit for bounties. NoTB. The estimate of lands surveyed, includes all surveys received to this day. " " of lands sold, includes all sold up to 30th September, 1810. Oenkhai. Land Office, Oct. 15, 1820. JOSIAH MEIGS. fM m \A ■ji 04 •Jl r< Pm U H H J 1 *; ^ - II •fl .-'3 <2 i i -2 -r.i: -3 « ^ -3 jl 2 - ■" S s.? i -^ s i>^ i '.J ^ S 8 4 ^ ^ ^ II 00 ^^ i-» J3 2-0-0 G O a ^ •2ii * .-r. 02 I5- ;5- 1 l.il'a i 1. us IS i - 00 rl i-H n -- ■§ u a to, -2 a ..-g-^J i .9 ~ bu . CO «5 3 S 3 t5l ^< ^^ a__^j ? — 3^ 5:-; 5^ :? -e '^ « ^ o I- :- »- :r ^ :- '^ *» t 'ri ■= :? c ?t • = c; o -r ^ 71 ^ rr ^ :i ©CQta t> >- > C >- &^ >• &t, X V- -y. I . 1 I'T. II. — 75 593 tft M H CO 5- "^ tH » w M ^ ; s ryj •sj § S"^ 'a £.9 r° •"a iT V a ■/, "' •5 3.5i ^ t a '-^ g iH 9 ,S J3 ja t^ ? 11 s 15^ C'C *:s -ri« s * §ojiC 5 o = - -■a.ts" ^H £ e ?»! » e a S " £ "-9 2 'W' ^ 1 f I EH«^ s e a it a o a ;; n 3 " e S »t: |2 ^ s w '3 a -a •c= «2 -SS aig ' -1 •irii ^ «J SJ a-s g ."^^J I 5;= ■■2.1' S '^^'j' a S 06-1 ' 3 . .= 3 fj I ^ a .i HH eg I- I- 1-1- "9 a -a a ■ -1< if5 O § SC 1-1 d) M o CJ o S a> V o V a> ^ S 2 £ e £^5 ja d ^ ^ .a j3 I ft EC 1(5 : '5 : o '-s '-^ <» » • r- »- ' - 5 3 3 5 3 8 8 8 8 8 .a ^ ^ ^ .a s=> 3 ^ ^ ^t-H -^ lO " ja j3 _-0 S _- _'2 03 -I o '" rj a •-sL: •3 ■a a'O s SM- - fi §.! s:- M spsu so .y a z a •H >. S S 3 -a- a -a I-. • Hi* "3-^ :- Si ^ S"? ^ a !^ ^^s .a 4 594 !». tx to -? -a 3 1 <5 § ^ a ?! ■£.-a S" a •r tc.i .S 1 i-3 1 < •3 1,? Ck Uj CC^ CO UiVi ■i ^ ^ tin u aiS ! 595 i, i III. TOPIC OF LANDS PURCHASED FROM THE INDIANS. MESSAGE FKOM THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES, TRANSMITTING, IN GOMPLIANGE WITH A RESOLUTION OF THE SENATE, A STATEMENT SHOWING THE PUR- CHASES OF INDIAN LANDS SINCE THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PRESENT FEDERAL GOVERNMENT. To THE Skxate of the United States: — I tiansinit lierewith, in reply t(» tho ivsulution of tlie Senate of 11th March last, a report from tlic Secretary of War, accompanied hy a commimication and other documents Imm the Commissioner of Indian Aflairs. M. VAN BUREN. Washington, July 20th, 1840. War Department, Ju/i/ 20//», 1840. Sir : I have the honour to lay hefore you for transmission, if approved, to the Senate, in reply to the resolution adopted by that Ixxly on the 11th March last, requesting to l)e furnished with a statement of the purchases of Indian lands since the establishment of the present Federal Government, a rt'iwrt from the Commissioner of Indian Affairs and the accompanying statements. Very ivsiiectfully, your most obedient servant, J. R. POINSETT. The President of the (Tidied States. ( S9(! ) STATISTICS AND POPULATION. r.'t? 1 Wak Dki'autmknt, Offlee IniUitn Affairx, July 2i)lh, 1S40. Slit: I liiivo the honor to Hiiltinit hort'with, in reply to the n-Hohitioii of the S-iinte of tlio 11th Mnn-h, n'oiniiuinirati>(l to the Stniite II (letiiiled eiiroiioloj^ietil Htuteiiieiit of the piirchm^eH of hind niiule from encli Indian trilH>, within tiie liniitH of the United Staten, Htnce the e^«tn)lli^4hnlent of the pri'wnt Federal Ooverninent," &c., thii-e Htiifenieiits, marked Nos. 1, 2, and 3, whieh fnrniHh tiie informiition with as much aeeiniu v as it eonid In> roHeeted within tlie time allowed. For the jierifMl U'tween 4th Mareh, IS'JO, and 0th May, IS;{(), the stateuHMit whieh aeoompanied the Ainuial Report of this Oflice for 18157 has lx;en ndoptctl, with tho exeeption that it has In'en drawn out into greater detail, ('oniputations have been made of the eost of the tix'aties made In'tore and since that jH>riod, which arc as correct a» it has lM>en |)o."sil)l(> to make them. In making these calcnlatioiiK, the aggji'gates designated in the statement (H) which a(!Companied my rejMirt to yon "f tho 2d Fehrnarv, lS."i9, npon the resolntion of Ww llonse of Representatives of the 14th of .Taniiarv of that year, have In-en assumeil in all ca.ies, except where they have been fonnd to Iw erroneons. \'ery respect fnlly, your most olK'dient servant, T. IIAIITLKY CUAWFORD. Hon. J. R. PoixsETT, St'crelan/ n/ War. U4 f 1-3 S W2 tt 04 w "^ c/3 55S ss -.ii t 3 i I 2 S s ; ; 3: 2 'S' « o' CI i":f "f {I ;c >rt x' xzS'zvz ZX^X^XXZ X zx S X i X 5 ^ X X ,- X 5 X y J 2 :^ .J X X 4i 4 2 5 -1 ':i — •^■r.rf* Mil 11 S S il55§i§2gSSSSIS5SiSgSSSS 8S — C c c -r < 1- '^i- x'x';;x x^s x,%x X X Ti ^ ■? I 5 => 11 t -M — -:) « irt X 1-1 1" 4( irt I- t -r »- ■ 5?§§g| c:-r.■^' X 3. s © » s o © tS 11 "C t x »" W CC » 11 M .2 ^ -♦ g?. . S .S 5 =i 5 "t, ~v ' "V "t 'v "^. '"» "t. "t. ' T ~ '-i. —- "^ *'■- ' >00©-t©©©00 >©©i-c=.-r = x© S i 2 ? = © X vr II y. It e c © X n II -J I- i.i II c 'rt c f II — ,1 .1 _ •.. w. .1 r; I- X -t X - -r I ^ -t © 'C 'J >ii M X ^* x^vi^x ©,r;,©^X__©^>(^__r-_^ —'if if X if sT-^r^-tir l-Tl- i © i -i » — r. c .1 S © n -^ •- CI »-i '^< ka * 3. t- J n J js ;-3 •t^ — II CI M -f -f ic ic 1(5 lO i.T » h- 'X — . ffl t -2 -r r^ 00 OC TC ix ac (X cs •. ~ r. = ©©©©©©©©©©©©© i — '- — '- — — — — — ■-"-"•- — I- X X » X X X (X' QC QC X X X 3C X X) GC OC 00 X X « » X ■» OC OO « ex X s. ■! s II si . 9 li .2 lb & a .S II ^? a ® — a; Its w I H bi t^ in M W c« Eel !-.Vl i£ § SiSSSSiiStSiiiSi? - - ?i =t. i - £ L- 5 -3 i if ?? : 3 1- — 5 ••; : 11 -ji r. -^ -. E M -f t Tl 1- 5 - 5 1- .'■: ?rIS^='i T. z :: I- t -r ^. •- x> 1 as s sot-—; 5 -ji -I c. • i :'; /. -r ' ; r 5 ?• ?• ? lS C — 1-1 — t •- — — t 11 I - — ■— — - - — 1-1 CO l-r-M — l-ri « — I — ■— I - r. rr I - x S f i-55. SIS - s * ■■\ ^ ■- ~.\ oi = rr g 2 c a o c c = c s / c '■ X S ?J U 1 7. ? i ?i S t\ '^ « fl 5-3- » 5 s a •c g. " 3 = ■S H !e - •^^ 'a i ^ O C I* U C fe X O'er i< •= * t I ? -S - S 3 - •2 El « s & rt £ ■^ , 2 33 "^ ^ ■ -■ ■ s "T* c S oo ^__ O W -»• M* >(? iC If? .. 1-^ r— nr ir _ ^ ^ r- .— 1 ^N t\ Tl 'Tl Tl 'Tl Tl •ri Tl Tl ""■I ""1 "■1 -1^ oc X Ot X X r-1 QC X X X X X X X X X X ». X X f— « X f— • X X X — = <3 O ?^ < J •< O -a >. "^ 5lt!) i g 2 S c 5 e o o e = O'~000= = = = 00 1 000=2 '--"''"^= - ="MTi-f = o = -^ = = r. << * ^ = 5 -/. f — CI "T X = = -^ X Tl = -C = I- '.T CI 1. - u ^mk 0. -^ "V'^v "t-, • • -f — -T. I-— = r -f r. = -^ 'f: = — CI CI •s C. — CI l--1"'ilC -' A S ~ ^r' ~> :• -f iC'-C -y C f "C -T C" C r -I-" I-" 4 — -c -r CI A -c ■-: = U-. •- :c ,- ^ -f :c -r :z T. -r. t — ci *^'-" ci-p-i< .- —^ cir^i-o_ ?i CI r- -o^ o Q c 'O pn" ci" co" I- 1^ a 0» -« o < L s o 0000-C 00000000000=000000 c ■** l-^ .-~', ■"* *, ^ — .— ■ .~. .— . -^ <^ ^c .^ — i^ ^^ .■>. .^ ^ »^ .^ .—1 ^fc ■»., ^fc pA 34 2SS§i';:?ZJ^??gii'>'?;S5§;^S?i5i •0 B 5 . i D 8* o_ c j, =V o_ c_ -^ — _ -t . .c C-. 1 - ^ o_ o_ c:_^ o_^ -r . .c^ c, --"^ c 1 c 1, -c ^ if ■— "ic" o'l.-f-f •?;■". c"-rcc c 'C-cT-f -r o"o'o'"r-ri.c'"-r"o~cf -i-''- Q 1 = ;; N N CI X CI r. X .rt M 1- — .— -• « -t CI ~. cc -"I" — 1 - J c 2 x__ CI -* '.-5 CI i-i 1" 1- ©_ CI rt 1-. v:_^ W a a ->" eo r-T O < < CO •*3 Sa 00000 • 000 ■ ^ ,^ 00 '0 '0 '0 1 '1 00000 -■^ ^^ -^ S b « •0 c = 9* ^ 1 -^ 5 5 t i.c -r : ci c S = = ij Cl § 2 1 ? w" 2 c iT'iS-S-rT . 'ic -r Cl -r CO 0" 0" - .-1 -r 1- CI -t< : ;c Cl Ti 5 c Cl i.C Ii •3-B • »"• p_ *■ CIO_^ Cl Cl H > • • • • ' *'*^ m! (2 s < ll 0000 3 w — ' 00 -^ WH 1 1 w CI X CI . X .00 . -C . 55 .0 . g*s Q 1— 1 X — _, CI, c, r: i — „ c 1^ =_ = o_, o_ x__ ii 10, 0) o_^ cj c a: o^'-'—'-f g x"— 'x' 3 •^' x' 5 o'cc ? 3 cf c — ' S 3 0" = » 3 Is SSL "^ "^ jft>« ^vv «« ■ ^^ ^^ V i^^ ■ ^4 ^^ «^ ^^ ^"^ ^ ^^ ^^ #«h ^ 0} i 1— 1 tl — - Cl" uc" 3 C " ■5 i 1 — § i::^ J3 3 "S - •c 1 1 c :iJ — »-•_? 3:i - '= j "i 3 1 ■a 51 H ja = - c ^^ -0 a ft 9 1 O H 1/ CO a _J 1 S' g = 3 3 ■/] _ = 1 5 £ ? -2 1 illlil s ;l, 5, i, -/i « ;^ 2 n V 1 1 a^ ft T ft Ji 41 0.1 11 W i-H a u § ^ Cl CI Cl Cl Cl CI M M «C TC CO M M CC TC M OT OT -f -f -f -f irC in CO ?C OC CC TC TC tC ?C CC 7C CC ?? TC TC TC TC ?C CC ?C TC ?C CC CC ?C H (X X X. X- X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X S "S 1 COO « o s a Ct* H Pc< cfi 21. It S^^ .^1 5 « O O O O O <= o o o o C O O O C5 «S O C O I- »-'7 Xi M* X' 71 ooooooooooooococoo <5~3^c; ooooooscooocco 50 if^fcTcf ffr-t"o'"Qo"e<5~«»r'W"a.''o'o'"i- o ■c' ei o f-( (?i eo C-. o f- c I- c ?7 l-l .i ii_x__o^ii^;i_H-t_c-^o_c:_^i.i_^ir; o « t ic x o o o ~ S 5 ■£ 1 r "^ os" o" 1 r x" cT o r-T cc" ■^'' 1 r if ■1""' -f o" if cr" -i" xT cT cT o' cT I - H 10 rl X 11 lo o c c ic o I- H H O O II C i-i 1 r 44 1 a g CO T o 1 1 c o I >> s ;2 t [) • o c "^ " fc 55 oc^ P wS,o CO S t-H 3 en ta-< •" n MM fr" '"^ n Li» taM ^3h cof?. oaiaj|?K=i iO"Oin;s«05005C«C'.o«rocri-i--i-i^t— ^-^-xa^xxm CCCITICICICCCICOCICOCCCCCCCOdCOCICICICICCCItCC'rcO X X X X. X X X' X X X X Xj X X) X_ X X X X X X. X X X X Pt. ir. — 7G COl 1. ss s s s s s ssss 4 IS SS i g S -Sfl 3^0 i3 ~\ *l ®* "»• ^- '" '*=.=.- p*^ 51 m' to' e? « ^ tc 'y' Ci :: -r t = •* S. ,^ *- 3D rt *o ei CI ;: s •^2 8 1 J__ ^ ^ ©^ o o 1= cv « M - «- a ?; s ■. s s ll = c s © c e s © o © © © © 9 © © 99© ' i3 1 a i s = © = ©s « C © © © © © C = © © ■s "^■•s ■ S ^ £ 3 C. © 3 © « © C-. 9 S — 9 III • 3 = ° S © © © © © X - 9 ei» = 5 * i ~ 5* = 7 1 § ff^ *i; © c © ^_ CI ? J- o w Si^ — ' •- ^ .»* — ' ?r© e* -r ©' cT ©" — ci x' x 9' /." ci Ci* .-: -fl-' f '■ ^ g 2» • E — X -T O 91 St -r C >■') ■- »-. ri «■! — £• CI r: -r 9 u -5 S li tf> 1- © •t CO If ,1 8 ^11 ti © © © 9 3 : 9 - : 9 9 9 © ,<*, cr- = © © : » : © 9 9 9 s Im r = R s 9 © : 9 e • it - - - -.% © ?l © © ; ©_^ • '^_ H =_ 5 1 « *S -s 5^1 -1 X* io X X ; © e-r -t ^ ^ ! ^ Tc w : >rt Cl J3 Ifs 13 ?:_ X - i}-3 •» 1 5i.r ©~' © - © © © - ' Z" T§l 02 7 © 3 S © © © © © © c - CI © 1^ C"! •-'» n 5 ^k © g 2 e £ ?l © 9 j to » ' 1 "^ ^ fe mi "^ 7. y. ©* £ O t l' ^1 ..-? s 1 Eh ^ V-^ © © e O © CI 9 © © '? 1 1-^ ^« ^t: 1: .5|,, ® « © H ^ E 1^, ]?i Hi fc C f ^ ^■i ..< ..-?• 'T — -* t •* '« u »— 5 h ^' = :^ X s % '• = 1 -3 9 = i- ~- x T ■ "^ ©' .--r x' » - . 4 ■c "i c •A Ti / I © © r: r- 1- 9^ s ■ |i K - «* -t ci c ■J^ < Cl a Es • ■ a .2 •^ 1 n © s © © © c © c ^ • _ » ^ © © © © 9 © © © 9 C ?l S S s s -»■ 5 = 5 7 ^ fi © X © ec CI © CI 1 S = X ci © © © = 4) -^ " I- f- ""J- ^- !- ■C -r ■» 5-1 «■; r: — ^ X © © 51 t- t- 9 9 X -t — = 1- -r 1 - rt fe J i.V ?i x" ©' -T* — rc* ci c 9* -r ci — x" ..-* x' at ■ ■^'C ij c'^ ' " c c © -3 V, -r ei — « c •- '.-l -P 9 3» X t^ CI CI r: r" ©_ ?l rt ifl X ft T X r:_^ © 1* V »» -r •— ^ F-* -* Ifl* «=. •'• -. •-. '-. ei ^ -* I'. Cl ^, Cl - ■4 t* .—' »rt © = e-i c - ! 1 *< e »« y. = ** -^-^ !-:««(C3i«a iflrs »~aie«30 »»»»» t ^ *^ iiim II mil fiiiri mu ^i^^ iii i^K C "W *» -* — ■- '» ^ ^ C . <;. ^ U U ;j ^ ^^•^ c. ^ ;. (^ 1- 602 i sososs « o e o ■= o = == 9 S = = = -== O O » » O C=. = = 3 -# -^__-.__, — ,, ,_ _ __ ^-__ ,, = s = =. ~ = 3 x: O » = O -* o " Ti Z b i 2 -.=.-;=;=. '1 '-'■. '"i *- ■* — . -:— -1*^. "•- ti '■' i-i ft S i- .'-1 go O « 3 X (, ^ ^ " — t i-ii-i^oi e-io -^^c^ * « ^ Cl a 5 = sosee3s9= 9 e o o « c o e e s e e e « 9 « e o S O C S S C 9 s £-2 scs=.sceec s e sees SCO c c c s c c = C O C 3 C S S 'ST., £S = = = £S£e 1- 3 <= l~ = c c c s — — ----, — 3 1- ■" Ci ^- C M - s ■■: s e X s c. s X — O M C X c c c C. '~ s ri rl — — Ti o - «? C S tl s s < - <^ s t <& — (O -r c 1= c c -r .^^3 H = i t^ ■/ — «* »i" • 1 e-i" t" ffj >n e cT V^ 1- 1-^ ?i 1- ■^' c* ; i to "1* -• ~. ?■! r-r d" »" « 1-^ .^ cfi" >-« ffl o ^ o •nf. X tl X r: = St * : : : ® : :=s : 9 ? ^ s c : • ^!4 S S S C = =1 • ' s , • c ■ o — s: c e ■ ?i • ■ ^ V = S ■-) = C X : : o n : : : s • ; -»• *. tf ■ ■ ■ otj != = n c; = 1- : : x_ • ^. : -_— ci£ ' «— ai-f U-: x*— -i':-; .-s* .* : xT ■ 5 i : ■s : ; « ■ •• "'id .-1* : x' ; ; o " ff* c ^ r: • • w ■ i =5 " • 1 : ^ ■ et E^ K : N t s» i : : ci^ : M u ici" a ■3 =«====c;o e o c c o o o o o « o e c ^ = © c = c = c 5 : . o o « CO o o © o s c c s c =, c = 5 c = c — s c s *s O i.n »3SSSC:SC = © I'- o c »- c c = c o « e c — C C u* to CI — c o ■= s . CSOCSX CSC X — = ?l C X COS e -r e o ^ ci S S •£ Eh ill e c_ (?i o s 1- 1- c — lo x" — *c fi -n* fri -f fi ■*T X s to I-^ 1-" x' .o c s to = ^' ci •rt cT I* c ■^ c: cJ o" V t' CI rt C — T >-*. SO -a l-H ^ N e ^ « »n 1- X IM — — c ?: «o — c« I': c -«•« 1- w S» X o gs" e-i (C c: e^ c-i M e^ — f^ 1-. — T O M « <■§ c-r is :5 :§ i~ S r o s 5 3 w ^'ii : c 5 c 9 k o 01 m c^ a; o a H i f' : c" : -^ ri" -i li c" :3 y- " - ; "" : ^ — CI a Q < 5 f S • W l^t. : » e c e o c c 2 => c c c =. c s : "o : » o c c s e= o o : c c c c = c s ; 3 Q Lj-S : ? o S2 i t§ c i ? 1 llllii i a J ^55 >. 5 CI !S ■/ ^-, Ct 1 ■^ : X W : =' *S r:' '— — ' e i r:' Cl -» I ^' : =* cT 1^ ci o — 'ci* ; 1 1 B p '•A w o 2 P i |i : c^ : : X -0_ ^. § 5 ■ : 1 s 1 p o : : ?r ! g o ca •< o e = e » c c e _ o o C 3 ■= = c o i=,. = S|ll s. ^.Ss. r : CI 1=^11 X c; s X — X s as CI S^* «"J^' y. -■ 1 "?. >-, ;«:= =^ - -^ *-*- ^ Z B is c ^ c =: = : : « o o •* ^ = <= ® i i ?" w .--: CI . . (O CJ CI *l O X £ : : w k ^ — (J — X r^ • • ^. •\ o^ r>^ C- CI ; -^ j::^ ci I-* ;f if "" : : 12 X "S ^*2 -■ = =;5 i \ \ w •■": ci ~ X. ri c CI X c-i : : ^^ .-^M x" : i*'*^ I-C to "4 «s cT *o cf : : 1 » H <~ -1* .i!f •^ t n SB see Seseoo o » e o e e -t o « *- = 'c e = e = « e s o e o e 9 u X C C (E 'J^ PI -t tl C ■^ c = c -: -■ '■' ", = C) 1- -t c — ■ ^ X r; X £ Ei CI c c 5 t S X X --0 c to X c-i = to e X Pm C "T Vz ~ i '■" -r c -i =i' ci C-; ?:?! i ^- -- CI — c e = '-2 -' = 1- CI 1- = -1 C CI 3-; 1- C to' to 1- — ' H ■= .5 o. ta *~_ 1- U-: « jc — M 1- -r C X '•z r; r. ^ h C re r-. rr CI It O Eh :•» ^c X M N « £ CI — CI rt CI C 1- .f? X c •— *c' CI — 1- O --I «vl' 1 •^ ;.. ti-. =t r rc C-: 3s Si M e-i h- X I'. »- Ci oc x o m re c — to -t — x ■'! .-^ x i- ffi r: r: ^: '■-: csMricrtc — r? r?M — wr-M e^M ecr: ei?irc rcrt — sn — ftrirtr7r::t cc x^ '* X X X X ■/, X X X ex X a X X «( : H- I :s C) ^ 5 1 ? t » •!: ■ •£ cc te tc ^ t- r« i» I-* 03 -X x a. »-*:«. X r. x. r. r. x : r? ^ !■! r K "*t -* !- I- « -r — 'T ei r? ^ — *i x X o (T X « X cc X. X X x; cr. X X X «, 'X H i'i 1 i i 1 1 1 1 i'i -Kart = rta«a^cS^ E. — E. ,_ .Q M ^ ^ i3§ ■ .• it » Sc r d a d V, 7. •/. 7. 7. 1 '. w 1 i Si f/. 7. 7. 'A P I? G04 ex OS W 5 X I W i m M ^ m £ 3 •! lif SS SBt .& :l^ a • I- c = c w = i!T w c -y. = c =■ (X I- ■rt O O C C O -M ■: C I - y. I - I - «; X C-. ec ■ 't^f-'—'— 'i\ 'f: -I- '■■t — " p^ CI o — ic y- c -c o P^ l-t r- Ci Tl o OC --i c. CO I- o c = o = I.": c ^ X. o ~. o C I- .C C C:_^C^C^<= TIC^S I- X l-C^ ■ST ix •^" -. O C O C O !=■ =■ o c -c c c X c ~ e ic CI ■_ »-_ t, "t- ' - "t. "t "t ■-. ^ * '-. ~: ^. or -t- -c ire" x' x' cf I -' ~r £ '-' >— ~' MO p- cc cc I- »f: 3 £ = ' ■IJ >i -• >« (4 -^ f-* r^ ■— * r :o a.^ ^j3j3^^^„_ ■a d C ^ ^ a> D 5j _i uuupei=iCQUbU;t>£;<:^:^c> o- S .a ma « = a Si § ■^ §.2 5^^ " -5 ~ >S 005 a SS ^ q *t lI [ CO 1 i'l J 1 eq j«- s L M Eh O 03 M a ■< * u ntity of merchandise fied in the treaty. > not defined in su< admit of tic area ( .crtaiued. inber not known, roceeds of sale:' of 39 X „ ^4 i - 1 i s-^ "«1 = 1 S! |J iZ5 ISjSJi ^ 'g'S •< a fi ->5 e •« u •c > ^ Oi-H OO OOi?IO-.»-.0 0'JIOOCCOC o c tj I t m ire T o c CO ire 1- ire o « If: o o o o X D- o o ti <-^S5 ^ 7 •r — o,cv5-. — o r- t i.^o o ;c ill o ire ^ ij C'o CI t;-* .-.'-*, C';ro'i-ri-i.re"ire'"c~M"ire'-.3 o -.r xT H «0-1< rl SI O >H 0? C r- r C-. 1 - to :o ^ r? cr. ^ o -t ire -c r- i- M M 5 s III «t>-C 1-1 l-i-iM M — Iti-iO •.;? «r 1-5 i-T i-T m" 11 1—1 u < ** « 'iif OO i 8 • o o o o •o • o © o o & "i o o o 12 =■ <=■ ..- o w. o i-ire_ x- ■ iT, £ ?- •.o_ • '^^ "v '' 1^ p te 2.5 S ic"|.^ : o'lTiP . o" ,r^ ScC 1 H 1^ z-- - X. 11 . 11 11 1-1 11 IP r1 • «r lO OJ .a '^ !Sj Sg •^ o o ooo o o ccc n 1 l» w •r o o 11 « 11 ex -^ y rs '^>*-l irt o c corr 11. — ,11-t-t X W ill c-lT S £ O' ire X. a — a x a •— C". — a -!•" Pi M 1-1 S3 O O 11 S-. § 3 S O C 11 O 111- C 3 X ■1 "''^ 1 ;zi ts;r-.ii ;^^ 'tS?;'-S!; o,i >^ -.o^ v^ t 2 c •-. 51 x" t^ d 8 'Jl o s !«- 1 1^ C ooooeooooooo oc !i,is9 71,-JS2 47,120 5l:i,(is.3 98:i,t!84 8r)3,()5<» 101, S30 770,001 i!r)4,271 r)Sl,!);20 98r),4!IS 41S,70;! 2!)l,r):!0 a»;i,ir)() r>!l2,17(i 317,;!.')4 3,04-->,r)74 4()0,2S3 r..V2,477 1,0-) 1,1 01 2,2uS,480 144,012 274,77:') 707,310 ]:W,131 .11 2,75(1 804,140 30;i,()00 10,517,885 38,027 0,102 61,032 20,000 t25,000 2,250 .587 1,800 7,415 17,057 020 2,5S0 5,1((0 5,230 202 9,007 15,085 1,312 8,773 73,043 X08 2,517 2,007 477 47,448 22,200 27,271 25,030 53,201 3,543 8,700 0,2S0 020 710 53,000 020 Tolftl Frpp. 428,705 102,058 100,800 370,004 80,239 48,040 515,000 088,734 858,208 192,122 770,728 200,050 5S3,232 004,271 402,700 202,434 305,703 .504,843 317,S31 3,000,022 4s,'i,552 5S0,458 1,077,031 2,31 1,0s I 147,555 2S3,544 773,500 134,057 313,400 04H,055 304,220 itnttvu PupulHtion. 342,S04 4ti,082 2,2S0 30,341 302,000 221,708 230,WO7 SO,SOO 300,410 "8*0*280 110 288,412 384.025 240,510 53,340 '473,626 034,501 100,848 H)0,HOO 370,004 90,012 71,0.50 733,448 0S8,734 858,208 102,122 012,7x8 4(18,440 .5X3,232 004,271 .540,586 472,085 302,703 648,410 317,831 3,000,022 488,023 753,.505 1,077,031 2,311,081 147,555 314,499 023,310 100,0(>4 313,400 1,231,870 304,226 409,200 9,973 10,027,0X5 48,000 0,102 01,031 20,000 25,000 3,175,002 3,087 10,008,730 I 410,173 I 20,087,000 i 3,170,5X0 21,832,021 No. of lti>|irto Pi'ltuliitioii. R<>]>r(>Ni>iititt[vo I'liiuihition. 13,.533,328 0,303,758 100,824 110 3,17.5,783 3,087 13,533,300 8,209,220 20,087,000 i 3 ,170,589 | 21,832,025 Total Free Population 20,087,000 Total Slaves 3,170'589 Ratio of Representation 23,207,408 03,702 „r^o-7-,'w ."?'?',",",''' "'I"-"""'"''-' popolntion bIvp|., m thi- np»rp«t npproxImBl.- rnllo for 2.1.1 nii-ml^rji. riho numlH-r fixcl l.v Irw.1 i, rnllo TP,;. si r;. »M H f "" ""'y,--^' inoml».r«-l™Th,jr llio n.ni,iiMl,i,t 1:1 tn 1« a.,..it.n„l lo the Stntfj hHVIng tho lars«t rwiduary lraoliu„«. 1 1 !■ Sliili'j whlrli thus ,miii a mumljer uro de:il|!nat«l hi the above liiblf l.y u *. I so " j t lilrludliig 710 liiUiuiiK. ' 11---.—- { Kfitlmntcfl. (•ill-) NOTE. The prepared statistics of population, including the ancient periods of Indian population in America, which are referred to in my report of August 14 th, are crowded out of this volume, and are necessarily deferred until the next. The figures introduced at the head of paragraphs by Rev. Mr. Worcester, in § IX. A. ; by Rev. Mr. Lowry, in § XI. A. ; and by Mr. Prescott, in § V. B., refer to tho order of the topics of inquiry mentioned in the original circular of "Historical Inquiries," &c. issued by the department of Indian Affairs in 1847, and printed at the end of Part I. (608)